SCWL 4 Episodes 8 – End

4.8 SCWL 4 Episode 8

4.9 SCWL 4 Episode 9

4.10 SCWL 4 Episode 10

4.11 SCWL 4 Episode 11

4.12 SCWL 4 Episode 12

4.13 SCWL 4 Episode 13

4.14 SCWL 4 Episode 14

4.15 Season Finale Part 1

4.16 SCWL 4 Season Finale Part 2

4.17 SCWL 4 Season Finale Part 3

4.18 Bonus Stuff

4.8 SCWL 4 Episode 8

October 30 2012 – November 5 2012

Merge Voting: 6-5 split along tribal lines

Immunity Challenge VII: Endurance Switch

Challenge Inspiration: I completely forgot about this segment. Luckily it’s been all gameshow challenges and I elaborate on the other ones in my blog post. Anyways, I got this idea from the newer concentration-based final immunity challenges as opposed to being all about endurance. I think I replicated this fairly well.

Who Was Voted Out: Gerome

Vote Count: 6-4-1 but 6-5 after the fact once Facebook STOPPED GLITCHING. Luckily it didn’t change who was voted out. . .but it does trigger a Vincent-like reaction next round. Stupid Facebook.

Winner: Andrew. . .his first individual win.

EPISODE EIGHT BLOG

RAZ FALLOUT

Raz shares with everyone that he did indeed have the idol. Of course, once everyone compares notes with MacNeil, everyone is left scratching their head and assumes the code mirrored whatever the idol code was on the Land tribe. Some think Land members have Upsa allies because of this rumour, but in reality, the two codes are completely different and do not intersect in any way.

This is why errors suck when hosting an ORG. Look how many implications it has.

VINCENT THREATENING TO QUIT

Vince is one of the most discouraged people I have seen from entering the merge in the minority. The TV trend has finally changed to favour those who enter in the minority, but this series doesn’t respond well to minority rallies.

I really hope that Vincent doesn’t give up yet. There are definitely enough cracks in the Land tribe. Nothing is set in stone as everyone schemes.

TIME TO VOTE

Per tradition, everyone votes this round on whether or not they would like to merge. Upsa wants to potentially even things up and wipe out a threat in Clayton, or potentially eliminate one more of their own, while the solidified Land tribe feels comfortable with their group for the time being. All it takes is for one Land member to flip and set a SCWL precedent to create the longest pre-merge phase ever.

NOT MEANT TO BE

The merge vote is its closest ever at 6-5, in favour of merging. Two tribes merge into one. Will that happen only on paper or will tribal lines be forgotten? Ryan, Andrew, and Luke are targeted to switch over to Upsa, and all Upsa members are putting together whatever deals they can to ensure these guys will save them from a Pagonging.

LUKE, ANDREW, AND RYAN PITCH FOR VINCENT TO BE ELIMINATED

Upsa knows they are on the ropes. Their only option may be to cave in and sell out Vincent. Either an Upsa goes of Land’s choosing. . .or you let them get their way to boot somebody on Upsa who isn’t you. The latter is the route they go.

ANDREW NOT AN OPTION

Clayton wants credit in these blogs? Well, here it comes. Andrew was in the sixth spot on Land and would be a prime person to benefit from switching. However, Clayton recognized this. Clayton also recognizes a potential blindside from the trio of Heeral-Ryan-Luke. Knowing Andrew knows he has the idol, why not share that information with him? On top of that, why not OFFER to use the idol on Andrew?

I’ve witnessed that to be an effective technique. In fact I fell for that one in an ORG back in 2007. I fell for that deal but the guy never used the idol on me. Instead he threw the last couple immunity challenges so I could win it, allowing him to have an excuse to boot the two biggest jury threats without betraying anybody. Gotta love playing from the outside.

Thanks to the convincing nature of this deal, and Clayton open to letting Andrew in the Final Three with Jessica, Andrew hops on that deal. Now the only two options are Ryan and Luke.

RYAN PLAYING IT SAFE

Despite Upsa closing in on the record for most vote changes, I am sure Ryan was concerned that Upsa could be putting up a front by offering up Vincent. I would be worried too to reduce a 6-5 lead to 5-5. Especially when you think Andrew is on your side regardless.

Ryan has close bonds with several Upsa members. And several Land members. He has a lot of wiggle room to work with. Well, assuming he deals with the two hidden immunity idols in the contrasting alliance sooner rather than later.

So, let ’em vote Vincent and let them get down to four members before turning the game on its head.

LUKE IS THEIR ONLY HOPE

Luke. The quietest player in the game. Nobody really talks about Luke except that everyone including himself knows he is fifth man on the totem pole. However, if Luke can convince another player to flip with him, he could make a run to the end of the game. You desperately need a partner to pull off consistent flip-flopping all the way to day 39. If you do it alone, you’re doomed for a day 36  or day 37 ousting. Trust me, I’ve tried it. Fourth place both times I’ve done that.

DEBUTING IMMUNITY CHALLENGE

This is another immunity challenge that went under several revisions. Besides one minor revision I’d like to make if I were to do it again, I absolutely loved it. I played it through myself for about three hours prior to looking at the results. I contrasted it with the results posted and took note of any time there was a disparity. It was a lot of fun double and triple checking my list as I saw the others.

In the end, everyone made an early error except for Andrew. Nobody could pull the ol’ Iron Man feat and do an entire boot list with it. A very tough challenge to complete. The best part is that it was an easier version of what I originally had planned. I wouldn’t mind putting it in the challenge bank for All-Stars. An individual victory for someone who hasn’t received much attention until this round.

GEROME IS THE TARGET

Thanks to Gerome’s recent success in SurviveWar Troy, he became the target of the opposite tribe. I think MacNeil or Mark being targeted would have been more justified, but Gerome? He was voted out first and took two attempts to win the same season. However, it was labeled as a strong underdog story thanks to the ORG Awards and he is suddenly thrust to the top of the hit list. That threw me off. I’m sure if Upsa merged with the majority that he would be guaranteed a Final Four spot.

Upsa is ready to sacrifice Vincent. But suddenly they hear from Luke and Ryan that they’d consider booting Jessica with the idol in her pocket. Per usual, Upsa is truly all over the map. I think even the minority Coo alliance in SCWL 1 were more organized than this. Although Fiona and Mervin would refuse to recognize that an alliance led by RyLis is organized.

CLOSE VOTE BUT SURVIVEWAR CHAMPION BOOTED

Everyone on Upsa voted Vincent, but switched at the last minute to Jessica. They couldn’t bank on Luke and Ryan who weren’t prepared to sacrifice a Land member. Yet.

GEROME’S VOTING GLITCH

Oh yes. This was during those couple weeks when Facebook was glitching (remember the ‘auto-add everyone to a group’ glitch? My god.)

So some of the messaging was glitching out on me. Luckily all of Land unanimously voted for Gerome so it didn’t affect who got voted out. . .but it did affect Upsa in the midst of vote changes. Namely Gerome. He initially voted for Vincent (hence why the vote for Vince is listed as ‘Vincent..’ because that’s exactly what Vincent wrote.

Anyways, when I went to conduct Gerome’s exit interview, I noticed there was the changed vote to Jessica. Since I always archive the vote and confessionals at the end of each voting round, I would’ve seen the vote change if Facebook was working properly. MacNeil had a similar thing happen to her this round, but for whatever reason I was privy to that vote change. And since the same time stamp is kept, Facebook counts the message as being read even if you don’t initially see it. Stupid, stupid, stupid Facebook.

I always emphasize that your vote appears exactly how you typed it. I wish Gerome would’ve called ‘foul’ right then because nobody ever followed their vote by two dots. This is the reason why most hosts refuse players the right to change their vote because of potential glitches and opening up the window to confusion (Chris Hook told me something notorious happened in his first hosting stint because he allowed vote changes)

However, because of the reaction the rogue vote triggered for Vincent, from now on when I archive a vote I will confirm who you voted for. Because not doing so had an effect on the next couple rounds, which could have (and likely) changed how the game played out. I now know warning players that vote changes has its risks is not enough. Besides Noah at the Final Four in SCWL 2 or the RyLis boot in SCWL 1, I think Upsa is abusing vote changes as much as possible from round to round.

So instead of ‘CONFESSIONALS ARCHIVED AND VOTE COUNTED’ it will be ‘CONFESSIONALS ARCHIVED AND VOTE FOR JESSICA COUNTED’. This guarantees the players are informed who they voted for and that they can still do vote changes. Just another way that this series is improving! Never making the same mistake twice has been my motto in life for the past few years. It’s definitely my motto when hosting SCWL lol.

Er, is it proper etiquette to use ‘lol’ in blogging? I dunno.

But yes, it seems SCWL 3 and SCWL 4 have been the most productive seasons in making this series better and better. It makes me wonder how SCWL 1 and SCWL 2 went so dang smoothly.

THE FAKE IDOL PLAYED

Nice try, Vincent.

ROUND EIGHT CONFESSIONALS

CLAYTON,

Confessional: it’s merge! Yay. I have never went in merge up numbers so its a good feeling. But I’m paranoid. Idk yet if it is warranted but it surely could be. We are all putting on the “stay together” thing but idk if they are very convincing with it. I talked to Andrew ad told him about my idol. I was a risk and it could very well backfire and I could be voted out cause of it. But he knew I had it. S I needed to be forward with him to a certain extent. I told him I wanted to move forward with him. And that I would use my idol on him at 6 to ensure us going forward. But…. He is confident us 6 will not stay together. So I assume he will want to try something early. I don’t think it’s a long shot that I would be voted for this round because of the idol and trying to flush it. But I hope they r smarter than that. I benefit Andrew cause I do want to use it in the way I told him (maybe). And I I want to go to 6 with Land. And we have an idol to ensure that if something goes wonky. Why mess up a guaranteed final 6 for some clusterf— of game where no certainty is there. But people get blinded by the idol. Again my game is damaged by this damn captain ship! Urgh. I’ll just have to roll with the punches and hope they stick to the plan. At least I make the jury if I am out this round

GEROME,

Confessional: I don’t have much time in this game.. but I’m still doing my best. I’m Land tribe’s initial target.. (My Troy victory is now haunting me -_- )
but Angie sway the target off me.
So now the Land tribe said they are going to vote out Vincent. I doubt that it’s true cause why will they believe Angie. I mean Hey.. she’s still one of us.
So I think this is the end for me. Anyway, Angie and Mark worked on Land’s code to get that idol.. but I doubt it is possible to use it.. like what happened last time in our TC. But it’s better than doing nothing, Im really thankful to them.

We believe that Luke and Andrew are the outsiders in Land tribe so we’re trying to get them on our side before it is to late for them. But I don’t think they will vote with us unless 2 or more of Upsa 5 were voted out. Still I’m being optimistic about this game and we will do our best to flip this game upside down. We have no idols or any cursed item.. but i really hope that there will be a conflict within Land tribe so some of them will join us. If Vincent idol’s will work. Then Jessica will be voted out.
But if my instict serves me right.. I believe it’s Game Over for me.. *inserts video game sound*.
Im not being a pessimist or paranoid but I’m just being realistic.

Confessional: wtf… This is ridiculous. If Huckla does not vote I’m going to kill him. He voted in my game last night but has failed to answer his tribal council questions for this one. I will flip! Good god almighty he better submit his vote or we are screwed. Our only hope is that Angie does vote Vincent like we are discussing and all five of them don’t vote together. Who knows. We could very well have another flipper and we are done. Just have to roll the dice. It could be the end of the road for Land… Cause these people are dumbasses

JESSICA,

im really worried about a blindside, im soooooo worried about Andrew flipping, but i mean either way if he flips he is on the bottom there too. i really want to use an idol but the thing is i made that mistake before and if i use an idol and there isnt a blindside then I alienate my alliance and they dont trust me. if it is a blindside it is me or clayton b/c andrew likes Clayton better and ppl know we are a pair. i wouldnt be suprised but it just sucks b.c its a lose lose situation

LUKE,

confessional 2: ok so now we have merged i have had a better chance to get to know a few of the upsa people…there are 2 in particular that have caught my eye and I may be able to use to get further in the game with out having to worry about idols.these 2 are angie and mark both who i believe should be up for a little stir come final 9/8 they both have expressed interest in forming an alliance. i still have HUCK and heeral at the moment they both seem to be fading into the game well enough now for me to start making huge moves and only me be noticed for them. clayton and jess both still adamantly state that they wont use the idol to vote any of my main 3 out but im not sure whether or not to believe it.

MACNEIL,

We did it. We voted out Razvan. I have been waiting for this moment for a really really long time! I should be happy and dancing in my chair.

Instead I feel awful. What is this?? The guy was a total jerk to me in this game but yet I feel bad for lieing to him about a vote. He blocked me, told me to get the F out of his face and other cursing, he was cocky, etc. Why can’t I just not care?? Yes, I lied to him pretty hard but it was only to make sure that he felt safe enough not to scramble or play an idol (even though it was very probable that he didn’t have one). I would never do this to someone just out of the blue and for no reason and I hope it’s well understood by people.

I will only target people if they target me. I will only lie to people if they lie to me. I am loyal to people who are loyal to me. 😀

Now we have a merge. Oh boy. Time to scramble. If anything, I made the jury

I think we’re heading for a merge. Here are my thoughts on people:

Vincent: So wishy washy this game. He doesn’t have a rogue idol and he has been straight with me since the Brian vote. I really want to believe that he was only sneaky with me because he believed that I was closer with Umut and he was worried about our alliance. Mark suspects that Vincent is close with people on Land but I’m trying to figure out if that’s a valid thing to suspect.

Renee: She’s my number 1. I will protect her like crazy in this game. I don’t know if I’ll have the numbers to save her eventually but I will try my hardest to protect her. I gave her my word.

Gerome: He’s another top ally. I realize how threatening he is; however, since we are not playing for money, I will keep my word with him as well. I realize he is the guy who won unanimously and will give his all in challenges.

Mark: Wow! He’s so into this! It’s awesome, cute, and wonderful all at once! He’s the main person messaging me about the game! I want to keep him in the game because he wants to be here so badly over everyone else in Upsa! I hope he joins more orgs because he seems to be having lots of fun!!

Luke: He’s my key to breaking up Land. He says he likes to be evil and he wouldn’t just randomly tell me this. If he likes to be evil and he tells a chick on the other tribe, then he really does like to be evil. He also told me that a pagoning would be boring. Hello new bff 😛

Ryan: I am told he is sneaky. If he’s sneaky in my favor then it’s all good 😀 I know that he asks pretty sneaky questions and I am careful in answering them. Ever since he refused to pull the trigger though, it’s just been random chat.

Andrew: Love talking to this guy!! It’s not for strategy either! I want to talk to him after the game because he’s so nice! He has a challenge whore nomination and he’s really nice=future target? He’s way more threatening than anything Upsa has to offer….well he’s a Scottish version of Gerome.

Clayton: Super super threat. He’s the captain and is a very good social player. Something tells me that he has an idol as well…I am hoping they notice him and not other Upsas. It is too bad I wasn’t on the same tribe as him because I think we would have talked some good strategy together.

Heeral: Crazy threat. I can tell she is well loved in the org community and on her Land tribe. I just feel it. I think she has an idol as well. I also think she’s in an alliance with everyone on Land lol. I also think she asks the right questions and will gladly blindside someone with a big smile on her face.

Me: lol MacNeil. I find it funny that I’m MacNeil and not Angie in this game. I am feeling stressed from the Razvan vote but I’m comforted to know that I atleast make jury. I have connections with people on Land and I don’t know if they will trust me in the game from these connections. I love talking to them regardless lol and hope to stay in touch after the game.

Mark is wonderful lol. Mark has played before, but it’s been a long time for him so it’s like he’s a noob to me. He has sent me many messages and lots of paragraphs asking who we should talk to on Land. (this is WAYY better than when he wouldn’t listen to me in the beginning by the way). He is talking to Ryan Huckla and I have warned him that Ryan has the reputation of being sneaky. I see the logic that Mark wants to make sure that we have numbers, but it may not be smart to volunteer information and talk strategy at the beginning of a merge when you’re down in numbers.

I fear that Mark is going to be….well marked for the person from Upsa who is willing to fight against a united Land with numbers. Remember when Alina was voted out of Nicaragua? She was that person from the early merge who looked like there was always something on her mind and she scrambled like crazy against the dominant alliance.

It’s best to go 50/50 with people or to be a little observant at the beginning of a merge. I love subtle hints and suggestions too. My biggest selling point to the bottom of Land is to say that us little Upsas are not as scary when it comes to challenges te hehe! *smiles*. Also, I don’t think us crazy non social Upsas are that much of a jury/social threat. Ok, I am very social. Shoot me 😛

Will they target me first? Well, again…there are scarier challenge dominators on Land and some people on Upsa who are fighting too hard too soon (Vincent, Mark). They may just keep the sweet girl around and trust her more than the others. I have to factor in what Razvan could have told them lol but let’s leave this as my thoughts for the day.

No merge s’il vous plait?

ooooh boy. 6 votes to merge and 5 votes not to merge. Hopefully it doesn’t go like this for future tribals or we’re just sitting ducks waiting to be picked off.

Day 2 of the merge.

Clayton: I have always gotten along with Clayton and I think we genuinely wanted to be on the same tribe together. I can’t quite put my finger on it but I click with him. Is it a bad thing to click with the most powerful player in the final 11 (or atleast second)? Not at all. I am hoping that he trusts me.

Andrew: That sweet Scottish guy that I’ve never talked strategy with lol. I keep reminding him that I wanted to pick him and that I regret picking him (which is true). I can’t tell him my reasoning though: that I promised Gerome I’d pick him and that Gerome is like a filipino version of Andrew. Andrew might be sillier, but it’s how I see it. Him and Gerome are both very very sweet guys who would school anyone in ftc. They are also challenge dominators.

Luke: Please talk to me about your evil plans, Luke 🙂 He said that I was awesome and that a pagonging would be boring. He is my key person to tell about the threats on Land vs the disposable Upsas.

Huckla: The one from Land that I talked the most strategy with. Mark offered him a final 2 and a Canadian alliance of himself, Huckla, and me. Let’s see if he bites. Worst case scenario they target Mark instead.

Heeral: I had a conversation with her when our items were revealed. I told her that Upsa was divided and not merging was a good idea. I told her that I was upset when Umut was blindsided. Other than that, I am waiting for her to come to me. I know she is very powerful in this tribe and is at the top of the alliance.

Upsa people: They’re inactive. Since they’re not mingling with their new tribe members, Land is going to want to stick together even more. Mark and I are doing the mingling while Vincent, Gerome, and Renee are hoping to survive. Let’s see.

I wonder if my experience with Ryan Huckla will be the same as my experience with David Racine 🙂 David and I get along real well personality-wise and in a game situation. I could almost say David was one of my favorite allies out of my three games. C’mon Huckla

I take back my comment about David Racine. I don’t think I’ll ever encounter anyone like him. I think I can come close with Huckla, but he won’t be as epic as Racine.
Huckla is that gutsy Canadian at the bottom of his tribe who is ready to turn the game upside down. I’m ready for it.

As an aside, I think I totally messed up this challenge lol

Also, I miss having Umut in this game. Buggers who voted him out? I have one thing to say to you!!

I messaged Clayton about nachos. I don’t think he’s used to the randomness yet!!! oh my!!!

Well, I tried to get a Land person to flip but I don’t think that’s going to happen. It’s realistic, right? As much as you want to look them in the eyes and swear on whatever is important to you that you’re with them and Upsa people aren’t threatening….they still don’t know how I vote. They also don’t know Renee, Gerome, or Vincent very well and to no fault of their own, they haven’t been able to get online too often.

So I take a gamble. I have to sacrifice Gerome and Vincent (that’s who they want to vote out because of reputations I guess) and maybe even Renee in order for them to trust me. Even at that, I could be that sucker that ends up on a pagonging list. Jump ship with 5 people who know each other well is not a good sell. It’s not as good a sell as jump ship with 2-3 people in order to take out 4 people with two idols in their possession.

To forfeit a shot at the captain’s spot but instead receive the ability to cast an additional vote at the start of round eight when we vote on whether or not to merge, please post the last name of the player who was deaf in Survivor: The Amazon on the Facebook group page.

I promised Upsa I would do anything to protect them and I’m a woman of my word. I just may not have the numbers to save them.

Saturday
8:48pm
Angie MacNeil

LOL My case to Heeral for voting out Vincent is freaking hilarious.
“I’m voting for Vincent because he hurt my friend.”
LOL It’s hard to explain it in words but it has to be documented lol

So here’s what happened. I spent a day trying to find any cracks in Land and seeing if any of them would flip. Um, I failed. The consensus is that they like me but I am from a different tribe and all 6 of them plan to stick together. I didn’t come all this way to be pagong’d lol

Mark came to this conclusion that he thinks he figured out the code to Land’s penalty idol. If he is right, then Vincent will be playing Land’s penalty idol and protecting himself while the person with the next amount of votes goes home. Where is Ryan? He is at dancing class and has yet to vote or answer his tc question.

If he self votes, then we have guaranteed 5 votes against Jessica but it could force a tie if all the rest of them voted for Vincent. What if Vincent’s idol is real? Jessica goes home? mmm that means we have 5 Upsa and 5 angry Land.

Now I have to consider my damage control. What is it? The story is that Vincent came to me at the last second about this idol and I know as per the idol rules, when you vote for the person who plays the idol, you go to a whole new tc and I didn’t want that to happen so I voted with Vincent. It could lead to a messy result and while they like me….they may like me less once they see that I didn’t vote Vincent as promised. OR I could get really sneaky and show them my Vincent vote as I did vote for Vincent but just changed it tehehehe. If they don’t like me less in this game, it might happen after reading the blog.

To forfeit a shot at the captain’s spot but instead receive the ability to cast an additional vote at the start of round eight when we vote on whether or not to merge, please post the last name of the player who was the youngest pre-merge boot in Survivor: The Amazon on the Facebook group page.

The fact is that I was the one who gave Vincent the code. Even though I want to vote Vincent out, I realize that I’ll be pagong’d if I don’t do everything to save Vincent right now. Next, Gerome would be voted out. Next, Renee would be voted out. Do I really want to believe they would keep Mark and I? Yes, but it’s not likely because we then become jury threats as all of Upsa is sitting in those seats.

Or I could try the truth and tell them that I didn’t want to be pagong’d as I didn’t have any genuine deals or plans from Land people.

MARK,

Early Confessional:

So Raz on his way out, posts to the LSurvivor main group a ‘souvenir’, the Upsa penalty idol code. I check it against the code Brian sent me after he was voted out, and they match! Wtf?!

Brian insists he never shared it with anyone else, even after being voted out. Brian has no reason to lie to me now, so this doesn’t make any sense. Moreover, Raz really seemed to believe he had the real idol, and was trying to bully me with it, calling me all gullible at the Tribal Council for believing whatever lies he thought Angie M was feeding me.

Bottom line is, Raz DID have the idol code, and if my intel is right, Brian was the one to actually ‘claim’ the real Upsa idol. The only theory that makes sense is that Raz had an ally on Land, who happened to claim the LAND Penalty idol. If the idol code is the same on both camps, with the words LAND replaced with UPSA, he could easily guess the Upsa code, which is how he ended up with the code.

So last round he’s thinking, he bluffs to Angie that he has the idol, Angie gets the foursome that include me her, Gerome and Renee to vote for Vincent instead, VINCENT plays the idol, Raz votes rogue and the four of us left have to vote one of our own off. Only reason it doesn’t work is because that code became invalid after Brian went, and we all voted for Raz thinking it was a bluff anyways.

This means, that Vincent has an ally on Land. If Raz, Angie O and Vince were tight, then it means they had a friend on Land. Which makes the game even more crazy. I’ve hooked up with Ryan on Land who says he’s ranked 6th out of 6th there. Angie says she may be able to bring in Luke who is 5th. If we bring them in, we 6 can over throw that other dominant group. It’ll be insane, we may have to make some promises we can’t keep, but the Upsa Four (i.e. the five of us minus Vince) still have hope!

Confessional time: Right now, plan is for Luke and Ryan to switch with the four of us. I’m working on Ryan to offer him a really sweet deal of a final 3, with a possible final 2. I really think if this works, I may even honour it. MacNieil is a WONDERFUL person, but I can’t beat her in a final 2.

Meantime, I just need to lay low. If what Luke is telling Angie is right, he wants to flip at final 9, so I gotta survive two votes. If this vote goes Vincent’s way, I may try and forge the Land idol to survive the round after. As for this challenge… I’m pretty certain based on the mistake I already made with Joel… that I can’t win even if I do marathon. So I don’t want Land right now to perceive me as a challenge threat. So I’ll take it easy on this one. Compete hard in some of the later challenges.

Confessional:

So Huckla has indicated he wants to work with me, and Luke has given signals, but at this point, right before the vote, neither have clearly messaged me their voting intentions.

What I have been told from Luke is that I am safe for three votes. Combine that with the intel Angie has gotten, I can assume that two of their three targets are Vincent, and Gerome. As for the third, haven’t a clue.

I don’t know what they know or think of Renee. Renee is off doing Red Cross stuff in New York and New Jersey in conjunction with the hurricane, so she’s somewhat inactive during the aftermath of the crisis.

Frankly, this sit around and hope strategy doesn’t work much for me. I’m pretty certain that I’m safe today, but why sacrifice an Upsa?

So now the thinking is, do as Raz did, (or at least, as I think Raz did. Impossible to even talk to Raz now as he’s blocked most of us) and pull an idol out of our a$$!

If this actually works, I’m sure Huckla will be gone but I don’t know. I wonder what they’ll think about their own idol being used against them. It could create the chaos Land has been lacking of late.

I’ll leave it at that for now. Check back in with you at the final 10!

VINCENT,

WOW i have penalty idol?
ME: Congratulations, you have met the requirements for the rogue idol.
.
.
.
Unfortunately it has already been claimed.

at least no crappy fake idols to deal with. ;))

NO MERGE.

Why?

1.) I’m going home soon if we merge, I feel like i’m the first target PLUS the number deficit.

2.) I’m going home too if we lose the next challenge, apparently, not much of a difference BUT IF WE WIN we’re gonna have even chances of 5v5 at the merge.

Thank You.

i shared my answers with Renee and Angie i hope either of them wins immunity.

apparently a part of me wants to quit since this is the first time i reach merge with lesser number.

but i don’t feel like quitting i want to have Upsas a fighting chance in the merge so if we can have a kick-start that would be awesome.

i don’t wanna be a challenge threat so far so that they won’t see me as a threat.

Angie and Mark on the other had, are everywhere.

Gerome is quiet.

i’d love to talk to any of the Land people. apparently i only have hi and hellos and some random talks.

*sighs*

btw the longest legit word is not supercalifragilisticexpialidocious. it’s pneumonoultramicroscopicsilicovolcanoconiosis

just saying.

imma be voted out?

im scared.

but i think im not.

i think they target angie.

but idk

TRIBAL COUNCIL #8

(*ANDREW*)-(CLAYTON)-(GEROME)-(HEERAL)-(JESSICA)-(LUKE)-(MACNEIL)-(MARK)-(RENEE)-(RYAN)-(VINCENT)
XXX
(UMUT)-(JASON)-(ANNE)-(BRIAN)-(MATT)-(ANGIE)-(RAZ)

My apologies for my tardiness. I had two university assignments to do last night and found myself in a ferocious texting battle. Went to bed at 5am eastern and refused to get out of bed until forty minutes ago. But the show must go on.

ANDREW,

1. Let’s start with you. You’re immune. What happened that made you feel like you needed to claim immunity this round?

There’s a couple things. I’ve had a tough time making it this far. I always felt in danger of going home because I knew I was in the minority. And whilst I get on very well & like everyone on the original Land team, I always feel I need to be safe in case I become a target. More importantly, this is the first vote post-merge. MacNeil can casually mention that Upsa have no idols all she wants, if they have one, it’s getting played this round. And that leaves everyone in danger. This guarantees that no matter what happens tonight, I’ll be here tomorrow.

2. Or was your move to do well in the challenge to prevent someone else from winning rather than guaranteeing your own safety?

It’s never about that. I have to win for me. It’s just the way I’m wired. I can be at F5, with two idols in my pocket with four people who all want to take me to the end, & I’ll still do everything possible to win immunity. I don’t know any other way. I’ve tried to take a back seat in previous games when it comes to challenges to avoid becoming a threat but I just can’t do it.

So no, stopping someone winning immunity was never even in my thought-process, nor will it be in the future.

CLAYTON,

1. You came from a tribe that holds the majority heading into the merge. Do you think the vote will be along tribal lines for the remainder of the game?

I am thrilled. Simply cause I have never came into merge with a tribe that was in majority. But I’m under no impression that it guarantees us anything. People may do what they want regardless of tribe alignment.

2. The vote to merge was 6-5. Have you figured out who were in the “6” and who were in the “5”?

Um. I hadn’t thought about it. I assume it was tribes. But since u feel the need to ask that question I’m inclined to think otherwise…

GEROME,

1. On the other hand, you come from a tribe that is entering this merge in the minority. Is it a solid group of five or is the individual nature of the merge going to take over the game?

I really don’t know.. but one thing is for sure. It will be a tough road for the 5 Upsas.

2. Do you think Andrew needed immunity?

No. But it’s better to be sure.

HEERAL,

1. This is the first time I’ve been able to check in with you regarding your decision to not merge. However we go down to eleven people and suddenly we’re merged. What was the reasoning behind your decision to not merge when there were twelve people?

I switched my decision constantly…over and over and over again. In the end, the tribe wanted to risk it and try to go for a majority.

2. Has your decision changed the relationships you have in the game?

I don’t think it has.

JESSICA,

1. An odd-numbered merge has happened for five straight seasons in my game, but on TV it just occurred for the first time in eight seasons. How does the game play out differently when you start the merge with an odd number rather than an even number?

2. What are the benefits to embracing the individual nature of the post-merge phase?

to answer my questions, this is the middle of the game still and we have to play in the here and now. its hard to plan for the future too much. Embracing the indivdual game, its different, there are less cookies to go around but right now for me this is when trust becomes very important.

LUKE,

1. Do you think there are people who can be considered free agents in this game?

i think that yes there more then likely are people who are willing to change the game. if there wasnt then you could hardly call this game survivor could you?

2. Is there a way to betray somebody and still work with them later in the game?

i personally believe no but many people are silly enough to work with someone who has betrayed them before and for some people it works.

MACNEIL,

1. It wouldn’t be a SCWL Tribal Council if I didn’t ask about hidden immunity idols. What’s your assessment of what will happen to them?

2. Do you think it is ever possible to truly master the strategy behind the hidden immunity idols?

There are three things that can happen with a hidden immunity idol 1) it doesn’t get played and the person goes home with the idol in his/her pocket 2) it gets played but protects the wrong person and the idol is wasted and 3) it gets played and the idol saves that person from being voted out. I have no idea what will happen in the future.
It is probably easier when you’re playing actual Survivor where you can see who is talking to who and you get that non verbal communication that tells you someone is lieing. Therefore, it’s probably easier to read what is going to happen in person. Online, someone could easily type to me and be like “MacNeil! I’m with you!! You rock!!!” and then vote for me and I go to Ponderosa for pina coladas (which would suck). To answer the question, playing or not playing the hidden immunity idol is a gamble and I do not think there is a fool proof way to master it.

MARK,

1. There was some heated discussion between the two tribes regarding the outcome of the Family Feud challenge. Has the merge cleared up that animosity or is it fueling the strategy of this game?

I wouldn’t call it heated. I thought I had a case to make, I argued my point, Clayton argued his. We both stood up for our tribes, as well we should. I didn’t think I’d succeed but it was worth a who. If it’s fuelling any strategy, I haven’t heard about it. I’ve talked to Clayton since and neither one of us even brought it up. Maybe if a million dollars was on the line I’d put up more of a fight but I don’t think it’s that big a deal to either of us.

2. How disappointed would you be if you were voted out this round?

Logan I was the second last person picked to be on a tribe, last if you consider that other guy wasn’t even picked at all. He was the first boot on Land. At this point I consider myself fortunate to have even made the jury let alone merge! I felt for sure I was screwed before the game even started. If it’s me tonight, I’ll shake everybody’s hand and walk over to the Jury group. Course I’d love to win this thing, but I’m fine with whatever happens. It’s just a silly fun little ORG!

RENEE,

1. How many people do you feel are truly in trouble of being voted out this round?

As far as I know, two people are truly in trouble of being voted out but you can never be 100% sure of anything in Survivor.

2. Do you think some players will have an easier time fading now that what was once tribes of five or six players has ballooned up to eleven people?

I have not played many games, but this is one of the most active games that I have played. It is pretty hard for a player to fade when everyone is so active and out there on the main tribe page.

RYAN,

1. What was the biggest dilemma you face when entering the merge?

My biggest dilemma is making the move that will take myself and my allies furthest.

2. Do you think challenge threats have been clearly established by this point in the game?

we are all challenge threats, if we made it this far we are good at challenges. Also we all have strengths, and they could come into play in a challenge.

To forfeit a shot at the captain’s spot but to earn a Mutiny Trigger instead, post the last name of the player from Survivor: The Amazon who is known for podcasting on the Facebook group page.

VINCENT,

1. Not only are there challenge threats, but there is also social and strategic threats. You have so many options. What avenue do you go down to determine who receives your vote?

10 options YAH?! Interesting.. Hmmm. TBH i’m only concerned about the numbers at this point. So we cut them options to uhm.. Six? Ok fine I guess I have to answer the question in a straight-forward way. Of course unless the world conspired and everything changed after I went away over the weekend, it’s still is Upsa VS Land. Apparently Land has a sick line-up of good and strong players(not saying Upsa aren’t, we just have this obvious disadvantage atm) and if I’M given the chance to decide on who’s going or who’s staying i want to takeout someone who’s in the upper-deck of the Land alliance. It’s logical because i’d like to take out influential players as to ‘siege’ their alliance which is basically their advantage now. So, to answer your question, influentiality is the avenue that i go down to determine who recieves my vote. ^^

2. Does it drive you crazy that there are ten other players you have to talk to and check in with on a daily basis? How do you keep track of so many people?

I have made a number of exchanges, hi and hellos to a couple of people in the game. Too be honest i’m not the best with one on one chats i just like to sit around and watch/listen to others discuss what’s going on with their lives (and make dumb remarks at any random time.) I know talking and catching up with everyone is crucial in these kind of games but i’m not good with breaking the ice – so how i keep track? I don’t keep track. I just check their profiles at any given time, PM some random thoughts and *sheeezaaaang*

That’s it. Oh yeah btw it doesn’t drive me crazy – well it does at some point – especially when it comes to TCs like this were talking is crucial – but heck. I have a good feeling about this TC. :)))

Alright, when you vote please do so in the following manner:

VOTE: (Aogln)

REASON: I’ll send you a reason about twenty hours from now.

You cannot vote for Andrew. Everybody else is fair game. It is time to vote. Yawkc tribe, you’re up.

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTING

ANDREW,

Vote: Gerome

Reason:

I’m looking to take out some of these Upsa’s right off the bat. So glad to have immunity because I expect an idol to be played. I just hope it’s not on Gerome. Gerome is a strong player. I’ve seen him do well in other games. I know he is tight with Renee & Angie so we need to break that threesome up. My hope here is that Angie votes Vincent & that Gerome still goes home. Angie is just so loveable that she has the potential to get her way in amongst the Land tribe. I haven’t yet decided if I want to keep her around in case I want to use her for a blindside. If I decide against it, I’ll probably want her gone next. But for now, I’m hoping to take out Gerome & strengthen the Land 6, still with the hope that once we turn on each other, I can find an in-road somewhere. But with idols abound, I’m not confident this will work. I can’t stress enough how happy I am to have immunity!

CLAYTON,

VOTE: Gerome

Reason: your the opposition. Who knows. I have a suspicion an idol may be played and I could be leaving. Or someone may flip. But hopefully not. Idk you and prob never will. Bad luck to you

GEROME,

My Vote: Vincent.. sorry dude. It’s either you or me. Goodluck to us

Host’s Note: **Lame Late Facebook Glitch**

LOL. Sorry Logan.. I’m gonna change my vote to “JESSICA”
We overlooked your idol rules. Good thing is that Mark was able to bring it up.
We really hope that the whole Land tribe will vote Vincent, then Vincent will use the idol.. hope it works.. at least we tried hehe 😛

HEERAL,

VOTE: Gerome

Reason: Because I can lol.

JESSICA,

My vote for is for Gerome

Reason: This is the plan for the rappers came up with. we heard that Angie gerome and vincent or Renne are close and they have to be broken up, all i can do now i up that the other side doesnt play an idol

LUKE,

Vote: Gerome
Reason wrong side of the numbers buddy sorry.

MACNEIL,

My vote is for VINCENT
It’s too bad you decided to go all sneaky on me this game because I was genuine when I wanted a final 2 alliance with you. You were right about one thing though. I am sweet but I am hardcore in these games, and I don’t give second chances.

Sorry, my vote is for JESSICA
You’re at the top of Land’s alliance and it’s obvious that you guys want to pagong us and we can’t let that happen now can we? 😛

My vote is for JESSICA
Crap!!! Vincent came to me about having an idol. How is that possible? I read the rules for the idol and if you vote for Vincent and he plays the idol, you stay for tc. He is insisting on voting for you so I have no choice. I hope you understand.

I figure that vote is better to show for Land damage control 😀 muahahhaha Frig they shouldn’t trust me lol

My vote is for JESSICA
Crap!!! Vincent came to me about having an idol. How is that possible? I read the rules for the idol and if you vote for Vincent and he plays the idol, you stay for tc. He is insisting on voting for you so I have no choice. I hope you understand.

frig I give up. I realize that only one vote counts and my vote is for Jessica lol. Don’t mind me. I’m trying to use the forward function and it groups my evilness together lol.

MARK,

Vote:

Jessica

No real reason. I don’t really know you, you’re probably safe tonight. But if I vote the way you probably think I’m voting and my little scheme works, I’ll be in big trouble.

RENEE,

Vote: Jessica

RYAN,

I vote for Gerome: Sorry for this, I much rather vote for someone else but the tribe has spoken. Hopefully this goes smoothly.

VINCENT,

Jessica

Why? She’s Bellatrix while Clay is Voldemort. Except for the evil part. So basically she’s on the upper part of the Land alliance. so there.

uhmm. would this help?
!$_@@LAND PENALTY IDOL@@_$!

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTE REVEAL

If anybody played a hidden immunity idol, now would be the time I’d reveal it.
.
.
.
.
.
.
More dots
.
.
.
VINCENT: uhmm. would this help?
.
.
.
ME: Yes, chef?
.
.
.
.
VINCENT: !$_@@LAND PENALTY IDOL@@_$!
.
.
.
The rules of my Survivor state that if a hidden immunity idol is played and that player receives the majority of the votes, then the TC is null and void and only players who voted for that person will stay behind for a new Tribal Council.
.
.
.
.
This isn’t an idol.
.
.
.
*Team Rocket is blasting off again*
.
.
Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
(Vincent..)
.
.
One vote Vincent.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Gerome)
.
.
.
One vote Vincent, one vote Gerome.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Jessica)
.
.
.
Three-way tie. One vote each for Vincent, Gerome, and Jessica.
.
.
.
.
FOURTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(JESSICA)
.
.
.
Two votes Jessica, one vote Vincent, and one vote Gerome.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Jessica)
.
.
.
Three votes Jessica, one vote Vincent, one vote Gerome.
.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Jessica)
.
.
.
Four votes Jessica, one vote Vincent, one vote Gerome.
.
.
.
.
SEVENTH VOTE:
.
.
.
(Gerome)
.
.
Four votes Jessica, two votes Gerome, one vote Vincent.
.
.
.
EIGHTH VOTE:
.
.
(Gerome)
.
.
Four votes Jessica, three votes Gerome, and one vote for Vincent.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Gerome)
.
.
We’re tied. Four votes Jessica and four votes Gerome. One vote Vincent.
.
.
.
.
TENTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Gerome:)
.
.
Five votes Gerome, four votes Jessica, and one vote Vincent. One vote left.
.
.
.
.
FINAL VOTE:
.
.
.
.
Eighth person voted out of SCWL 4 and the first member of our jury:
.
.
(Gerome)
.
Gerome, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

MACNEIL: Great game Gerome you’re an awesome guy and I had a blast playing this game with you

CLAYTON: Good game Gerome Latumbo!

MARK: I will miss you Gerome! See you the jury bench!

LUKE: Good game

VINCENT: 😦 great game! hehe. focus ka na sa studies mo jan.

HEERAL: good game Gerome 🙂

JESSICA: good game sorry we didnt get to interact really

GEROME: No problem guys! most of my favorites are first members of the jury.. Yay to be one of them!

GEROME: Happy gaming everyone! 🙂

VINCENT: so you actually favorited yourself? wow. haha. goodluck,

ME: It appears that this vote came down to tribal lines. The question is will that continue? You guys can head back to camp. . .wait, you’re already here? Well. . .

*grabs cowboy hat*

I reckon I’ll see myself off then.

MACNEIL: hehheheehe I reckon

MARK: *is briefly woken up by the hosts out-tro before cursing something in Canadian French and falling back asleep*

MACNEIL: sacre bleu! lol

GEROME EXIT INTERVIEW

1. You were one of the last people to apply for this ORG. In fact, you have a minimal presence in the ORG community. What made you come out of hiding to play this game?
– That’s right. I only play few games cause i cant manage to play a lot of ORGs. I only join if the game has good reviews. A lot of my friends asked me to join your game cause they said that you’re a great host and you have awesome challenges.
Im a very competitive guy so I decided to play

2. You were one of three people to not participate in the opening challenge. The others were Anne and Jason who didn’t perform too well. Do you think showing up late to that meeting affected your position in the game in any way?
– I guess no. Angie, Umut and Raz wanted me to be their allies before the game even started.

3. Unlike other seasons, you guys knew the cast a day in advance. How did that affect the dynamics early on?
– It made us more excited and we have time to talk to other players.

4. If you were a captain, who would you have picked to be on your tribe? Or what selections would you have made that were different from what occurred?
– I will choose the tribemates that Umut chose.. it was actually SurviveWar tribe. lol with the exception of Mark which is a really cool tribemate.

5. Your name always seemed to come up for elimination. Why do you think you were such a constant target?
– First few rounds I knew some of them wanted me out. Specially Brian.. and when Umut was voted out, I knew I was next. Im really glad we shaked things up
I’m a constant target because I rarely talk to some of them.. making me an easy target.

6. Yet you survived. How do you think you escaped the block so many times?
– I show them how useful I am in the challenges. It will be a great loss if they voted me out. I think I also aligned with the right persons.. they know how trustworthy I am as an ally.

7. Why was the Upsa tribe such a divided tribe? The alliances flopped so frequently it was tough to keep track.
– We’re supposed to be a solid tribe until the penalty idol twist. lol. Trust issues arrived then the next thing I know is that we’re crumbling down.

8. As you’re watching now, Upsa has been slaughtered. What do you think was the biggest turning point for Upsa that hurt you guys?
– It’s the last pre-merge IC where we lose and Land got the upperhand. We’re a divided tribe but when it comes to challenge we’re a one solid tribe..
but unfortunately we lose the last one.

9. Do you wish you would have taken a more aggressive role with the tribe to help them out? Or do you think it would have been too risky and send you out of the game?
– Im not talking much to them about strategies.. I always keep it to myself and talk to them only when necessary. But when it comes to ICs.. I was like alpha male in our tribe.
And yes.. I don’t wanna expose myself that much.. because based on my experience, I get farther if I stay away from manipulating my tribemates really early

10. What was the thing that surprised you the most during the course of the game?
– The last TC where Heeral was voted out. I’m really proud of Renee and Mark. I hope one of them makes it to the end

11. How thankful are you that Macneil chose to start the jury with eleven players remaining in the game?
– Very thankful.. I love being a juror where I could ask random questions.

12. What’s your view on Heeral’s ability to decide whether or not to merge? Do you think it’s too much power for one player to be given as a reward?
– I think she deserves that reward and she used it well. It affected the game dramatically.

13. Did you ever truly have an alliance all game?
– Yes. Umut, Angie and Raz.. then it became Angie Renee and Myself after Umut’s boot. I dont know if they trust me.. but I trust them 100%

14. So after you survive four rounds of your tribe targeting you. . .you make it to the merge. And the opposing tribe targets you. Why do you think they gunned for you too?
– In Upsa.. we are definitely on the outs.. thankfully we were able to change our fate. When merge came.. they target Me and Vincent cause we are the challenge threats based from our past games.
Another factor is that I won Troy with a unanimous vote.. and some people in Land knew my gameplay. I don’t really know.. I told some of the Land people that I have no idol.
I did that to prove them that I’m an honest guy.. but then they took the opportunity to vote me out since i have am defenseless.

15. What are your thoughts on 11-person merges? How does it affect the game compared to merging with an even number of players?
– It means final 2.. it will greatly affect alliances since they must choose only one person to be with them in the finale.

16. What opportunities do you think other players missed by not keeping you around longer?
– I’m not that active in this game. I have a very busy schedule and that means I cant participate well in the challenges. It would be easy to beat me in the challenges.

17. Do you think Upsa could have dominated the game even if you had the numbers advantage? Or would you guys be doomed regardless?
– My gut is telling me that we will still be doomed even though we are the majority. I think Razvan will flip if he made it to the merge.. and possibly Vincent too.

18. You didn’t send in too many confessionals during the game. Was your strategy that much of being under-the-radar or is being secretive part of your strategy?
– I thought it was not mandatory. Im just lazy that time. lol

19. Who did you want to be voted out next? Who did you think would be voted out next? Who did you think would win? Who did you want to win?
– Any person.. as long as Mark and Renee are safe. I guess Andrew? since he’s a big threat too. I think Ryan will win cause he excel in everything.. I want Mark to win
He had an uphill battle from the beginning.. being the only newbie but still made it far because of his awesome social game.

20. If you have any other thoughts, please share.
On behalf of the production crew for SCWL, we thank you for playing this game!
– Thanks for casting me Logan! I wish you all the best! More power to SCWL series. ^__^

FANTASY POOL

LISTER

Episode 8 Power Rankings:
The Merge is tricky. The Weak become safe and the Strong become targets and you never know if there is just that one player on your tribe who might decide to flip the whole game on its head. This episode is more of a clusterf— guess. Big targets from each tribe are at the bottom of my rankings this round. Once I see the next person eliminated, it should be easier to tell what will happen next.

1. Jessica Nicole (Land)
2. Renee Higley (Upsa)
3. Andrew MacAskill (Land)
4. Gerome Latumbo (Upsa)
5. Luke Everitt (Land)
6. Mark Kalzar (Upsa)
7. Heeral Desai (Land)
8. Ryan Huckla (Land)
9. Clayton Spivey (Land)
10. Angie MacNeil (Upsa)
11. Vincent Chavarria (Upsa)

Pick To Win – Ryan Huckla

BRIAN

1. Heeral
2. Clayton
3. Andrew
4. Jessica
5. Ryan
6. Luke
7. Mark – slips by
8. Vincent
9. Macneil – a target, but may try for immunity
10. Renee
11. Gerome

MY BOOT LIST PREDICTION

10: Vince

9: Jessica

8: Clayton

7: MacNeil

6: Renee

5: Heeral

4: Mark

3: Luke

2: Andrew

1: Ryan

4.9 SCWL 4 Episode 9

November 5 2012 – November 8 2012

Immunity Challenge VIII: Lowest Duplicated Number

Immunity Winner: Not Andrew. Er, I mean Jessica.

Did the Challenge Play Out the Way that Veterans Do: Yes.

Did I randomly capitalize the first letter of the words in the previous statement: Yes.

Will I Ever Repeat This Challenge: Absolutely not. Only works if alliances are dead even, which is something I can’t plan for pre-season.

ROUND NINE BLOG

VINCENT. . .LOSES IT?

I think paranoia reached a maximum for Vincent this round. He knew Upsa and Land were all going to vote him out unanimously last round, but got away with only one vote from Gerome. For whatever reason, nobody connected the (..) suffix in voting to Gerome, and suddenly MacNeil and Mark were accused. Renee surely couldn’t have done it because her and Vincent have a Final Two deal.

RENEE IN THE BEST POSITION OF AN UPSA?

MacNeil and Vincent have proclaimed Renee as their number one ally for the past couple rounds. Mark only worries about MacNeil and Vincent in his confessionals, leaving Renee as the most trusted Upsa member by process of elimination.

Add in the fact that Renee hasn’t been perceived as anywhere near a strong force in any aspects all season, and you have a person who could prove to be a strong contender to crack Land. However, I do think that people will catch on a few rounds from now if Renee starts playing more aggressively.

She just needs to continue laying low.

BACK TO VINCENT

I know I have consistently commented on Vincent’s erratic gameplay. So how the heck has a guy who changes his vote every TC, considers quitting, and is all over the map socially able to stay alive this long?

It’s because he is likable. Even as a host I find Vince an endearing person. I think if he wasn’t likable, he’d be gone much earlier in this game. But still, everyone in the game wants to talk to him and form bonds with him. Until. . .

THE MESSAGE

Oh boy. Vincent sent me the message that he sent to everyone in the game. I was giggling to myself because he wanted the head of the guy who is already out of the game! On top of that the “I’m not bothered by the vote” is posted early on in the message that made everyone on Upsa think he has lost his mind. If Vince kept his cool, nobody would have considered targeting him.

To forfeit a shot at the captain’s spot but to receive a clue for the third/final hidden immunity idol in this game, post the last name of the player who was the first member of the jury in Survivor: The Amazon on the Facebook group page.

Vince, we all love ya, but if you ever come back to play, you need to calm down. Everything’s all in good fun.

THE CHALLENGE

It sucked. People figured it out. A classic ORG challenge. Jessica won. Let’s never speak of the challenge again.

UPSA EATS EACH OTHER

Upsa continues with the vote changes. Is it Heeral? Vincent? MacNeil? Clayton? Upsa decides on eating each other this round. It’s Vincent vs. MacNeil in this round’s showdown. Only one can survive.

INTERESTING DEVELOPMENT

Although an Upsa member is slated to go, it appears Luke and Ryan are much more vulnerable to jumping shift. This will effectively negate any drop in numbers that Upsa will suffer. We know an Upsa member is going. But who?

RYAN DOESN’T JUMP. . .SORTA

He wants to butter up Clayton and Jessica to not use their hidden immunity idol by letting them have their way. Because they view MacNeil as the bigger social threat, MacNeil shall be gone.

What Ryan doesn’t realize is that Clayton is fully expecting Ryan to do this. If MacNeil goes home, it essentially confirms his suspicions and will take further steps to rope in Andrew. Clayton understands the Land dynamics well. The question is if anyone else does.

But Ryan is too close to fellow East Canadian MacNeil. So what does he do?

ROGUE VOTES RENEE

Renee always gets these little votes randomly popping up every other TC thus far. Why is she viewed as the ‘safe place’ to vote for? What is it about her that makes everybody think “I dunno. . .I guess Renee. Who cares”. The way people vote for her is like the Ralph Nader of Survivor when no other candidate seems fit.

But this rogue vote is awfully interesting. If Upsa bands together, we will have a 4-4-1 vote with somebody like Clayton or Heeral suddenly in big trouble.

LUKE JUMPS

The coup is in place. Luke recognizes he is fifth and wants to take his assets and gamble in the highly disorganized, but still has potential in the form of Upsa Corporation. Just like that, Upsa has majority.

UPSA COLLAPSES

But the Vincent vs. MacNeil matchup intensifies. Vincent is now aligned with Land. A strange 5-4-1 vote spread is on the horizon. Luke is fully committed to the Upsa line, thus voting Vincent. It’s a close one. But who takes the fall?

CONFESSIONAL LEADER GOES HOME

Okay, Clayton might have the confessional lead. I haven’t checked the exact numbers. If not Clayton, it’s MacNeil. And sadly, MacNeil goes home in a 5-4-1 vote. At least she exits with the best TC music yet.

If you go back to the second round, it is a miracle MacNeil has lasted seven rounds longer than projected. She was ONE vote away from staying longer. It’s too bad she goes home due to a crappy challenge. Oh what might have been. But then Ryan would’ve voted for the alternate target anyway, so Upsa would remain in the same position if MacNeil was immune regardless.

I now understand why MacNeil beat out Lister for the Confessional Award after SCWL 2. It all makes sense. You are one of the most active players and biggest social players, MacNeil. It’s a shame you had to rally as if 49% of the votes would always be against you.

JESSICA DOESN’T RECEIVE A PAST VOTE

Thanks to a lucky immunity win, the bleeding stops at eight past votes. Truth be told I think Jessica may already have the record for most past votes. Players in SCWL don’t typically receive votes this consistently. Except Marcelo or Michael.

UPSA SINKS FURTHER AND LAND TENSION GROWS

The numbers are 6-3. But Ryan and Luke acted independently. Vincent is on his own. Who knows where Andrew stands. Heeral is alone leading a counter-alliance that may no longer exist. The only pairing left is Clayton and Jessica. And how the heck do Mark and Renee end up being the last two Upsa members to stick to the original Upsa? If this pairing solidifies itself, it will be the most unexpected pairing of all-time. Of all-time. I even let myself finish.

This game ain’t over, folks.

PONDEROSA POSTS

GEROME: Aw. I’m a loner :\

ROUND NINE CONFESSIONALS

CLAYTON,

Confessional: this round is a test. It’s do or die. I had to measure the loyalty of my alliance. I had to push it just far enough to see if it would break. Angie is so dangerous. And heeral and Luke were coming up with bulls— excuses as to how social game isn’t important and that Vincent is so dangerous cause he is good at challenges… What? He hasn’t won and ur challenges don’t favor those “beasts”. So yah. I decided to take a risk and really really push for Angie. She is the most dangerous for the unity of our alliance. I figured this. If my alliance votes Angie then they r dedicated to us and they are not keeping her as an option. If they don’t then I am gone or Jess of Andrew. I figure this much. What’s the dif if I leave tonight or in 3-4 rounds? If I don’t win I don’t win. And this way I test the alliance and remove the biggest social threat to break us up. Risky and makes me a tad less like able but it was necessary

HEERAL,

Wooo! We made merge AND we have the numbers. I know I know, I’ve been really bad at sending confessionals. I usually am. It’s why sometimes I don’t get called back to all-stars, but I love this game and I want to be called back for all-stars so here goes.

I don’t remember what I told you last time but seriously, this game is just too easy. It’s like you’re setting this up for me to win! I’ve got a group of three with Clay and Jessica, a group of three with Luke and Ryan, and then I’ve also made sure those two talk to Andrew for when it comes time to take out Clay and Jessica. Luke wants to take them out pretty early. I don’t want to give Upsa any sort of momentum, so I’m really hoping we can get them out at final 7 where one of them will go, without my hands getting dirty at all. Get rid of the last remaining Upsa at final 6 then the other part of clay and Jessica at final 5. Leaving me with a ¼ chance at getting to the finals. I’ve said from the beginning though, this game seems too perfect for me to sit still and think things are gonna go my way. I’ve had to stay pretty low key, which isn’t me, but I’m okay with it. I will however have to start making some major moves soon enough so I can start building my resume for the finals (if I get there that is…but I feel I have a really good shot here.

Remember when I said, things were perfect…TOO perfect…-_- i jinxed myself…

JESSICA,

confessional-i have no idea how i am voting, i think we should vote angie because she is a social threat and could possibly play a similar game to me which is dangerous. i also think some of my land tribe might be holding onto her as a saftey net, i know andrew and clayton want to vote her but everyone else is saying vincent. i meant this game is about compromise so i might have to concede and just watch my back in the future.

MACNEIL,

Well, Gerome is gone and he was voted out with 6 votes. The only person from Land who was straight up with me about the vote was Luke. Is he genuine about making a move in the final 9? I have three options 1) win immunity until the end lol 2) continue to find cracks in Land which is exhausting or 3) hope that the move will happen in the final 9.

What’s funny is that Clayton believes that I voted for Vincent this tc. I mean, I’m not lieing if I say that I did vote for Vincent, but I just skipped the part where my vote was changed to Jessica. I could show him my Vincent vote in case I get challenged on it but the consensus is that I’m seen as more trustworthy out of all the Upsas to the Land people which….I should technically be gone next because I’m the biggest threat to them and the least trustworthy out of all the Upsas. mmmm I’m sneaky 😀

Now if Vincent starts talking and is all like “MacNeil gave me the code and it was her idea to vote Jessica.” Um… who are they going to believe? Someone who has been talking to them all along? or someone who is talking to them because he knows he’s in trouble? (Vincent) I told them the Umut story as strategy for them not to trust him so I doubt they’re going to talk to him. Because yes, I went to Vincent about this whole Land idol plan and voting Jessica lol. But if he shows them the forwarded messages, the proof is there lol so I fess up to it. They can’t expect me to just lay down like a sucker if they’re not offering me any deals.

shhhh don’t tell anyone

Why did I do this whole “hey Land people, let’s vote out Vincent!” thing? I’m in minority and I have to make the people in majority feel comfortable like I’m one of them until it’s time to make my move.

Alright, I’m going to be quiet for a bit because my hardcore strategizing is not happening until the final 9 when I am hopefully teaming up with Luke. I feel like Huckla is in an alliance with Clayton, Jessica, and Heeral but I know Luke is genuine about this move because he told me the truth about this Gerome vote. So, we’ll see.

Time to talk to people about my cats and random stuff and just do the challenge and vote out Vincent like a good, non threatening little lamb. I hate shutting up (as you can tell), but it’s my best move right now.

I’m talking to Vincent and having so much fun. I want to say that I really like him as a person 😀 As a player, I don’t trust him at all lol. He might sneak it up to take me out this round but I know it’s just a game lol
I hope to have many meows and rawrs with him after this game and I hope what I wrote about him in this blog won’t bother him

Vincent has gone crazy. I was able to stop him from starting drama on the tribe page about his one vote. He is so pissed that someone flipped but we didn’t have the numbers anyways.

My question to you is, did Ryan Huckla vote before the 3:30pm EST deadline? Vincent has talked about contesting that he voted at 3:36pm. I’m going to ask you that question so that I can calm Vincent down about that point. I think Ryan voted before the deadline.

I also find it ironic that Vincent is so angry and disturbed by this…traitor when he betrayed me, Umut, Renee, and Gerome in the first round. I honestly thought he was my top ally and he flipped on me and actually wanted me out first but I won immunity. Weird irony. He’s getting a taste of how we felt then.

I hope I can know the answer to my question

To add to my tc question, if Heeral or Jessica make the final 2 and I’m on the jury, I will not vote for them because they’re social games are brutal.

My vote is for HEERAL
If you think your position in the game is so secure that you don’t feel the need to talk to former Upsa members, you’re going to get votes against you. You probably won’t get jury votes from us either if you’re going to 1) ignore us and 2) lie to us when we’ve been nothing but honest with you.

I realize that I probably haven’t mentioned this yet, but my #1 ally is Renee. I don’t think anyone has realized this at all lol. People noticed that I was aligned with Gerome and Umut….but yea…I think Renee would be a shock to people. Razvan and Angie H really did think I’d vote her out back on Upsa. I’ll protect her like crazy if her name comes up. Even if I don’t have the numbers to save her, I will vote for someone else because it’s just the honourable thing to do

Is it weird that I’m greatly amused by these 4 votes on Heeral? I just find it hilarious lol. Now she’ll have atleast 4 votes against her in the event that there’s a tie later on down the road.
Don’t talk to us???? You get votes muahahhahaha
heheehhee
*inserts gangnam style*

*gags to Jessica’s tc answer*

You know what would be hilarious? Heeral self votes and forces a tie lol. I wonder if she’s had more than one vote against her

Nope lol I’m not THAT lucky

Man they’re friggin boring. Say what you want about Upsa, but we had personality and unpredictability with our blindsides lol

Good morning, I am sober 🙂 They’re not idiots for voting me out, actually. If they vote me out, they are smart. I lost to Razvan Dragu in a jury vote because I didn’t think about my jury when I was voting people out.
I apologize for my profanity but my vote stays as Vincent

MARK,

Vote time…

HEERAL

(Even though I should vote for the one who’s been posting Gang-Em style videos. *cringe*)

Heeral, you haven’t come to me AT ALL to talk, I had to initiate and you barely said anything. I’m clearly an afterthought to you. But guess what… about to be a MAJOR shakeup and now you’ll have more past votes than me! Now I have to go back to the firepit and continue to act all miserable and hopeless n’ s—.

Confession Time!

Well Logan, (unless I’m voted out) I think you can expect this to be the most boring episode of SCWL Survivor season 4. Everyone right now is playing it safe. The conversations with Land are boring. The challenge is boring. (Sorry!) The answers to the Tribal Councils are ‘safe’.

Upsa was a wild ride of voting but it had so many fun characters. This Rotu 4 alliance, I’m sorry, Land 4 are playing this game SO safe right now. They aren’t even talking to me about strategy at all. Clayton doesn’t come to me to check how I’m voting, nor do any of his allies. Only Luke and Ryan talk strategy with me. Is Clayton like, not at all worried about me? I’m starting to suspect that the only reason I’ve made final 10 is because no one knows who the heck I am!

These answers at Tribal Council, feels like its ‘After School Special’ Survivor. Andrew Luke and Ryan’s were good, but the others? Clayton barely answered the question at all! Heeral is playing it safe saying Gerome vote was random. (It clearly wasn’t!) It’s like when people line up to ride the bumper cars, but don’t want to actually run into anyone. They just seem to want a fun, clean game of Survivor. I get that, it’s safe, but they need to watch out.

VOTE CHANGE

Disregard previous vote, and erase clever confessional.

RENEE,

My vote: Heeral

If we’re going to get pagong’d why not create some drama and give someone some extra votes for ties in the future

RYAN,

ROUND 9 CONFESSIONAL:

This round has been so interesting and fun! Luke tried to go on a power trip and get Vincent out, Clayton all worried wants Angie out. If I wasn’t planning on blindsiding Clayton in like 2 rounds I would probably vote Vincent, but I need the kids with immunity idols to feel safe. So until then I’ll let the two guys fight for the power, sadly I’ll just probably end up undermining them both. I just need to keep a cool head on my shoulders, and keep my fingers on the pulse of this game.

VINCENT,

i was suppose to have the smarted plan in the world

*smartest.

but i guess people from my old tribe are playing on me so i’ll be throwing them off then.

anyway.

this was suppose to be my smart plan.

to be posted in the tribe age.

Hi tribe mates! Want an early Christmas treat?

Here’s the deal. Apparently one Upsa player flipped. So I have a simple bargain, if you take out the particular Upsa player before the three of us, we give you our jury votes.
(Provided that the one in charge of taking care of the flipper will be in the F2)

Provisions:

1. The first person to message Logan with time-stamps, and reason of the vote being a “flipper” will get the Bonus 3 votes.

2. No screen shots needed, just forwarded message as attachment with Logan’s infamous -ROUND _ CONFESSIONALS ARCHIVED AND VOTE COUNTED- (you can ask him to lock your vote ASAP) However we may be needing to ask your time-stamp s there might be a screen shot on when you vote just for accuracy sake. Photofile is gonna be attached.

3. Don’t care if you sent it the last to us – it doesn’t matter as long as your timestamp with and the confessional archived thing is locked and you sent your votes first above anyone else, and the traitor goes first and you’re in the F2, you have our jury votes.

4. This offer is not limited to the original Land members, but to everyone – even the traitor. So if you’re the traitor and you self-vote and you become F2(i hope not) we’ll keep our word but on contrary this contract stipulates that you’re gonna get voted off before us so apparently, we can’t keep our word. Hence, THIS OFFER IS NOT LIMITED TO THE ORIGINAL LAND MEMBERS BUT TO EVERYONE – EXCEPT THE FLIPPER.

PS
Want another treat? You don’t have to make any wild guess on who flipped we’ll give you the name right away: Mark Kalzer

Another PS
Just to justify my part i’m not mad i got a vote(trust me) things would’ve been different in the last TC but traitor’s gotta be dealt with accordingly, this is strictly BAU. i’m sorry Mark, game is a game. I know this is crazy and i like you with your theater stunt and all but again, this is strictly BAU. I’m not acting like a bully and all but I swear this is legit. I’m not super evil trust me but since we’re doomed anyway might as well see you in the jury first before

Note:
Timestamps – put your mouse on the part of the message with the time, it would reflect the exact time of when you sent in your vote.
(Photo for reference attached)

Thank you.

(Should you have inquiries just feel free to comment under this thread.) ;)))
____________

guess i wont be needing that anymore

so apparently i just asked Clay to take care of Angie ahead of me.

seems legit. she’s everywhere, he should be more cautious and like take care of her before she takes care of him. i hope he comes to his senses soon.

i don’t know if Heeral’s nice or not.

but i don’t think we jive.

apaprently im just telling them guys to vote out anyone but me

i hope not renee

so that by then i could perhaps ask andrew and ryan to be with me and renee

and take heeral out coz angie’s saying she’s gonna throw heeral votes.

btw im voting Mark Kalzer
why? I THINK THAT MOFO IS CONNIVING WITH ANGIE AND THEY’RE BOTH LYING TO ME ON WHO VOTED ME LAST. I DON’T CARE IM OVER IT AND IM SURE HE & ANGIE KNEW WHO REALLY VOTED FOR ME SO I HOPE THIS VOTE IS THE MAJORITY VOTE SO THAT I INDIRECTLY TOOK YOU OUT WITH VOTING YOU OFF.

thank you.

erm. changing it to Heral.

reason: RYAN RYAN RYAN PLEASE VOTE WITH US.

TRIBAL COUNCIL #9

(ANDREW)-(CLAYTON)-(HEERAL)-(*JESSICA*)-(LUKE)-(MACNEIL)-(MARK)-(RENEE)-(RYAN)-(VINCENT)
XXX
(UMUT)-(JASON)-(ANNE)-(BRIAN)-(MATT)-(ANGIE)-(RAZ)-(GEROME)

You must answer your questions for your vote to count.

ANDREW,

1. Last round you had immunity. This time you don’t. Any concern you stand out as a challenge threat and people will take you out when they have the chance?

Of course. I am used to it though. I’m pretty well-known as a challenge beast to anyone who has played with me. That’s just par for the course for me. I have to just hope that who I am & what I bring to the table aside from challenges outweights that thought-process.

2. I may as well get the hidden immunity idol question out of the way. What’s your speculation on where it could be and who has it?

Which idol? There could be as many as four right now in the game. I would assume given what happened last round that both Upsa’s idols are long gone. None of them would have risked Gerome going home had they had an idol. As far as Land goes, I’m fairly sure I know who has them even though I haven’t been told by anyone where they are. I could publicly state where my suspicions lie but then I’m pretty sure that would propel me to the top of the ‘must-vote-out list of those I suspect. I think the fact that I’m a challenge threat is enough for me to worry about!

Stop trying to get me in trouble Logan!

VINCENT: yeah i agree with Andrew stop the naming Logans. *sighs*

CLAYTON,

1. Right now there’s six Land members and four Upsa members. Do you think a Land player can go home this round without splintering the former Land tribe?

I think anyone can technically go each round. The result will be determined by loyalties made and being kept or not kept.

2. This challenge opened up the rare possibility of players being able to work together and slant the challenge. Do you think people took advantage of that in the challenge?

I think the possibility of people working together is a real one.

HEERAL,

1. What was the criteria that eliminated Gerome last round?

Honestly, there was none, it was just a random pick. We figured he would be the one they would least likely play their idol on.

2. Vincent ended up playing a fake hidden immunity idol. What does that tell you about Vincent?

He thought he would be in trouble…or he thought we would all vote for him so he was just trying to make a big move. Even if it was real it would have been wasted so I really don’t think about it too much.

JESSICA,

1. Following in the footsteps of Heeral and Andrew, you become the next member of the Land tribe to hold individual immunity. Do you think that is a testament to how evenly your own tribe is individually?

i think it is a testament to that each one of the land tribe is strong and it shows yes

2. Is there anybody on the former Land tribe who you don’t really trust?

I trust everyone on the land tribe they have proven that to me and i have no reason to not trust them otherwise, maybe that isnt thinking very well but that is what it is

LUKE,

1. What would be a reason to get rid of you this round?

i couldn’t think of any good reason for me to be evicted this round i dont think i deserve to go…… just yet

2. Do you think there are players who are successfully implementing the ‘under the radar’ strategy to get far into the game?

yes i do think people are successfully using the UTR strategy but i dont believe it will get them far nor will it get them the win

MACNEIL,

1. Is there a way to be an aggressive player and not have it backfire in the post-merge phase of the game?

2. After this round the second member of the jury will be determined. Do you think players have put any thought into the jury building process of the game yet?

I think if you’re an aggressive player and you’re honest, that is seen as a trustworthy person and that is someone who is valuable in the post-merge phase of the game. It is more trustworthy than a quiet player who doesn’t talk to you.
I think that the social and respectful players have put thought into the jury building process of the game.

MARK,

1. Do you think that the lack of a mutiny or switch has cemented the mindset of “Land vs. Upsa” for the remainder of the game? Or is there a way to convince everyone that this is truly an individual game?

It is definitely cemented. People from Land are barely talking to me and when they are, it isn’t about the game. It’s good strategy for them. Gives them a clear path to the final 6. That’s right out of the Survivor 101 basic introductory course. I only hope they’ve all taken the more advanced 301 classes on ‘Post Pagong Gameplay’.

2. It’s been a while since a member of Upsa has worn immunity. Do you think that works in your favour because you guys haven’t proven to be top notch in challenges?

Are you asking if there’s a chance of Land turning on their own because of our alleged challenge weakness, which I don’t think we have? No. The last challenge was kind of luck based. If people from the former Land ARE thinking about challenge threats, no one has come to me and said ‘we gotta get rid of this guy. He’s a challenge threat’. It could still be happening, but I don’t know about it.

RENEE,

1. Is there anything thus far in the game that has greatly puzzled you?

There have been a few questions that I think will not be answered fully until the end of the game, but there is nothing that has greatly puzzled me.

2. Do you think your position in the game puzzles other players?

I think my position is pretty straight forward and I would be shocked if I am puzzling other players at this point.

RYAN,

1. How many different players do you think have told you a lie this round?

Of all the players left in this game I think that I’m getting what I’m giving, I am honest when I am talking to these players so I hope they are honest with me. The only person who has probably lied to me was myself, when I told myself I would look good competing in a bright pink speedo.

2. How will you react if you vote out somebody who was telling you the truth?

OH MY GOSH!!!! If I voted somebody out who was telling the truth I would be so shocked, I would probably have to continue playing this game.

MACNEIL: pink speedo?

VINCENT,

1. What do you think is the biggest weakness somebody could have at this point in the game?

Having no secure alliance. Like, you feel you’re on the outs and then you’re given new hope but then you realize you’re still on the outs. Basically, being a pawn where you get wrong infos, using forged HIIs(haha). But not really. I’m pretty sure i’m going home soon anyway at least I get to be someone’s favorite jury player (ref. Gerome, TC#8 farewell statement) but until then i’m living the life as a pawn working my way with those spark of hope. ;))

2. Who is a better karoake performer? You or Kim?

With all modesty aside, I think I’m the better performer cuz i can hit high ranges and i’m consistent with my performance. Kim is, uhm, erm.. (sorry Kim) she has issues with her mic making 1/2 to a quarter of her performance hard to understand. She has nice song choice though, but i constantly surprise them with every performance. Except last Saturday night I went MIA when we planned for Grammy nights with our cocktail attire on Skype cuz I went on a roadtrip so IDK who won Karaoke Nights that time.

MACNEIL: *smiles about karaoke question*

Okay, when you vote please do so in the following manner:

VOTE: (5- Logan)

REASON: I assigned a number to everyone’s names and put it through random.org. Unfortunately yours was the one that came up. Pardon me incorporating the DC Comics character of Two-Faced into these games, but there is nothing better than unbiased chance. I’m better off using this than the alphabet, anyway.

Okay. You cannot vote for Jessica. Everybody else is fair game. Between now and 300am eastern Thursday, it is time to vote. Yawkc tribe, you’re up.

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTING

ANDREW,

VOTE; MACNEIL

REASON:

This one could blow up in my face!

I’ve been worried for sometime that MacNeil will be able to weasel her way in amongst the Land tribe. She talks to everyone & quite frankly, she is utterly awesome. If ever someone on Land wanted to orchestrate a blindside, they’d use MacNeil. So I’m trying to cut that off at the pass. If something is already in the works, then this will open my eyes to it now because someone from Land will be a goner. Although that could end up being me! Once MacNeil goes, I’m confident that Land will stick together & then I can work to get from six to the Final Two.

Sorry to have to do this to you MacNeil. I reckon you are awesome. However you had a chance to pick me to be on your tribe & you passed it up. Time for you to regret that decision. Never wise to bet against MacAskill!

CLAYTON,

VOTE: Angie

Reason: you are the biggest threat by far in this game out of UPSA. I mean hell… It was like pulling teeth to get them to even want to get rid of you cause we all like u so much. Your too good a social player to keep around. It may backfire and I will leave tonight but that just proves they weren’t with me anyways. U were a joy

HEERAL,

VOTE: Angie

REASON: I know I’m gonna upset Luke by doing this but it’s WAY too early to make this big of a move. We NEED Land on our side for now. Angie is a social threat which is why Andrew and Clay are targetting her. I’m just following for now. I don’t NEED her at this point so I have no problem in voting her out. Sorry girl.

JESSICA,

i  vote for Angie

she is playing a very good social game and that is dangerous especially when that is my game

LUKE,

VOTE: Vincent
reason: again on the wrong side of numbers in an alternate world i think you and i could have gone to the end together we have many of the same qualities

MACNEIL,

My vote is for VINCENT
F—ing Land idiots. I’m not a stupid social threat. I was trying to be honourable and not betray my own but if they’re going to try to vote me out, I have to save my ass. I’m drunk and vulgar. I apologize. I mean, I lost a jury vote to one of the worst players aka Razvan Dragu. Seriously

MARK,

Vote:

Vincent

So basically I can save Angie or I can save you tonight. Bottom line is, I’m still not sure if you lied to me about Brian’s vote or just forgot to tell me, but I do know that you broke my trust way back then, and I haven’t forgotten it. I’m saving Angie. Sorry Vince.

RENEE,

My Vote: (changed) is Now Vincent =(

Because Angie needs to stay!

RYAN,

Tribal Council 9:

My vote is for Renee Higley: You will not be going home that person if everyhting goes to plan that person is Angie. However I promised her I would not vote for her, so instead I will just throw a vote at you.

VINCENT,

last change: ANGIE

why: BOOM BOOM BOOM BOOM my 2 friends are gonna like this i swear!!

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTE REVEAL

If anybody played the hidden immunity idol, now would be the time I’d reveal it:
.
.
.
.
.
Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
(MACNEIL)
.
.
.
One vote Macneil.
.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
.

(Angie)
.
.
.
Two votes Macneil.
.
.
.
.
THIRD VOTE:
.
.
.
(Angie)
.
.
.
.
Three votes Macneil.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Angie)
.
.
.
.
.
Four votes Macneil.
.
.
.
.
.
FIFTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Vincent =()
.
.
.
Four votes Macneil. One vote Vincent.
.
.
.
.
SIXTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(VINCENT)
.
.
.
.
Four votes Macneil, two votes Vincent.
.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.

(Vincent)
.
.
.
.
Four votes Macneil, three votes Vincent.
.
.
.
.
.
EIGHTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Vincent)
.
.
.
We’re tied. Four votes Macneil, four votes Vincent. Two votes left.
.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Renee Higley)
.
.
.
We’re still tied. Four votes Macneil, four votes Vincent, and one vote Renee. One vote left.
.
.
.
.
.
FINAL VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
Ninth person voted out of this game and the second member of our jury:
.
.
.
.
.
.
(ANGIE)
.
.
.
Macneil, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXXXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

CLAYTON: Great game Angie! Biggest threat and great women 🙂
ANDREW: Long live the Viking!
JESSICA: great game
HEERAL: Bye Angie!
MACNEIL: Well, I was sad earlier today because I also got dumped today lol Now, to answer Clayton’s application question (because I can now), I am not sure if I’m a hero or a villain but an “anti-hero”. I am your best friend and most loyal to the person I talk alliance with first. I protect them like I would probably protect my cats. If you lie to me/target me/block me/don’t talk to me, then I have to be evil and I don’t feel guilty doing so. I tell you what you want to hear until I figure out a way to take you out because you have threatened my survival. For simplicity’s sake, you can call me a villain because people are always trying to take me out.
A blog with my confessionals will be posted. My confessionals have moments of Angie aka the weird Canadian cat lady and MacNeil the player. I apologize if anything offends you by what I wrote, and I hope you are able to make the disconnection between the two women 🙂 Remember, a social player becomes a social juror and I very much value honesty and social games when I make the finalists work for my vote. Have fun everyone
MACNEIL: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XcTYodOfmfc
ANDREW:  I would like her post but I won’t because I don’t want to like something where she says she got dumped. His loss Angie!
MARK: You can like it and post a footnote to the liking in the next comment!
ANDREW: Footnote: I iked Mark’s comment but didn’t like that he corrected me!
CLAYTON: Oh boo him. Bad timing :/
HEERAL: Angie! Gurl there’s others out there that are MUCH better. That guy is a douche! Stay strong!
ME: And so another Upsa goes down. But if the vote split is any indication, it seems like tribal lines are no more. It could very well be a new game for the rest of your time here.
VINCE: so much for ‘I’ve sent my vote for Ms. Desai” too bad she’s isn’t here to see this. but she was the hardest mind game in my entire org life. Angie, you may not see this but great game.
HEERAL: O.o
VINCE: erm. just random Angie and Vince convo with her. “I tell you what you want to hear until I figure out a way to take you out because you have threatened my survival.” part.

MACNEIL EXIT INTERVIEW

1. You were on the verge of signing up for SCWL 3. What put you over the edge and succumb to signing up for SCWL 4?
I had friends telling me that SCWL is comparable to Survivewar and I LOVED Survivewar; however, what put me over the edge was Umut and Renee asking me to play. I was nervous about my history with Umut, but I knew we would work well together because we think alot alike in these games.

2. There were accusations that players signed up for this game in units moreso than any other season. Do you think that is really fair for an ORG? And is there any way to police that?
There is no way to police that, and it’s going to happen in many ORGs since there are so many of them and not that many players. You can only hope that everyone plays each game fresh and that they’ll take you into their group.

3. Looking back, how much did that game of Rock, Paper, Scissors affect the outcome of the game? One difference right away is that you and Umut would be on different tribes.
If I had won that game of Rock, Paper, Scissors, us Survivewar people would have been split up, and it would have been a different game. I promised Gerome that I would pick him first; however, if Umut would have picked him first, then I would have picked Andrew Macaskill and I would have had a completely different tribe.

4. Do you wish you campaigned for that one extra vote to be leader? Or prevent Clayton from being voted a leader?
I wish I changed alot of things lol. I wanted to be on the same tribe as Umut and Renee since they were the reason I signed up for the game, and I don’t think Renee would have been on the same tribe as me if I was captain. We’ll never know though. Another possibility is that I wouldn’t have been on the same tribe as Razvan hehe.

5. It’s fair to say you have the record for most confessionals in the history of the series. Where does your enthusiasm for writing confessionals come from?
Everyone has their “thing” that they like doing in ORGS and mine is confessionals and meeting new people. I think the love comes from my love of writing as I used to write lots of fiction. In a way it is fiction: the story of MacNeil in this clusterfrig tribe. It is also my opportunity to write weird stuff and I get great enjoyment talking about random stuff.

6. A couple times you stopped yourself from asking for the penalty idol. Do you think you made the right choices there?
Yes and no. When I messaged the time that Gerome was up until 4am working on the challenge was when Brian got the penalty idol. Since someone had the penalty idol, we stopped messaging for penalty and hoped for some immunity wins. However, I did not have an idol and that would have been handy in the final 11 vote where I would have saved Gerome and evened up the numbers between Upsa and Land. I did not know that Brian had the penalty idol until he was voted out. Or did Razvan really have it? *smiles*

7. Why chase after Umut? It seems like you had your eye on him from the very first day of the game.
When the game started, him and I had a few conversations in which he would ask if I was going to go against him. I told him that I have no desire to blindside him or go against him in this game. If he does go against me, I will have the desire. He was asking me these questions because I did go against him in a previous game and I blindsided him. He would talk about that or make a joke about it everyday for the first few days of the game, and it made me nervous that he didn’t trust me. I never chased after him in this game, but there was some apprehension and the worry that he was hanging out in Turkey throwing darts at my picture.

8. Do you think the Umut vote alone is what made the Upsa tribe all haywire? Or would that have been a natural tendency for the Upsa tribe?
The Umut vote alone made the Upsa tribe nuts!!! If you blindside the captain, the one who did most of the puzzle and who was arguably one of the strongest players, it sends a message to the other tribe members. It sends the message that no matter how well you do in challenges and contribute to tribe morale, you could be voted out because you fall on the wrong end of the numbers and not because you’re the weakest link. I think that if we voted out Razvan, the weakest link, we would feel like it is more of a tribal game and not like we are merged but yet we work together to win immunity lol. Also, right from the start, there’s a lack of trust because people were lied to and they naturally want to stick with the people who didn’t lie to them which would lead to the weakest link still not going home in the next round. It’s a ripple effect that wasn’t amended until we were 5 Upsas, unfortunately.
Finally, since Renee, Gerome, and myself were clearly in the minority, it led me to message Ryan Huckla to see if he would pull the mutiny trigger. I told him my item and I told him that three people would be joining Land if he pulls that trigger. Upsa would have been down to 5 members and they might have been Ulong’d. You never know.

9. But then you find yourself in the minority because you choose to stick with Umut. How come you befriended him when it was the time that people were seeking to eliminate him?
To clear that up, I was good friends with Umut before the game started lol. What can I say? We both have this sarcastic/random sense of humor, we love horror movies, and we love our dancing of gangnam style. Umut gets along great with Angie but not always with MacNeil the player. I aligned with Umut in the game because I trusted him and I trusted that Upsa was going to make the right decision and vote out Razvan. We had valid reasons to vote out someone who had a broken computer, didn’t participate in the challenge, messaged for penalty when he knew Umut messaged for penalty over a guy who did most of the challenge, was willing to get the penalty idol for the tribe, and who had a more logical plan. I did not know how serious this Umut blindside was until Renee messaged Umut and I and showed us her message history with Vincent and his entire plan to blindside Umut and that he wanted to vote me out but I had individual immunity. From that point on, Vincent was target #1 to me. Vincent admitted that he was afraid of my social game but what he didn’t know was how scared he was going to be.

10. My oh my. I think the Dark Knight twist may have been the biggest turning point of this game. Were you always going to request individual immunity for that round? Or did you hear it from others that they were going to request it? How the heck do all eight of you end up requesting immunity?

The deadline for sending the request was about lunch time and Renee asked Gerome and I to message for individual immunity because she felt that the other 5 had messaged for immunity. I originally was not going to message for immunity, but since I trusted Renee and she had Vincent believe that they were in a final 2 alliance, I messaged for immunity. Ryan Huckla from the other tribe also informed me that the core alliance of Upsa messaged for individual immunity and that further confirmed our suspicions.

11. Do you think the tribe could ever recover and be unified after such a vote like that?
There was already a lack of trust from the Umut vote. Now that we have all lied again on the main page saying that we were not going to take immunity and then we did? It led us to stick with our two alliances of me, Renee, and Gerome vs Vincent, Razvan, Angie H, Mark, and Brian. Something needed to be done!!! Cue Razvan and his Brian move!
12. Somehow you find yourself in a position of power after Brian is gone. . .and it’s power from the people you just rallied against! What do you think happened that allowed for that to occur?
Razvan came to me, Renee, and Gerome and said that we need a newer bigger alliance to go up against Land in a merge situation. He said that he is going to forgive us because we blindly followed Umut and he loved us so much. Razvan said to vote for Brian and we will consider this a fresh start in the game. Razvan lied to Mark and told Mark that I was going home. Now Mark doesn’t trust Razvan, Angie H, or Vincent and is now with me, Renee, and Gerome. We had the option of being Survivewar 6 or this 4 way alliance. One move put me, Renee, and Gerome in two majority alliances. You would think that I would consider it a “fresh start” but I don’t give fresh starts or second chances in games and I have no heart in these games lol. I considered it a “thank you so much Razvan but I’m getting you later”.

13. The numbers are 6-6. Then the jury dilemma came. Was there much thought put into this decision? Or were you set on picking to have a jury of nine be formed?
I was pretty much set on a jury of 9 to be formed. I didn’t want to be that sucker that picks a jury of 7 and then gets voted out right before the jury (which would have happened). I asked my alliance and Clayton and Heeral for strategic purposes; however, I knew all along that I wanted the bigger the better for a jury. I had mentioned that if I was in the finals, it would be beneficial if I had more Land members than Upsa on the jury because Upsa people know me the best (therefore might not like my cutthroat strategy and might have hurt feelings) and my experience with Land people had been just happy and light conversations. I’m always thinking

14. Let’s talk about Raz. You eliminated Angie. Why did you eliminate Angie?
I was determined to break up the alliance of Razvan, Angie H, and Vincent because not only were they in an alliance in the game, but they were also good friends. We were looking at a situation where one would NEVER vote out the other because of their love for one another. I knew that it would be difficult to vote them out if we made it further in the game together AND if Razvan and Angie H were in the jury, they would not vote for me at the end.
Now, Gerome, Mark, and myself were dead set on voting out Vincent. Vincent was the reason why Umut was gone in the first round and the reason why Upsa was such a mess. He will tell you one thing, and then sneak around at the last minute to do another thing. He lied to us the most. You get the picture. Vincent sucks and is not trustworthy in a merge situation. BUT, since Renee is my top ally and she was dead set on voting out Angie H because of her connection with Razvan. Renee had a point in that Razvan and Angie H are the tightest out of the two and Vincent was planning on pulling the trigger. What Renee didn’t mention was her secret final 2 alliance with Vincent. I think that keeping Vincent over Angie H was a big mistake this round. (see below)
Angie did nothing wrong except protect the guys that I was targetting.
15. And why did Raz have such a strong reaction to everyone voting out Angie after he triggered some of the eliminations himself? What made it so personal?
I think there are a few answers to that question. I think Razvan is genuine when he says that he was hurt because he wanted to play a friendship type game and we burned him with the Angie vote. He was also hurt that he saved me in the Brian vote, and I turned around and snaked him. He has to realize that when we were voting out Brian, he promised a Survivewar 6 alliance, and he was going against that alliance by wanting to vote out Renee (who he said was the weakest link). He also has to realize that trust can’t magically reappear with me and it has to be earned. I am not going to vote out someone who was 100% honest with me (Renee) and keep someone who is protecting John Cochran (Vincent) and Shane Powers (Razvan).
16. Do you think your friendship with the Dragu Family will ever be healed?
Andrei and I are on a liking comment basis and have not talked since shortly after the game that we played together. Razvan and I could be friends, but it will not be the same as it was before. Our second and third games together really hurt our friendship. I think we will be ok talking to each other sometimes, but I am very serious with him when I say that we need to discuss which games we are planning on playing so we don’t end up playing together. It’s not good for our health and I think it ruins our fun since we have such different playing styles.

17. Why is it that you always play with the Dragu Family? Do you guys communicate in the same circle of ORGers or has it been pure coincidence?
I think it’s a little bit of both. The Dragus and I have mutual friends and the mutual friends talk about playing the games and voila! Dragus!!! I survived two rounds for the first time ever without Dragu brothers and it was weird. It was different. I couldn’t explain it! lol

18. Over the course of ORGs, has the way you dealt with the Dragus changed from game to game? Or do you treat them the same way?
I have dealt with them the same way in each game, but I find that I understand them better in each game. How do I deal with them? I align with them/decide to trust them, and if they lie to me or target me, then I just tell them what they need to hear until I figure out a way to get rid of them. They are very expressive guys. If they are pissed at you, they will let you know and sometimes it’s hard to take because it can be harsh and brutally honest. When Razvan was swearing at me and blocking me, I was nice back to him and I knew that he was going to be ok in a couple of days. He was ok, but he was so gone lol. I couldn’t have that in a merge.
I wouldn’t say it’s fair to group Razvan and Andrei together in playing styles. I think Razvan is more wild and unpredictable than Andrei. I also don’t have as much experience with Andrei as I do with Razvan since I was only on a tribe with Andrei for two rounds in one game, and I played three games with Razvan. I do think it’s funny that the one time I wasn’t on a tribe with Razvan…I was on a tribe with Andrei lol.

19. And did that relationship affect how you treated other players during the game? And how did it affect your own game?
Well, Heeral and I had a conversation when our items were revealed. I asked her how many jurors she would like to have. She said it didn’t matter. I told her that our last vote really hurt Upsa and even if Land went into the merge down in numbers, they would still have an advantage over Upsa. I won’t know if what I said to her impacted her decision, but I wouldn’t have told her that if Razvan didn’t freak out at us and threaten to mess up our games after Angie was voted out.
Now, you would think that I am an idiot for telling her that but it was not in our best interest to have crazy Razvan in a merge. We needed the time to either win the challenge and hope that Razvan has calmed down, or get rid of him in the event that he doesn’t calm down. There was also the possibility of getting rid of a calm Razvan, but there was no way we were going to trust him again after he blocked us and called us names over a vote.

20. Do you think Heeral’s item was fair? Is there any comparison between the ability to pick the size of the jury or the number when the merge occurs?

It is all a question of timing. My item would have been more beneficial to me if there was a difference in numbers in the final 12 and her item was beneficial with even numbers in the final 12. Unfortunately, Vincent messed that up for us with his “coolest blindside ever” on Umut in the first round which really messed up Upsa.
21. Do you think being very sociable with the other tribe eliminated you from the game sooner rather than later?
Their reasoning for voting me out was that if there was someone that was going to break up Land, MacNeil was going to be the one (fair statement). Clayton was worried about me talking to everyone, and he is the voice of Land. If Clayton trusts you, you will stay a few more rounds. If he doesn’t, you’re gone. I think my reputation of being a social player would have come into play at some point in the merge, but it happened sooner because I was crazy social with everyone in this game. My social game is never forced either. I genuinely love talking to people and being weird online, but it comes at a price when we’re talking survival in a game. Unless I do something about my playing style, I will always be that early merge boot because of this social game.

22. Can you figure out any scenarios where Upsa survives the numbers deficit?
If I didn’t talk to Heeral, maybe we would have merged in the final 12. If they didn’t vote out Brian, we would have had an idol with 5 members. If we got a Land member to flip (which was like pulling teeth trying to do), we would have survived the numbers deficit.

23. Even if you guys win that seventh and most crucial immunity challenge, would you guys have been able to prevent Raz from flopping because of the Angie vote?
Razvan was fine during the challenge, but we were weirded out by the fact that he was wild and then normal. I think that Razvan would have voted with Upsa in the merge. Before he was voted out he said “I may be alot of things, but I am not a traitor and I will stay with Upsa.” I think he meant it.
24. You are voted out. . .but it looked like it could have been prevented. The vote was 5-4-1 between you and Vincent. Why couldn’t you guys unify the numbers and make it a 5-5 tie vote against a member of Land? Why did you swallow yourselves up like that?
The original plan was to throw 4 votes on Heeral (since I still couldn’t get anyone from Land to flip and didn’t have the numbers to save Vincent). If you are not going to talk to people on the other tribe because you are so comfortable with your position in the game, you are going to have votes cast against you. The logic behind it was that if there was a tie in the future, Heeral would have lots of votes against her. Just like the Umut vote, Vincent scrambled at the last second and talked to Land people about voting me out because of my “charms” as he put it.
Now, I set up Vincent as a target in the early merge by telling people to vote him out and Mark and I gave him a forged idol (with the hopes that it would work). If it didn’t work, then Vincent looks like someone who would be sneaky. I did this because I wanted to protect my alliance of Gerome, Renee, and Mark, but it backfired and they voted out Gerome. However, I was hoping they would vote out Vincent this round because he was the one who blindsided the captain and is capable of sneaky stuff. Oh look, he betrayed me and was quite cocky about it.
I think it was me, Renee, Mark, and Luke/Ryan for the Vincent votes, Luke/Ryan voting Renee, and Andrew, Clayton, Jessica, Heeral, and Vincent voted for me. Mark and I were trying to work out this alliance with Luke and Ryan Huckla and I think that Luke and Ryan didn’t want to look like traitors and they voted for Vincent and Renee. I will see when I see the blog and voting chart what really happened.

25. What do you think was the biggest turning point for you that ultimately ended your game?
I will say my conversation with Heeral when we discussed our items. She might have decided to merge had I not talked to her and we would have been 6 vs 6. However, if my information did not impact her decision, then the turning point would be a combination of 1) voting out Angie instead of Vincent or 2) voting for Razvan instead of Umut in the first round. The reason why Vincent was against me in this game was because of Umut and what he heard about me from other people. Apparently I have this “don’t trust MacNeil” reputation which I don’t understand.
26. How many days would you have quit eating Subway to give Upsa the numbers entering the merge?
I’d quit Subway cold turkey to give Upsa the numbers entering the merge. That’s how hardcore I am!!! I think I’d eat Subway everyday for a week afterwards though because someone shouldn’t go 39 days without Subway! Blasphemy!

27. Who do you think will be voted out next? Who do you want to be voted out? Who do you think will win? Who do you want to win?
I think that a member of Land will be voted out next muahhaha. I would like Heeral to be voted out because she is one of the ones with the most power from that tribe and the fact that she didn’t talk to other Upsa members much at the merge kind of bothered me. I think that Andrew Mackaskill will win and I want him or Renee or Mark to win. I will always say great things about them They’re awesome people and I’m glad to have met Mark and Andrew in this game.

28. If you have any other thoughts, please share.

I was wondering why Angie H never had an exit interview! She’s good Angie from team ying yang! I’m evil Angie!!!
I mentioned how Vincent had some cocky words for me after I was voted out and after Umut was voted out. He said stuff like “what a pleasant surprise to see you go”, “the tribe has spoken,” and “this is just BAU.”

FANTASY POOL

LISTER

Episode 9 Power Rankings:

Now that we’ve seen how the first merge vote went down things will either get even crazier (doubt it) or we’ll get a predictable pagonging.

1. Ryan Huckla (Land)
“While Huckla may be a big target from the Land side of the game, he’s not the biggest and with his social skills I think he could keep a blindside away from him.”

2. Luke Everitt (Land)
“Luke and Huckla to me seem to be like a package deal in this game. If you have one you get the other so at the top they both go.”

3. Andrew MacAskill (Land)
“Andrew is in an interesting position. Will he roll with the Land tribe or will he roll with the Upsa tribe. Andrew is an incredibly smart player so if he isn’t in the majority then he knows it and he’ll be thinking about whatever he needs to do to get himself in control.”

4. Mark Kalzar (Upsa)
“It seems weird for me to have an Upsa this high up the list when I think they’re all doomed but Mark to me seems like the least threatening of all the Upsas and I don’t think Land wil be targeting him for a bit. Maybe next round but not this one. Not when we got players like Angie M and Vincent still around.”

5. Jessica Nicole (Land)
“Jessica is a sweet girl, but I don’t know how well her social game is. This is the first org I’ve seen her in so she’s tough to judge but I think for now she is safe. I don’t get a threatening vibe from her.”

6. Clayton Spivey (Land)
“Clayton is another one I don’t have the best reading off of. I’ve only seen him in The Shot so I don’t have a clear read on his social and strategic skills. I’ll put him here for now.”

7. Renee Higley (Upsa)
“Of the three Upsas left in the ranking, Renee is the least threatening to the Land tribe so I’ve got her above them. Why is she above Heeral? You’ll have to read my writeup of her.”

8. Heeral Desai (Land)
“I still think that Heeral is the mastermind of the Land tribe, which usually means they are sitting pretty till the end. However. With 6 Land and 4 Upsa all it takes is for one Land person to decide they don’t like 6th and flip and force a tie. I fail to remember Logan’s tiebreaker though so whatever it is will influence the flipper’s decision on whether or not they really want the tie to happen. Why do I say this on Heeral’s ranking? Because if a blindside of a Land player does happen it’ll be on their kingpin, Heeral.”

9. Angie MacNeil (Upsa)
“Angie is a big target amongst her fellow Upsas. I would rate her as the biggest target actually but she does have really good social skills and a strategic mind. She was able to flip the script on the old Upsa tribe and she can do it again here if given enough time. But will the other players realize this take her out for the threat that she is? Stay tuned.”

10. Vincent Chavarria (Upsa)
“I think Vincent is only second to Angie as far as being a threat on Upsa and the only reason I have him below her here is because I think Angie is better equipped to possibly get herself out of her s—ty position. Either way. One of these two will be sipping martinis in Ponderosa tonight.”

Pick to Win – Ryan Huckla
“I think Huckla’s got this game. He’s a strong social and strategic player. He may not be the mastermind but sometimes you don’t want to be. If Huckla is in the finals you can count on Logan presenting him with the million dollar check.”

BRIAN

Week 9…I got one right! And I finally realized who Jessica is! She goes up one spot for no reason!

1. Heeral
2. Clayton
3. Jessica
4. Andrew
5. Ryan
6. Luke
7. Mark – will finish 8th, just like me.
8. Renee
9. Macneil
10. Vincent

MY BOOT LIST PREDICTION

9: Mark

8: Luke

7: Renee

6: Vincent

5: Andrew

4: Ryan

3: Clayton

2: Jessica

1: Heeral

4.10 SCWL 4 Episode 10

“This Immunity Necklace is DELICIOUS!”

November 8 2012 – November 11 2012

Immunity Challenge IX: Photo True or False

Challenge Inspired By: That dang number puzzle Ken and Bob did back in Survivor: Gabon.

Winners: Andrew (again) and Mark (for once)

Note: Upsa’s first individual win in a challenge

Was Renee supposed to be screwed: Yes.

Did Renee or anyone else in the game think she could go home: No

Voted Out: Vincent

Vote Count: 5-2-1-1 (Jessica-Luke-Clayton)

Does Jessica Have the Past Votes Record Now: I’d be amazed if she didn’t.

ROUND TEN BLOG

MARK IS ONE STEP AWAY FROM BEING OUSTED

That became clear about .2 seconds after MacNeil was voted out. Vincent was currently under Clayton’s protection, and Renee has been virtually silent in the overall conflict since attending to Hurricane Sandy. I am sure Land is under the impression that Renee will be really easy to eliminate later on. Part of me feels that Renee has been exploiting this card all along and will turn on the wheels once a couple more players go. In an ultra competitive field, playing possum works enormously to your advantage in ORGs.

I have been blinded by it myself.

Speaking of blinded. . .

CLAYTON PREPARING TO DECEIVE ANDREW

He has confessed to holding his own idol to Andrew, but Clayton prepares to expose Jessica’s idol to him. In addition, Clayton is practically guaranteeing Andrew safe passage to the Final Four. Not any further of course, but Final Four minimum.

JESSICA MAKES A MOVE ON HER OWN?

Jessica never told me about it explicitly, but judging by Clayton’s confessionals, Jessica was pitching the idea of taking Ryan to the Final Three with them. A slot ahead of Andrew. Clayton is really bright in identifying that Ryan likely promised Jessica a Final Two deal. Basic Survivor gameplay is to never let someone else make the decision of who to drag to Final Three (in real Survivor–not gimmicky Final Three Survivor). All you’re doing is reducing yourself to a 33 percent chance of winning this game.

However, Clayton is under the impression that Andrew is the only potential soul to take him to Final Two. He assumes everyone will take him out because he will be unscathed socially if he makes it to day 38. Seeing how Clayton doesn’t intend to betray his own tribe no matter what, I wouldn’t be surprised if this is indeed the case.

BLINDSIDE ON THE HORIZON

All nine people in this game are assuming a Land member will be blindsided at eight. I have never seen everyone come to me saying “A blindside next round? Oh yeah, for sure. Just a matter of who will be taking the fall.”

Is it still a blindside if everyone is expecting it? The only unexpected factor in this is that not everyone assumes that everyone else assumes there will be a blindside.

Next round will be fun.

THE CHALLENGE

I always like these trivia puzzles where you can’t exactly commit to your answer one hundred percent. It’s tricky like the Bob vs. Kenny puzzle on day nine of Survivor: Gabon.

The wording was tricky but effective enough that True/False answers are black and white.

I should note I was marking this challenge (no pun intended) while my brother was playing Hot Top Volcano in Diddy Kong Racing. An odd SCWL memory even for me.

As I was tallying up the answers I was getting progressively more excited because the results of this challenge were a flip of the previous challenge. Why?

MARK WINS IMMUNITY

Instead of the underdog being last and an indirectly rigged loss, this round we have the underdog win of their own free will. Since the top two win immunity, it was a rare instance where both Mark and Andrew won immunity.

I was not expecting Andrew to win two out of three rounds post-merge. He never screamed to me as a big challenge threat pre-merge. When there were two individual challenges in the first round, Andrew didn’t seem anywhere near the running. Granted those challenges were more political and social than they were a test of skill level.

BACK-UP PLAN?

Everyone on Land considers it too soon to eat one of their own thanks to Luke flipping in the previous round. In their eyes the game is 5-4. There is a sense of Land loyalty but everyone is in the Todd Herzog and Tina Wesson mindset that you can eliminate one of your five when eight remain, one of your four when six remain, then keep a Final Three intact to the end. It is considered one of the most effective Survivor strategies to employ. And one that Tina doesn’t get enough credit for pioneering, sadly.

Since Land still has a drop of Land blood in him, it is the invisible Renee versus the waivering nature of Vincent. Vincent is likable, active, friendly, and recently went against Upsa. Renee on the other hand is rarely mentioned by Land. I couldn’t pick up if she was talking to Land members as much as Mark and Vincent were.

Hmmm. Wish I would have asked that in exit interviews.

So where the heck will Upsa’s votes go?

MORE FOR JESSICA

If the record was broken last round, it shattered this round. A couple of votes and I doubt Jessica winces one bit. She’s survived worse vote-wise and percentage-wise this game. In fact two was a more conservative estimate for her. However, the players who make it to the end in the process of receiving a ton of past votes don’t normally win. She really needs to find a voice stronger than Ryan’s if that’s going to be her secondary or primary Final Two rival. Work on trumping Andrew too.

THE BIGGER VOICE GOES

Despite being valuable to Clayton and Jessica, Vincent is dropped before Renee. I know everyone would have done anything to eliminate Mark, but everyone concedes he will be used for a couple blindsides from now on. It’s too bad Mark won for Vincent’s sake because I think Vincent would have had a legitimate shot at Final Two because of how uncertain his position would be the remainder of the game and how in the world to figure out how a jury perceives him.

Sometimes the wrong person wins immunity when you absolutely need them to lose.

LUKE SELF-VOTES

Things could have been very different. A blindside could have taken place this round if Luke had responded to messages. Unfortunately he didn’t, and we can all blame his grandma for impacting this ORG. Even Luke’s grandma didn’t want Vincent to survive one more round.

ON THE HORIZON

Heeral, Ryan, Clayton, Mark, Renee, and Andrew all think next round will be the opportunity for them to ascend the ladder before everyone else and truly take control of this game. The second Vincent left every viewer, player, and even the oblivious host pieced together that this round must be the biggest round thus far. The eventual winner’s actions may very well come from how they navigate this situation. It is almost as if this is the round when seven players remain because everyone is scrambling for that crucial Final Four alliance that carries you to the end of the game.

CLAYTON AND JESSICA STILL HAVE TWO IDOLS

And everyone knows it.

————————————————-

PONDEROSA POSTS

GEROME: Aw I’m a loner

MACNEIL: Not anymore! Got pina coladas?

*Tribal Council 9 is posted*

MACNEIL: awww they had such nice words for me after I was voted out. Can’t believe I shared that I got dumped though lol. Wish I could edit that out lol oh well.

*Gerome posts picture of Legend of Zelda themed N64 controller*

GEROME: Hey Angie, I found this! Care to play? 😀

MACNEIL: yayyy

ME: I recently bought Diddy Kong Racing. 2-player adventure is one of the best innovations for racing games.

MACNEIL: yay!! the host can join in our our randomness too!!!

GEROME: Wooohh! Mark won! I hope he makes it really far or win it all. 😀

MACNEIL: That would be the ultimate underdog story

*GEROME posts a picture of a pina colada*

GEROME: Here Angie, drink this while I ask you some questions hehe

MACNEIL: I’ll try to make Ponderosa fun for you as promised

MACNEIL: This is going to sound really weird…well I am weird anyways but here I go lol. Every game I play, my main “enemy” is a filipino lol. I’ve always gotten along with you though so it’s awesome But yea… I don’t get it lol.

GEROME: yeah LOL and Fawli too

MACNEIL: I LOVE Fawli!!! Him and I clicked very well in SI. If I play with him again, I’ll jump up and down in my chair. He’s so funny too. Do you talk to him much??

GEROME: not that much.. but he’s cool

MACNEIL: I’m sorry but I don’t think there are any pina coladas left :S

GEROME: it’s ok. playing zelda is better

MACNEIL: I hope our next visitor is very neat!!!!!!

MACNEIL: bump for the visitor!!!

GEROME: wow. i doubt that haha

ROUND TEN CONFESSIONALS

CLAYTON,

Confessional: well it worked. But Ryan voted for Renee. He asked me… Like I’m controlling things or something… If we could change the vote to Renee last minute. I wanted to laugh but I understood he prob promised Angie he wouldn’t vote her. Oh well. And Luke voted Vincent originally. He was trying to force us into the vote. I’m assuming it was Heerals idea. And Vincent voted with us for Angie. It was amazing how I got the group to switch and vote Angie when they were obviously not wanting it. Success

Next vote is complicated. I’m assuming they want Vincent. And I have no choice to go along. Idc about who leaves necessarily but I would rather mark leave. He is socially a step above Vincent. Which these people don’t realize is more of a threat. Or they do but they want to use mark and Angie. Either way… They have to go sooner rather than later. I got my way getting Angie out thank goodness. I would be a giddy little kid if somehow either me OR Vincent win. Me winnings calms my paranoia and I can relax a bit. Him winning means I can rally for the mark vote since our obvious vote would be immune.

We will see. I want to tell Andrew about Jess’s idol. But I won’t betray Jess like that. I know Andrew knows she has it but is waiting for me to fess up. I think if we told him he would be even more sold on working with us cause it ensures us safety.

To become a captain, post the last name of one of the two oldest contestants who competed in Survivor: The Amazon. Just don’t type one that has already been posted in the group.

I’m still waiting on a blindside of me or Jess or even Andrew. Andrew is absolutely convinced it will happen at 8 or 7. Or at least just before 6. Unless I hear about it I’m staying pat till 6. I can at least honor the land alliance. But hopefully my move at 6 will be appreciated. I’ve never played dirty or really big moves before. But I may have to make alot to get me and Jess in the end. If its me or her winning I call it a success. If me and Jess leave GO ANDREW!

Confessional: well mark wins immunity so that makes the vote easy. Renee is a non-factor as much as someone can be so far. Jess has been trying to pull some Jedi mind tricks the last few days. I still 100% intend to bring her to the end but it tis irritating. She was feebly trying to convince me that Ryan is the best option to go to final 3 with us. REALLY? He is more like able than both of us. And it was painfully obvious she wanted him there in case someone else other than us had to win final immunity. Thus him taking her. But let’s be honest. Everyone will take anybody but me. Except for Jess cause she would feel the wrath in and outside the game. Andrew MAY take me cause he has a decent argument against anybody… He is openly preparing his final tribal speech of “I was on bottom and worked my way in and to the top”… NOPE. I came up with a plan on my own that includes me using u to get out Heeral and solidify me and Jess a majority we wouldn’t otherwise have at 5. I do with he has been an original Rapper then this wouldn’t be a problem :/ I’m waiting for that knife in my back from Andrew, Heeral, Luke, and Ryan. We shall see

P.s. saying nobody would take me is not being cocky. It’s just I am aware of the perception people have of me. That I’m controlling things

MARK,

Current vote:

Vincent

It’s strange that I’m suddenly wanting to try to save you because of the numbers, but I’m not sure I can. People I’ve been talking to haven’t gotten back to me on a final name and that upsets me. This is just a place holder vote until I hear something new or the deadline approaches.

RYAN,

Confession: I am trying to fall asleep when what comes over me? My master plan! This is the part of the game where I go from being doctor Jekyl to Mr. Hyde. I have come up with what I think is my master plan, and I can only in my confessionals warn the other players 😀 Operation Ryan’s angels will be put into effect soon, and I will be the only cock on the walk. Hopefully everything goes as planned, and my charm doesn’t fail me 😉

VINCENT,

im happy you featured BILLY AND CORMANO

WTF people are calling me MEAN?

do u think im mean?

sunset riders was awesome i was i think in my 3rd grade back then nintendo at it’s peek.

hmmm. you know what people call me mean today but i just laff them off.

like seriously. i don’t have issues with Angie and all but she is like everywhere IM SO PATHETIC AND NICE AND SWEET I GOT MY HEART BROKEN PLUS VINCENT BACKSTABBED ME (I JUST HAVE TO BACKSTAB HER FIRST) SO HE IS SO MEAN.

then there i was greeting my farewell message to her saying she was the best mind juggling game ever then she started cussing at me.

i don’t cuss ever – at least not infront of them BUT FOR REAL?! she has to put all those s— to everyone and make them think i’m the real deal mean s—?

it was all Angie Umut and Raz then now they all hate me for throwing the three of them off but if they didn’t have their issues to begin with the game would’ve gone so much better for Land – and for the three of them.

now apparently they have to go wishing i’m gone BUT NO MATTER HOW THEY FREAKING WISH, NO MATTER IF I GET BOOTED OUT AFTER THEM, BOTTOMLINE IS THEY GOT BOOTED OUT FIRST AND WENT SCREAMING TO EVERYONE THAT THEY’RE INNOCENT AND NICE AND SWEET.

-bow- people can get out of control at times.

^ that was me being out of control.

at least i didn’t go around crying being sad, calling others name.

BTW JUST CAME FROM A PARTEEYYY TONITE.

AND I HOPE I WIN IMMUNITY I LIKE STREET FIGHTER A LOT.

AND WHEN I WIN CAN U USE THE ADVENTURE ISLAND MUSIC?

hahaha

i like adventure island

pfffft. everything could’ve been better if ANGIE and UMUT didn’t backstab RAZ in the first round. and since UMUT was gone everybody thinks i’m the ultimate back-stabbing s—!? for real? if they didn’t backstab each other there shouldn’t be problems.

enough with the whinning. if they think they’re better than me well then she’s wrong – bigtime. she sucked herself so much with the other tribe and there she was?! UGH

voted out. i mean im really not winning this but at least i got ahead without sucking to them as much as she did. okay.

i have to shut up now. i just wasn’t happy on how people perceived me as mean and s— just because she got voted out thinking she TRIED to backstab Raz.

and both of them are hard to handle. no wonder they have showmance.

I REST MY CASE.

ME: Which Adventure Island? I currently own Adventure Island II on NES, then Super Adventure Island and Super Adventure Island II on the Virtual Console, as well as Adventure Island: The Beginning that was released specifically for Virtual Console.

I wanted to buy Adventure Island III, but it is over one hundred dollars on eBay.

VINCENT: I don’t know which but it was the same with super mario that’s being played with a family computer.

Vega = FAST

Bison = uberrated

Deejay = jamaican s— no im not racist just don’t like him

i like blanka, t hawk and fei long. dhalsim when i like to have fun.

anywayz

u pray for me not gonna be voted out.

while i don’t pray. 😛

hahaha. everything is hopless for me. 😛

ttylz. back to drunken life.

TRIBAL COUNCIL #10

(*ANDREW*)-(CLAYTON)-(HEERAL)-(JESSICA)-(LUKE)-(*MARK*)-(RENEE)-(RYAN)-(VINCENT)
XXX
(UMUT)-(JASON)-(ANNE)-(BRIAN)-(MATT)-(ANGIE)-(RAZ)-(GEROME)-(MACNEIL)

You must answer your questions for your vote to count.

ANDREW,

1. For the first time all season, TWO players are immune. Does that change anything or are seven targets enough to choose from?

It doesn’t change a thing. In my case, if Mark is was my target & I didn’t have a plan B, then I’m not playing a good game am I? If he wasn’t my target, nothing changes.

Two people being immune still leaves plenty of targets for people.

2. Do you think with each time you win immunity you can cement your position more and more in this tribe or does it increase your target?

I think it does both. I began the game in the minority. I’m still trying to solidify myself within the original Land tribe. I’ve made no secret of my worries whilst I was there. Being able to win immunity & ensuring I remain in the game allows me to keep trying to build relationships & hoping I can progress further.

On the other side of things, people can get worried that I’ll run the table. While it’s unlikely to happen, I appreciate that it can creep into other people’s minds. Again, it’s something I don’t worry about. I’m good at challenges. Everyone knows I’m good at challenges. It’s not a secret. I will be vulnerable at some point & that’s when I have to hope I’m not taken out. It’s a part of the game & I’m used to it. I’m kept around pre-merge because of my challenge ability & then I’m targeted post-merge.

It’s just another Tuesday for me

CLAYTON,

1. Mutiny Triggers were used, and so far no hidden immunity idols have been used in the first nine rounds. Do you think people are playing more passively or is there a sense of keeping the game “pure”?

first of all thank u very very VERY much revealing that nobody has played an idol on Upsa pre-merge 🙂 I think the mutiny trigger was sorta a joke. Nobody wanted to pull it because its not like it was just you that could flip. So it was like putting your fate out there to get screwed.

I don’t think they are keeping it pure or passive. It just hasn’t been in anyone’s best interest to use any of those things up to this point. Or it was and they missed that opportunity.

2. What is the biggest obstacle you face at this point in the game?

ugh wow. I think the biggest obstacle I face is perception and assumptions. Simple question for me so it’s a simple answer from me

HEERAL,

1. Not a single member of Land received a vote last round. Do you see a Land member being vulnerable before it gets down to the last six players of this game?

I do not. I think the Land tribe is very tight and I don’t see any of us going anywhere anytime soon

2. In each season of SCWL, the season currently airing (or the most recent one to air) heavily influences gameplay. Do you think the nature of Survivor: Philippines will encourage people to make bolder moves?

First of all, I haven’t been so excited to watch survivor as I have this season. Second, I think it could but I don’t think it’s likely.

JESSICA,

1. Why would someone get rid of you?

If someone gets rid of me then it would help their game, isn’t that why we all get rid of ppl eventually, That’s the name of the game. There could be numerous reasons, but there are numerous reasons to keep me

2. Do you think it’s possible to trust everyone in this game?

It is possible to trust everyone in the game but maybe that isn’t best, however for me I put my trust in certain ppl and hope to recieve the same trust in return.

LUKE,

1. Last round the votes didn’t seem to split down tribal lines. Do you think tribal lines are out the window for the remainder of the game?

2. Do you think the person who will be voted out this round is expecting it?

MARK,

1. You’re safe. After four Upsa members being voted out consecutively, how badly do you think you needed this?

About yay badly? I need immunity pretty much every round from here on in! Obviously this kind of puts a target on my back, but at this point, down in the numbers, skipping a rock puts a target on my back! Yes, I need this! I need a streak!

2. Will this immunity help you out in the long run? Or will it only keep you safe for “three more days”?

It’s allowing me to do a little more digging around without worrying about it turning suddenly on me.

RENEE,

1. What was the worst part about playing the post-merge phase of the game?

Was?? or is? let’s see.. the boredom and predictability.

2. Do you think anyone is starting to shift their focus to the slowly accumulating jury?

no but they really SHOULD be. (Yawns)

RYAN,

1. You’re a Land member and should be safe. Or will you be?

Well last time that I checked Logan I’m actually part of the Yawkc tribe. And I should only be safe if I have immunity, so that’s two strikes for you 😉 I sure hope that its not me going home, but I brought my things just like everybody else.

2.  What has been the easiest part of the game thus far?

The easiest part of this game? Asides this question, well I would have to say that some of the other contestants are very easy on the eyes. I’m just happy I have the privilege to talk with them 🙂

VINCENT,

1. Last round it was brought up that players aren’t too happy how I bring up specific players in questions. How do you think Heeral feels about this?

Hmm. To answer you question, uhm. I don’t know how to answer your question. it’s because i’m in no position to answer on Heeral’s behalf coz we’re acquaintance and i don’t know how she feels if her name is being brought up (different reaction on different personality type) and it also kinda depends on the situation and your position in this game. So Heeral, if it’s safe to assume – i think you’re just laffing at this question. Uhm. There. B|

2. Do you feel the host can be a bit underhanded at times with his TC questions?

OH NO. I’ve known your hosting as impartial for the longest time (unless you give me a free idol that’s gonna be cool.) But ever since i’ve played the game, as far as what i’ve observed, you’ve been pretty fair to everyone so i don’t feel that you, Logan Saunders, the host, a bit underhanded at times with your TC questions. Anything else?

When you vote, please do so in the following manner:

VOTE: (Logan)

REASON: True or false: I am not NOT voting for you? Heh. You confusing motherf—er. Your road in this game ends here. Forget chu. Go home. Goodbye.

Alright. Mark and Andrew are immune. You cannot vote for them. Everybody else is fair game. Between now and 400pm eastern Sunday, it is time to vote. Yawkc tribe, you’re up.

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTING

ANDREW,

VOTE: VINCENT

REASON: I didn’t want it to be you this round my friend. This was meant to be Mark. But he has won immunity & so it has to be you. I’m expecting Mark to be kept around so that he can help in blindsiding some original Land members. I can’t have that happen. So I’ll have to watch that now.

Cheers Vincent, you kooky bastard! 😀

CLAYTON,

VOTE: Vincent

Reason: mark won immunity so I felt no logical need to try and rally the vote for Renee. Sorry bud. Maybe u have a blindside planned for me to tonight? We shall see 🙂 I certainly hope not. Have fun in the jury!

HEERAL,

VOTE: Vincent

REASON: You’re going to be last Upsa sacrifice…I hope. But you need to go before we flip this s— around. 😀

JESSICA,

My vote is for Vincent, it’a time for another upsa to go. Of course I could be blindsided but if I use my idol and don’t need it I’m showing I don’t trust my alliance and that’s not good. If anyone flips now it will be pointless because they are flipping to the bottom of another alliance and alienating the rest of the land ppl.

MARK,

New vote

JESSICA

didn’t like your answers to tribal council 9. Glad to prove you wrong! Yes Upsas can win challenges, no I don’t think Land is tight. Will find out for sure in a moment.

RENEE,

VOTE: Jessica

Because I refuse to vote ANOTHER Upsa and WTH it really doesn’t matter. The Land tribe lol more like the BLAND tribe. SO BORING!!!

RYAN,

Tribal Council 10: My vote is for Vincent:

Well if master plan is going to work things have to go Clayton’s way, sadly that means that the music is playing and it’s time for you to enjoy your last dance. You were spared last round, but it won’t be happening again…I hope.

VINCENT,

my vote goes to… Clay.

nothing really apparently i’m gonna get voted out so yeah. just throwing him a vote so that he’s gonna have a hard time in the end. 🙂

i hope Renee will be the last Upsa tho. i just want her to f— the brains out of Mark.

even if she has an alliance with Angie. even if she threw me a vote.

so yeah. i hope Mark goes after me.

and to those who’s gonna be happy after I get voted off – HAHA. I already won. i have a deal with 2 good friends (i bet you know them already) that i should take out Angie, Raz and Umut. HAHA

and i did so i technically won. 🙂

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTE REVEAL

If anybody played a hidden immunity idol, now would be the time I’d reveal it.
.
.
.
.
.
Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from Tribal Council almost immediately. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
.
SELF-VOTE: (LUKE)
.
.
.
One vote Luke.
.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
(Vincent:)
.
.
.
One vote Luke, one vote Vincent.
.
.
.
.
.
THIRD VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Clay.)
.
.
.
We’re tied. One vote each for Luke, Vincent, and Clayton.
.
.
.
.
FOURTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
(JESSICA)
.
.
.
We’re tied. One vote each for Luke, Vincent, Clayton, and Jessica.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
(Jessica)
.
.
.
Two votes Jessica, and one vote each for Luke, Vincent, and Clayton.
.
.
.
.
.
SIXTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(VINCENT)
.
.
.
We’re tied. Two votes Vincent, two votes Jessica. Then one vote each for Luke and Clayton.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
(Vincent)
.
.
.
.
Three votes Vincent. Two votes Jessica. One vote each for Luke and Clayton. Two votes left.
.
.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
Tenth person voted out of SCWL and the third member of our jury:
.
.
.
.
.
.
(Vincent)
.
.
.
Vincent four votes is enough based on how the votes were distributed.
.
.
.
Vincent, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXXXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

CLAYTON: Wow. Sure spread out. Great game Vincent! A fighter
LUKE: wow sorry i dint vote
LUKE: ive been at my grandmothers all weekend with extremely limited internet
VINCENT: thanks guys. great game, Logan. ^^
VINCENT: goodluck everyone. ^^
RENEE: ;-(
RENEE: :/
JESSICA: good game vincent

ME: So far it appears the votes since the merge have been pretty straightforward. However, with four players receiving votes, we presume that is slowly changing. . .or is it just dumb luck? We’ll find out in the coming days.

*MARK posts picture of Street Fighter II arcade*

MARK: The Ponderosa may have a Nintendo Wii, but guess what? They gave Andrew and me this as a reward but said there were no limits on who we share this with! Enjoy! You can just re-use the same quarters!

CLAYTON: The best arcade game ever

VINCENT EXIT INTERVIEW

Three days. Fresh off the execution. Time to discuss the game while it’s hot.

1. There were a lot of rumours about pre-existing alliances in the game. You can be honest with me. . .did you have any pre-game alliances?
– oh no not at all. thaz why i keep on saying i hate these pre-games alliances and that’s why i tried to get rid of it right away. also, that’s why i don’t tell people what game imma be joining.

2. What exactly happened with the pre-planned outcome to the Coconut Chop challenge? Why were Mark and Brian outcasts immediately?
– I WAS FIRT OUT DOOD. we planned it so that Mark and Brian wouldn’t think that thy’re outcasts.

3. Thanks to the Coconut Chop challenge you ended up with the Mutiny Trigger. Neither you nor Ryan used it. Why not?
– It never interested me. Althought at F12 TC i wanted to suggest that I use it so everyone of us can go to Land and no one gets out, apparently, AMN doesn’t think it’s a good idea.

4. Can you think of anyone who would have used the Mutiny Trigger if they were in possession of it?
– ANGELA MACNEIL!

5. When you voted out Umut it was because you wanted to band against the notion of pre-game alliances. Do you think the tribe may have sunk themselves early on because they wanted an ‘authentic’ game to be played on Upsa?
– that was my biggest mistake. although i wanted our 7-way alliance(i dont care about sub-alliances) to take out Brian and Mark first. apparently, it didn’t work out for AMN and Umut.

6. Do you think Land was as scattered as the Upsa tribe?
– Oh no i think they were really cool. Apparently, somehow i just wish at some point I was at their tribe.

7. In other interviews with Land players, it was said that they wished you were on their tribe. Do you think you would have fit better on Land? And how well would you have done?
– HMMM. Wow. Uhm I don’t have problems interacting with people and I think i’m pretty much an asset not a liability so yeah that’s my answer.

8. Do you regret not using the Mutiny Trigger? Because it seemed like you had a strong relationship with Land players but it wasn’t until after the merge.
– I keep in touch with them once in a while but no alliances talk – i still have my roots with Upsa even though I threw my tribe under the bus gazitrillions of times, I wished to come to merge as an Upsa, unless of course Q3 would happen. (please refer to my answer at Q3)

9. You were too late to claim the rogue idol. Who do you think is in possession of it?
– No idea at all. I think Clay shared it to everyone on their tribe wall so there.

10. In fact, nobody has used a hidden immunity idol yet. Why is that the case?
– coz Land is so united(errm) unless Huckla and Everitt does something, idols MAY not be used in the entire duration of the game.

11. Speaking of idols, you played two fake idols. Care to elaborate on what made you play both fake idols?
– First was Raz giving me a fake idol, second was just a forged idol. I think we can make up to gazillions of idol from the symbol so i guess it’s worth trying every TC.

12. You and Raz seemed to have a complicated relationship in the game at best. What was exactly the nature of the relationship during the game?
– Raz is really cool. I guess. I like him and Ohio would be around coz of him – so erm. MY MISTAKE. he was really hard to deal and i had to succomb to his PMS. I just saved him from being voted off then he thinks we’re super allies and then started to share game talks with me. And then started having tantrums and changing minds every 5-seconds nuff said.

13. This is something I want to discuss with every Upsa member–what the heck happened in round four? Why did everyone request individual immunity? It seemed like that was the round where Upsa was sunk for good.
– RAZ FAULT! I TOLD HIM NOT TO CLAIM THE IDOL COZ GEROME RENEE AND ANGIE WOULDN’T CLAIM IT HE INSISTED THEY MIGHT SO I TOLD RENEE TO CLAIM IT JUST INCASE SHE’LL BE IN DANGER. BUT I CLAIMED IT FIRST BUT I WAS SO FREAKING ASKING BRIAN TO TELL RAZ NOT TO CLAIM THE IDOL.

14. Umut was gone in a blindside. But then Raz led a blindside against Brian who was in the majority for the Umut vote. Then Angie and Raz were taken out in subsequent votes. Why exactly did the dynamics in Upsa shift so frequently?
– Umut – just because i’m Raz > Umut (now it changed it’s Raz ≠ Umut [since i don’t know who chill and who aint chill between the both of them]) i wanted to take out AMN after Umut just to get rid of the drama but then i don’t know what got in to Raz’ head and he took out Brian instead. he thinks Brian had the idol but Brian was suppose to tell him – but he didn’t so I think that’s what got into Raz head. Macneil apparent was taken out coz I was told she had her votes on me and she knew it was either her or me in the last round. I think she rallied Mark and USED Renee’s account to vote me out as well.

15. I think every round you sent me a confessional along the lines of “I know I’m going home this round”. Why were you so paranoid during every round of the game?
– I’M NOT MY NAME JUST KEEPS FLOATING AROUND. I don’t have secure alliances and maybe everyone might figure to take me out of all the thingz i’ve done hence i send a confessional along the lines of “I know i’m going home this round”

16. Do you think you could have made it further in the game with a less paranoid state of mind?
– WOOOOOOOOOW. Thank you. No. I am in my calm state of mind everytime and I interact with people calmly and chill. To answer your question, NO. What could’ve brought me further was good numbers coming in to the merge.

17. Which player surprised you the most during this game?
– no one. althought Luke from Land i thought he’s gonna be early boot like Fyke. when Matt got taken out i feel really bad about it. scheming Heral. *ughs*

18. Who was the biggest ally you had during the game?
– Renee. after she told me she let Angie used her account, no one. I wanted a solid Brian, Mark, Renee and Gerome but two were early casualties (thanks Raz) so there.

19. Out of the first four Tribal Councils you attended, you rogue voted twice. Were those the two people you truly wanted to vote for each of those rounds? Or did you have different targets in mind?
– No. I just voted them for the heck of voting someone who’s not mainstream in the TC. and remember I wanted to self-vote? I came to that idea so that if they voted me, im no longer getting the rogue idol. I told everyone it’s almost in my possession hence there.

20. How much did rogue voting distance yourself from making close bonds in this game?
– I wanted to make it up to Macneil by taking the rogue idol and it got our hopes up, btw. but then i think after i told everyone i haven’t claimed it, everything just fell apart.

21. If Upsa entered the merge with Raz as an extra number, do you think you guys would’ve had an increased chance of survival?
– could’ve gone more than f9, then things would happen by that time.

22. Is there any way you think that Land could have been split post-merge?
– hmm. im leaning on Huckla and Everitt to work with us Upsa people, apparently it didnt’ work.

23. After Gerome is voted out, you make an announcement that there was a betrayal. What exactly happened there?
– oh that one. i just wanted to know who really voted for me because we can protest about Huckla’s late vote coming in. but then again I guess it was either Macneil or Mark who voted for me so they don’t want it to be flagged around cuz they’re tighter than me.

24. Do you think sending a message to everyone benefited or hurt you?
– hurt me. coz they’re treating me as dumbs— already and they might message everyone that my announcement was BS – so figured not to post it (plus Angie using Renee’s account – telling me not to post it i guess it might threaten her) and thank you Land people for the rescue and you took out AMN.

25. In the previous round, there was a 5-4-1 vote between you and Macneil. How come Upsa couldn’t band together and use those five votes in a 5-5 tie against a member of Land?
– DOOOD. we’re 6-4 in favor or Land. So no way it’s gonna go 5-5. Also, I have to watch myself from inside stabbers like Macneil hence me voting her out.

26. The numbers are 6-3. Do you think Land would continue sticking together or were there cracks?
– erm. MATH CHECK. 6-2. they’ll be sticking together alright.

27. Was Mark’s victory in the immunity challenge the biggest contributor to you being voted out? Or were there other factors?
– i think so too. i have neat ties with Landlords but not much with the Landladies. Andrew told me i could’ve stucked around should Mark not win immunity but i guess it was just fate. It was an easy challenge, really easy one but I was just didn’t do my research right.

28. What was the closest alliance you had during the game?
– Renee. after she told me she let Angie used her account, no one. I wanted a solid Brian, Mark, Renee and Gerome but two were early casualties (thanks Raz) so there. (A18)

29. Who do you want to get voted out next? Who do you think will get voted out next? Who do you want to win? Who do you think will win?
– i don’t have favorites yet. but player interaction before i get voted out is one of my biggest consideration during FTC. i won’t bring up the topic “why we never talked at all” but I’ll ask no questions and zooom that’s it. If mark don’t win immunity then he’s gonna get going.

30. If you have any other thoughts, please share.
– thanks Logan for this cool game. I enjoyed it really even my rank but it’s cool and no, i don’t want to play all-stars btw for future references.

FANTASY POOL

BRIAN

Week 10…I see no need for big changes

1. Heeral
2. Clayton
3. Jessica
4. Andrew
5. Ryan
6. Luke
7. Renee
8. Vincent
9. Mark – his time may have come, I’m afraid.

LISTER

1. Ryan Huckla
2. Luke Everitt
3. Andrew MacAskill
4. Mark Kalzar
5. Jessica Nicole
6. Clayton SPivey
7. Heeral Desai
8. Renee Higley
9. Vincent Chavarria

Pick to Win – Huckla

MY BOOT ORDER PREDICTION

9: MARK

8: LUKE

7: RENEE

6: VINCENT

5: ANDREW

4: RYAN

3: CLAYTON

2: JESSICA

1: HEERAL

4.11 SCWL 4 Episode 11

“Blindsiiiide”

November 12 2012 – November 15 2012

Immunity Challenge XI: Q*Bert Venga Maze

Venga?: As in Venga Boys? Yes. The Venga Bus is comin’ and everybody’s runnin. . .etc etc.

Inspired By: The tiebreaker for the Dance Dance Revolution Maze that was never used last season. I wanted to find a random music video lyrics that had weird symbols in them, and since I was listening to the San Francisco Rush soundtrack for N64, I found myself thinking of Venga Boys (the line “From New York to San Francisco”). So yeah.

Idols Played: Jessica. Didn’t need it. Better than being blindsided with one.

Immunity Winners: Andrew and Clayton. Mark was only an hour behind. Rough.

Voted Out: Heeral

Vote Count: 5-3 (Jessica racked up three more votes)

PONDEROSA POSTS

HEERAL: Well the plan was to get rid of Jess or Clay’s idols. Luke wanted to make the move when you were voted out but I thought it was too early and it would be too crazy with the numbers. I wanted to do it this round and I guess Mark and Renee didn’t like the idea of getting Jess out They squealed. That’s the last time I try and save other people. Loyalty works much better lol

HEERAL: Well, I had Clay, Jess, Ryan and Luke from day 1. We’ve had our own alliance. If we flipped, the numbers would be 3 on 3 when we flip to the other alliance and I felt like that was a risk. With this round if Ryan, Luke and I flipped, we’d have the numbers in the alliance of 5. I’m still confused about what happened. I had a feeling I’d be going this round. Just some tell-tale (is that the right word?) signs. Clay and Jess have had 2 idols since the beginning of the game…if they didn’t have it, I would have happily gone to final 5 with them, or even if they only had 1. The deal was they’d use them before final 5, but I had doubts. I mean who really gives up their key to the finals like that? So I wanted to get them out.Nope. I was ready to merge. But most of my tribe didn’t want to and I was hoping if we merged early…then we can flush out those two idols even earlier and save this whole blindside thing. lol I wanted to keep them happy so I said no merge. I’m normally a very loyal player. If I give you my allegiance, you’ve got it, even if that means I go. I tried something different this round and it didn’t work. Oh well It was a fun game. I loved the challenges

HEERAL: To be honest, I think I was. It’s not like me, I’m normally a VERY social person. This semester’s been crazy and lately I’ve had a huge target on my back because of other games so I’ve been trying a more laid back strategy is all. Busy school life and that just sort of worked together. I apologize if I came off that way though, it wasn’t intentional, well I didn’t really realize I was doing it until recently. I did lie to you about the Gerome vote but that was because it was what the alliance wanted and I wasn’t going to go against them that early. You are a wonderful woman and I’m very happy to have gotten to know you. And anything said in confessionals, I am not going to take personally at all. It’s all in the spirit of the game

HEERAL: I’m still rooting for my boys though lol I really hope they can pull something off I hope this one round doesn’t cost them the game.

HEERAL: season and name some players…i am HORRIBLE at survivor trivia

HEERAL: Do you have any idea why Renee and Mark would tell though? That’s what I’m the most confused about…

HEERAL: I didn’t have an idol and I legit sucked balls at the challenges and im the weakest social player out there. I’ve never talked to gerome or renee..my jury game sucked. I’m the legit goat to take to the end. Im trying so very hard to get rid of this challenge whore rep. I’ve got. It’s not a bad thing but it’s always getting me out of games and it makes me sad lol

HEERAL: LOL I think it was Vincent that said I was running things on my tribe cuz I won that first immunity. Actually we all picked numbers to see who we would give immunity to…and I won it that way. There was no “leader”

HEERAL: lol I guess we kinda were and we kinda weren’t. Going into the game I had an alliance with Clay and Jess and on the other side Ryan and Luke. We planned a Land google hangout and those 4 plus me were the only ones there so I was like…hey..it’s 5 we only need 5 let’s make an alliance…plan out who goes for the penalty idols and we planned out who gets the rogue idol too (well we were kinda tricked into that one but yeah). The Matt thing was me because I know he could have been a huge threat come merge. I told them that night of the chat like Day 1, that we need to keep Matt as long as we can but we have to get rid of him pre-merge. So matt’s thing was all me.

HEERAL: Yeah but that wasn’t my reason. I have no problem in playing with strong people. I just had a feeling he would have figured out the core alliance and flipped come merge. And with the tribes being so even every round, it was a huge risk. I was right though, he knew who had the idols…we knew they knew Clay had the rogue one but he figured out jess had the penalty one too.

lol funny how everything spills nicely onto a platter once you’re out. I want to go to all the players and tell them EVERYTHING but I can’t I love having jury groups for this reason only.

LOL No more pina coladas That makes me sad.

HEERAL: lol I’ve been keeping a lot pent up because I didn’t want to give the wrong information to people. The renee vote came from Ryan. He’s a silly one like that. Luke REALLY wanted to make that move when you left but Ryan and I refused.

ROUND ELEVEN BLOG

THE MAZE

I’m going out on a limb and saying that this is the best maze I have made for SCWL. I was lucky to be listening to the San Francisco Rush soundtrack at school one day, and thought of the song that had the ‘San Francisco’ words in them. I typed in all of the terms I could think of into YouTube. I thought for some reason that this song was in the San Francisco Rush soundtrack. Eventually I had to ask somebody who was alive when this song was a hit and was quickly led to it. Then I saw the weird symbols in the lyrics for the song. Then thought this would be a neat scavenger hunt for SCWL. Then combine it with a maze and you have a challenge.

Also, this was around the time when Wreck-It Ralph was being promoted in theatres. So just before SCWL 4 started, I somehow combined a maze with Q*Bert and Venga Boys. I doubt my challenges will reach this extreme of hybridity.

RYAN’S REMARK

Ryan said “from the outside, it looks like another Upsa is going”. . .yes, maybe to Brian and Lister. But every dang confessional I received was playing under the assumption that somebody was going to be blindsided. Ryan, Luke, and Heeral left Andrew out of their plans hoping he will vote for Mark. The trio proceed to bring in Mark and Renee to aid with a blindside that has been planned long ago.

CLAYTON AND JESSICA COUNTER-ATTACK

Clayton thinks he can rally with the numbers, and will be absolutely furious if Jessica wastes an idol before the two of them along with Andrew are guaranteed the majority to the end of the game. They need to use the idols correctly at seven and six to lock in the game.

Prior to the immunity challenge, I agreed with Jessica. Playing the idol this round may need to happen if you don’t have Mark and Renee. They can count on Mark and Renee being eliminated via the idols, and by that point Clayton, Jessica, and Andrew will have the majority.

Of course I am the one receiving all of the dang confessionals.

CLAYTON READS HEERAL

Clayton thinks Heeral is always distant before a blindside. Heeral proceeds to be distant. Clayton confirms it for himself that something is about to go down.

IMMUNITY RESULTS

I didn’t have enough tiebreakers for a very difficult challenge to master. Some finished way behind while Mark, Clayton, and Andrew mastered it on their own. Andrew did it in lightning speed. Mark and Clayton worked on it for a long time until completion. Clayton’s time zone aids him in winning the fourth tiebreaker criteria (time).

I don’t mind this happening once per season. But as I’ve come to realize, there is no point for it to be happening in the first place at all. More creative tiebreakers will be put in place for future seasons no matter what the challenge is.

And I’m sure the last thing five of the players wanted is for Clayton and Andrew to be immune. The alliance has only one option for who can use an idol, and everyone else is aware of it too.

MY RULES COME INTO PLAY

If you haven’t read my previous nine explanations regarding the hidden immunity idols in my series, I’ll briefly explain it once more:

If you play an idol, and you receive the highest number of votes, the idol activates. You are immune. Anyone who did NOT vote for you goes back to camp. The voting bloc who voted for you will stay behind for a new Tribal Council.

Why are these the rules? Because I hate anyone being voted out of Survivor without receiving the highest number of votes. That goes against what Survivor is all about. Ever since Exile Island, the idea of someone being voted out with one vote in a 9-1 vote was infuriating. In addition, it hurts power players and instead rewards people who play an under the radar game.

In my series, when an idol activates, everyone in the majority alliance has to re-scramble within their own group and come up with a vote for who to send home. I find it tests your Survivor abilities far more than being idol’d out of the game.

And if you watched Survivor 15, 17, 18, 21, 22, 23, and 24, you will see that idols have done very little to affect the game. Players have managed to neutralize it. Of course Philippines is the lone exception, but even then Abi and Malcolm were both eliminated the next time they were vulnerable. Penner is the only guy who has benefited from the idol in this era.

HOW IDOL RULES AFFECT UPSA

If Mark and Renee vote with Heeral-Ryan-Luke, and Jessica successfully plays her idol, it is a foregone conclusion that Mark is gone. Done deal. Buh bye. And since Mark and Renee do not wish to sacrifice themselves, there is only one move to be made. . .

UNLIKELY PARTNERSHIP

The truest of Land and the truest of Upsa find themselves uniting. The five of them know it is the only logical move that makes sense for everyone involved. I know before the challenge that Mark would have loved to take out Clayton, and if Clayton didn’t sense a betrayal, that Clayton would love to take out Mark. But both are too strategic for that. Jessica and Renee seem to have no problems allying. Possible Final Two? I can’t help but think that is a possibility.

Somehow Andrew fits into this. I think with three immunity wins out of four challenges, everyone is going to back out on any deal with Andrew and take him out. I’m sure most would knowing it’s their only opportunity, and Andrew hasn’t done anything yet to tarnish this reputation.

Heeral, Luke, and Ryan currently don’t have that John Nash frame of mind where they can fill themselves in Mark and Renee’s shoes, and see their hidden immunity idol fears on the horizon. What would I do if I were them? I have no idea. Their hand is leaked and they are in a terrible position. If only they could flip Andrew back to their side using the safety of his immunity as a reason to feel safe jumping to vote for someone who could have an idol.

Yeah, this round is complex.

THE MAIN EVENT

Although a 5-person alliance is locked in, and Clayton is now likely correct in stating that there is no point to use an idol. . .Jessica uses an idol. After receiving votes at four out of five TCs where she has been eligible, I would probably cave into the paranoia too. However, only three out of eight votes went her way. So who takes the fall?

HEERAL

Yep. Just when she was finding the game to be really exciting and taking out the knives, Heeral was outmaneuvered. I know that move had to sting. She had been planning this move for well over a month. As soon as it was pulled off, I know Heeral was under the impression she would win this game. Heck, as of two rounds ago I thought Heeral would win this game until Andrew cemented his new loyalty to Clayton.

For not sending in too many confessionals, I really appreciate the level of gameplay that Heeral implemented throughout the season. Her, Ryan, and Luke were heavy favourites in my mind for a huge chunk of the game. Clayton and Andrew winning the maze absolutely put her in the worst situation imaginable.

But hey, it’s not the first time that a player has suffered from bad luck in SCWL. Ask Anton, Elvera, Dave Bronson, Michael, Eric, Ben, Aaron Conn, Lauren, and others I am sure I am forgetting.

So no need to be down Heeral. But you could’ve sent in your exit interview sooner. 😛

THE ROUND OF SEVEN

It’s always a round that never fails to deliver in Survivor. This is when those final Final Four alliances are set in stone. The scrambling reaches its peak. Will that hold true for SCWL 4? With an idol wasted, and everyone is in a tight pair, this is highly reminiscent of Philippines.

CLAYTON + JESSICA

MARK + RENEE

RYAN + LUKE

ANDREW + IMMUNITY

It is going to probably be my favourite finish since the SCWL Prequel. Yes ladies and gentlemen, the last five rounds of the prequel were some of the best in series history. It was the only bloody thing good about that season, come to think of it.

ROUND ELEVEN CONFESSIONALS

CONFESSIONALS

CLAYTON,

Confessional: Yayah! Immunity! I NEEDED it this round. 8 was the best time for them to try and blindside me and I have this purty necklace 🙂 and even better… Andrew has one too! Which means if they r blindsiding I will be Jess. And that at least narrows it down and we can try to figure if its happening. They may tell Andrew. MAYBE. But I need Jess’s idol at 5 to play after I play mine at 6 so she needs to hold onto it.

Andrew winning does present a slight problem. If they think me and Andrew worked together then they won’t tell him about blindsiding Jess since I’m obviously with Jess. Sad thing is we didn’t work together. I talked to him and he didn’t give me his list. He did stupidly reiterate the rules of going back over a spot which made me smarten up and change it though. Phew. Either way,.. I get a 1 in 7 shot at the title sole survivor of LSurvicor: SupaCooWackyLand season 4!

Confessional: heeral and them can go suck a DIKHIL. I will preface this next rant by saying I am not taking any of it as fact but it would however confirm suspicions.

Me and Andrew both win immunity. Mark runs to Andrew like a scared kitten. The traitors plan unfolds. Heeral and company were planning to use mark and Renee to blindside either me or Jessica. BUT I won immunity along with Andrew like I wanted. Which puts mark in a sticky predicament. If Jess was to play her idol and they go to tribal again for voting for her Mark or Renee would leave. Which means its time to use Mark and Renee to take out those biznatches trying to blindside my number one ally. This gives me license to screw them over. You cut me it gives me freedom to cut you even harder. I’m wary of marks info cause he would be on bottom if land stuck together. BUT heeral has been distant much like she is before she blindsides. She is transparent. And I said 8 would be prime blindside time. They could blindside us and go to five with Renee and mark and have a 3 majority and they go to the finals. But I thankfully maintained a close relationship with Andrew to save my a– since he was obviously the middle man. Not Rappers but not Upsa. Good riddance.

Confessional: Well I’m doubting Heeral and them are blindsiding Jess. But here is my rational. If they are then yay and we get her a– first. If they aren’t then we have a classic case on our hands. I expect my allies to tell me if they are lying to someone out of our alliance to mislead them. If they don’t tell me how am I supposed to know if they are being serious with those people or not? Luke f—ed Heeral if that’s the case.

Me and Jess knew we had to take out Heeral at some point because she wouldn’t go to 5 with me and Jess both having idols. And if she did get rid of our idols we wouldn’t want 5 with her cause she would just take us out by votin with Luke and Ryan. #SurvivorProblems

QUESTION FOR U:
I know me an Jess have eachothers codes. But the rules state that if the person voted out that had found that idol then the idol is void.

Say me and Jess switch idols completely. Se gets the rogue one in her official possession. I get the penalty one in my official possession. If she got voted out would I lose the penalty one since she originally found it?

Confessional:
So Jess is playing her idol. I get her apprehension to not use it. But if she wastes it it told her I would kill her. I guess better be safe than sorry. But it wouldn’t make sense for Renee and Mark to tell us about the vote to increase her suspicion like that. Oh wells. I will ever let Jess live it down if she wasted it and we need to down the road. Word

HEERAL,

Confessional Time…

Ugh. I’ve been dreading this round for sometime now but I knew it had it had to happen. Luke, Ryan and myself have had a final 3 deal for some time. I needed Clay and Jessica for numbers but this round, I don’t think I NEED them as much as before. Once Jess goes, Luke has Renee and Mark making our numbers 5 right there. A majority. We need to make sure Mark and Renee are on board with this because we need them to stay in the game.

Next round I NEED to make sure immunity stays out of Andrew’s hands. He’s gonna be angry when he finds out what we’ve done, but it’s not something I can’t handle. I’ve always hinted to him that I want Clay and Jess gone for some time. I would tell him of the plan but I’m not sure how close he’s gotten to Clay since merge so I need to be careful.

I have a preferred bootlist in mind. I’m hoping Andrew goes next, then Clay (assuming he plays his idol next round if needed), then Mark, Renee, Luke with a final 2 of myself and Ryan.

So a while back I talked about how I spoke too soon about things being perfect, I just realized I never explained why. So here goes.

So the round Angie left, there were a lot of things going on “backstage” that had me VERY worried. Luke didn’t want to lose Angie just yet, and the former Land tribe (namely Andrew and Clay) really wanted to take out Angie. Now. Luke and I had talked about taking out idols for sometime, BUT I knew it was WAY too early. If we went against the alliance that early, we’d lose numbers pretty quickly. I wanted to wait for the perfect time (final 8). This ensures that Ryan myself and Luke will have the numbers going into the flip side against their 2 and there’s less chance of more flipping going on. Next round I may convince Clay to use his idol just so the “boys” can believe he wasn’t planning to use the idol on himself. Maybe then we can keep him longer. Survivor is all about the numbers. When making a decision, do the math, if the numbers work in your favor, do it. If they don’t, then don’t. Don’t make a move, just because you want to.

Anyways back to the story. Luke wanted to take out Vincent or Clay, I didn’t want it and I was scared Ryan would want the same. Then he messages me and goes…why don’t we just vote random like Renee? -_- Yeah…that’s a smart move *facepalm* But that was much earlier. Once he realized what was going on, he messaged me again and asked me what I was thinking. When I told him EXACTLY why I didn’t want to make the move Luke wanted, he agreed with me. I only needed his vote to vote out Angie and then we could cover Luke’s vote as a “I forgot to change it vote”. This is why I want to take Ryan to the finals. He and I work great together (aside from the random flirting -____-). He’s a really great ally to have and someone I love strategizing with.

Next round I KNEW I had to get Vincent out, otherwise, there was no saying what Luke would do. And now after this round, all hell breaks loose. I hate confrontation and I hate being questioned about why I do things? I have my reasons…leave me alone. I love Clay, he’s great and Jess is awesome. This game we’re actually working together, which if you ask Clay is a HUGE accomplishment, but it’s a game and they have idols. I’m kinda like Lisa, except my plan will work 😉 lol (hopefully). I don’t know, maybe if I can convince him to waste his idol (doubtful) I can keep him around until final 4. *shrug*

Fears at this point: I have a couple of fears. Well…maybe more than couple. One is Andrew needs to stop winning so much. I’m scared he could go on an immunity run and ruin my perfect plans. Second fear is that Clay goes on an immunity run and *insert last 4 sentences of previous sentence here*. Third fear, Jess plays her idol, but that’s fine because Ryan made an excellent point, we can just as easily vote out Mark/Renee with the majority 3. Fear 4, this whole flipping thing could bite us in the ass. If Mark and Renee want to make a move, next round would be the time to do so. If Ryan Luke and I pass the next round and successfully flush out both idols, we are almost guaranteed (50%…lol i think I just contradicted myself) final 3.

Anyways…that’s my rant for the day. I believe I killed a good amount of time trying not to fall asleep at work. I know I promised a audio confessional, but I figure that may just be a curse to you, to have to listen to my annoying voice…so maybe this is a blessing in disguise.

JESSICA,

Confessional: I really needed immunity, unfortunately I don’t understand alot of the challenges or do i . I just hope I don’t get blindisded, because Clayton’s like don’t use your idol. I mean we need to use if we get to final5. I’m just worried because now is the time to make a move if the others are smart, I’m just happy all the rappers stick to the plan and stay together

Confessional: omg, i get home from class and i find out im getting blindsided but then Andrew is talking to Mark and Renee so there is this new 5 to counter luke and heeral’s crazy plan to get me out.

im sooo torned if i use my idol what if renee and mark are lying but i mean they would be dumb not to vote with us b/c then another tribal happens and mark and renee are definitly going home

i knew i should have never trusted heeral, but i tried to give her the benefit of the doubt

we were getting rid of her at 6 but now this is just a better opportunity but even if i dont get votes then i can say some said i was going home and if heeral goes home i can work my charm and get ryan back on my side

Ugh I’m so panicked at what to do, Renee and mark know if I use an idol they are essentially f—ed so they know he smart move is to vote with us, I just don’t know for sure. And this is a big move, I mean we haw to vote out heeral at some point, I don’t want to use my idol to just waste and cause distrust. It’s like so crazy because I don’t want to go home and if this happens I could totally have a good chance to win or make final 2 if I don’t use my idol because I plan to go back to Ryan and possibly like after heeral is gone maybe keep Renee I don’t know. It’s all messed up. I just wish for once we could just stay strong as the former land tribe but I knew Clayton and I would targeted at some point and we have to make the first move against heeral

I really don’t know what todo about the idol I tried using it like yul and implying what could happen to mark and Renee but its so risky not to play it

the think that im dealing with and struggling with is what if heeral yes she wants to blindside me but what if she got mark and andrew and renee to form this side alliance with me and clayton to make me feel safe. what if renne and mark are lying

im just like what do i do, im just thinking like i couldn guarantee saftey but i need that idol later on. and if mark and renee really would blind side me they wouldnt have come to me and clayton and andrew with this info and they would have kept queit and let my blindside happen

!!__@@LAND PENALTY IDOL@@__!! f— it and i use my idol

MARK,

Confessional Time:

Holy sh!t! I think I can actually make it in this game!

So for the longest time, Luke’s been promising me, ‘we’re gonna change up this game’, ‘we’re gonna flip on Clayton and Jess…’ etc. etc. And has he ever delivered? NOT ONCE!

Finally at final 9, it was supposed to be all set! We go with 6 and boot Clayton Andrew or Jess! And where does Luke go? Luke, the supposed mastermind of it all? To his grandmother’s place with NO internet. While me Renee and Vince twiddle our thumbs along with Ryan waiting for a name, Ryan is just completely AWOL.

Now it’s final 8, and Luke has returned. But now the plan is complicated. Clayton and Jess are SURE to have immunity idols, and if they don’t come into play THIS round, they surely will after the switch up. Oh and long term, I’m really not like the blunt way Luke just says to me ‘We’re voting Clayton’, like I’m just an ensign low ranking on the chain of command. I hated playing that way before, and I hate it now.

Long term, how long can I work with Luke? Through final 7, there’ll be idols played, and he’s got himself Huckla and Heeral on his side, so he can take me out in a re-vote easily. I don’t like that. I need guarantees of a long term game!

So I’ve made inroads with Andrew since we both won the last challenge, he seems to be a great guy and if we’re challenge beasts then we’re both targets. Angie vouched for him. Since he’s so much more friendly to me than Luke is, I think I’d rather work with him!

So my new plan, is to blindside Luke’s group of three! It’s hard, I made a connection with Huckla back before the merge even when Brian was voted out, but seeing as the two have promised me the world and delivered zilch, I’d rather work with people like Andrew and Clayton who despite having power, have played the game with integrity. They’re not looking to betray anyone, unless someone betrays them!

So I’m pulling the trigger! I can either be a follower and follow Luke’s whim and go straight to jury after the flip, or take control of my game! I took control of my game pre-merge, and I’ll take control of it again post merge! I’m going with Andrew!

RYAN,

Round 11 Confessional: What a fun round this has turned out to be, sure from the outside it just looks like another Upsa member being sent home and land continues to rock the show. However for sometime I have been waiting for the final 8 to do one thing, blindside Clayton! However with the recent misfortune of him winning immunity I can’t really do that. So the honour of being the first Land blind side sadly must go to Jessica…I hope. Jessica has an idol so there is a chance she will play it, but hopefully she feels safe enough that she won’t think of doing such a thing. I think Mark and Renee are voting with us, so even if an idol is played it will be one of them gone anyways. My concern is with Andrew and the fact that I didn’t get to talk to him about this vote, though the more votes for Mark the better in case a tie happens in the future. The next couple of rounds are going to be very interesting, I just hope I can sit back and enjoy the fireworks and not be involved in them.

TRIBAL COUNCIL #11

(*ANDREW*)-(*CLAYTON*)-(HEERAL)-(JESSICA)-(LUKE)-(MARK)-(RENEE)-(RYAN)
XXX
(UMUT)-(JASON)-(ANNE)-(BRIAN)-(MATT)-(ANGIE)-(RAZ)-(GEROME)-(MACNEIL)-(VINCENT)

You must answer your questions for your vote to count.

ANDREW,

1. For the third time in four rounds, you possess individual immunity. At all concerned what happens the next time you lose an immunity challenge?

Does the Pope s— in the woods!?

As I tell you time & again Logan, I’m very much used to it & will just deal with it when the time comes.

2. Do you think immunity is valuable enough at this stage of the game where you can control who gets voted out of the game? Or are you just one person who can’t be targeted?

I don’t think you can control who gets voted out per se. Not at this stage anyhoo. But when you are safe, people usually come to you to see your plans. I haven’t seem as much of it this round though. I’m just happy I’m someone who can’t be targeted! At least not yet!

CLAYTON,

1. You picked up your first individual immunity win of the game. How has your mindset for this round changed simply to possessing immunity?

Only thing that has changed is I feel safe for once. This round is so crucial as you said and every round from here out gets exponentially more crucial.

2. How do you feel about the person who finished third place in the challenge? Do you think it’s fair at all that they are ultimately dropped from winning immunity?

I’m totally fine with someone being dropped. Sure I would be pissed if it was me. BUT we all possess the ability to read the rules which were posted before we sign up. So in my eyes I signed up to possibly be dropped from an immunity challenge if I got third.

HEERAL,

1. There’s six Land members and two Upsa members. If trends continue, it’s either Mark or Renee. Why would Mark be voted out this round?

Mark’s won a good handful of challenges, so it could just as easily be him going this time.

2. In the other three seasons, a hidden immunity idol was played within the first eight rounds of the game. In fact, all three idols last season were played by round eleven. Why do you think the idols have been so quiet this season?

I think that the Upsa idol has just been voted out. I don’t even think there is one in play anymore. As far as the Land idol goes, we’re a tight bunch, there won’t be a need to play it for another good couple rounds, IF it has been taken.

JESSICA,

1. The other Upsa member who still remains in this game is Renee. Why would Land want to vote her out this round?

So if things go the same way as they have been, there is 50/50 chance an upsa goes home there is no criteria for either one

2. Is the dynamic of the tribe shifting at all? Or is it very much just former Land eradicating Upsa one at a time?

However if the tribe dynamic changing this is the time so we don’t know what could happen

LUKE,

1. You are the only person on this tribe who has a self-vote. Does that speak to how tough the competition in this game is when everybody is 150 to 200 percent active?

yes it really does although the self vote was due to me not being able to get online for like 2 days cause i was at my nans house keeping her company for a few days

2. Do you think a self-vote reduces the faith that other players have in you to help them in the future strategically?

well if the people who are with me know me well they know that even with one missed vote im still a very killer alliance member

MARK,

1. If it’s still Land versus Upsa rather than Yawkc, it’s a 50/50 shot you’re going home. How come nothing has worked so far to shift it to a Yawkc frame of mind?

I think if people are wanting to switch it up, they want to wait till the numbers are good. Nobody wants to be the one guy to switch to Upsa and then be 6th in the Upsa alliance while at the same time begging Logan to refer to him by his last name. It could still happen and I won’t give up hope, but it’s hard. The group of 6 Land members, they know each other, they don’t really know me or Renee. I think they’d just prefer to play with the people they know.

2. Have you entertained the possibility of a post-merge twist entering the game at any point?

I… no. Why? Should I? Is this some sort of hint? Does it involve cookies?

RENEE,

1. You’ve never been close to winning an individual challenge thus far. Do you intend to win any challenges down the road?

I would love to win a challenge..I hope that I can but these are some tough competitors! I fly home today so I hope that I will have more time to do them now.

2. Do you think there are players who are playing ‘not to be voted out this round’ rather than playing ‘for the win’?

it’s possible… NO ONE wants to be voted out so sure..maybe they are. I would hope this far in though that we all want to win! Isn’t that the point?!

RYAN,

1. Typically, Vincent is at the end of the line for TC questions and is usually stuck with lame questions. How does it feel to now be in this position?

2. What criteria will you use to vote this round?

When you vote, please do so in the following manner:

VOTE: (L-O-G-A-N*)

REASON: I was going to save you, but two people came to me to help get you out about one hour before you did. Sorry. It’s in the rules. So you can’t even challenge that. Farewell, sweet prince. You must be tired of getting all of these past votes by now.

Okay. You cannot vote for Clayton and Andrew. Everybody else is fair game. Between now and 300am eastern Thursday, it is time to vote. Yawkc tribe, you’re up.

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTING

ANDREW,

VOTE:

HEERAL

REASON:

I was expecting Land to turn on each other at F8 & that’s what has happened. I think had Clayton not won immunity, they would have targeted him. Thankfully, I’ve been putting in groundwork to ensure that I’d find out about any blindside & then turn the tables. Thankfully, I’ve managed just that. I’ve managed to piece together a majority alliance. Now normally you’d vote Luke here. But he’s more of a threat to get three inactivity strikes than he is to win the game. So I’m voting Heeral.

Sorry Heeral. But you are the biggest threat to winning immunity so you have to go. You are coasting because you think that you, Luke & Ryan have this game wrapped up. Unfortunately, you underestimated me. Never wise! I’ve been fighting to stay in the game since the beginning & now I’m in a position to win this game

CLAYTON,

VOTE: Heeral
REASON: Go screw yourself. In all seriousness, if u rnt being a dirtbag oh well. Should have kept Luke on a leash. You would have done it to us eventually when I was committed to 6. If you are being a dirtbag? Again… Go screw yourself.

HEERAL,

I’m gonna do this now before I change my mind. -_-

VOTE: Jessica

REASON: Sorry. You and Clay have two idols. That’s a scary thought and I can’t have that. I hate turning on you guys, I really do, but it has to be done if I even want a chance at winning.

JESSICA,

my vote tonight is for heeral, she is trying to blindside me and im hopeing our counter plan works and we have to take out heeral eventually. i just hope this plan works and mark and renee are telling the truth.

!!__@@LAND PENALTY IDOL@@__!! f— it and i use my idol

LUKE,

my vote is for JESS
reason things need to change around here

MARK,

VOTE!

Heeral 🙂

Heeral you apparently think I’m voting with you which is strange cause you haven’t talked voting with me at all since I’ve BEEN at this camp! Sorry to have to do this but this switch up of your and Luke, it’s TOO LATE! If Clayton has an idol and I’m sure that he does, then I want them to be on MY alliance, not USED against me next round! I hope you understand, and if not, just come talk to me, not that you’ve done much of that in the past few weeks.

RENEE,

VOTE: Heeral
because she hasn’t approached me one time to talk strategy & others have and now it’s her time to go.

RYAN,

Round 11 Tribal Council: My vote is for Jessica Frey:

It pains me to do this, it really does I wanted to go much further with you in this game but something came up. You might ask what that is and I will tell you that your friend Clayton winning immunity has cost you this game. Hopefully you don’t pull that idol out or I might have some real explaining to do 😛 Enjoy the jury beautiful 😉

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTE REVEAL

If anybody played the hidden immunity idol, now would be the time I’d reveal it. . .
.
.
.
.
.
JESSICA: f*** it and i use my idol

JESSICA: !!__@@LAND PENALTY IDOL@@__!!
.
.
.
.
The rules of my Survivor state that if the person who plays the hidden immunity idol receives the highest number of votes, they are safe and the Tribal Council is null and void. A new Tribal Council takes place with the players who voted for the person who played the idol.
.
.
This is indeed a hidden immunity idol. Jessica is safe no matter what happens this round. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Jessica)
.
.
.
One vote Jessica. Four more and this TC is canceled.
.
.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
(Jessica Frey:)
.
.
.
.
Two votes Jessica. Three more and this TC is canceled.
.
.
.
.
.
THIRD VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
(JESS)
.
.
.
.
Three votes Jessica. Two more and this TC is canceled.
.
.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
(Heeral)
.
.
.
Three votes Jessica, one vote Heeral. Jessica needs two more votes to cancel this TC.
.
.
.
.
.
FIFTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Heeral)
.
.
.
Three votes Jessica, two votes Heeral. Jessica still needs two more votes for this TC to be canceled.
.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(heeral,)
.
.
.
.
We’re tied. Three votes Jessica. Three votes Heeral. Two votes left.
.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(HEERAL)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Four votes Heeral, three votes Jessica, one vote left.
.
.
.
FINAL VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Eleventh person voted out of SCWL 4 and the fourth member of our jury:
.
.
(Heeral :))
.
Heeral, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

HEERAL: lol good luck guys! play hard! 🙂
MARK: Thanks Heeral! Great game there! 🙂
JESSICA: great game heeral, you’re a fighter 😀
RENEE: Sorry I didn’t really get to know you better! take care girl 🙂
CLAYTON: You played hard heeral 🙂
ME: An idol was played, but turns out it wasn’t needed. Regardless, it seems like the impact of this vote will be significant. Which should really make for a wild finish as we head into the final stretch of this game.

HEERAL EXIT INTERVIEW

What’s it been? A week since you were ousted? ‘Tis time to reflect.

1) You won an item on the first day. But you didn’t know what it was. What did you and others speculate the item to be? I didn’t really speculate too much. When I think about those things, I give myself a headache and lot’s of paranoia. It was just easier to put it off to the side until time came. We had out suspicious like maybe we’d be pairing up at what not but other than that…I never really gave it much though.

2) You and Brian tied for the item. A game of rock-paper-scissors determined who received the item. How do you think the game would have changed if Brian had it? The merge early power would have never really been in play. Seeing as Brian got eliminated early on anyway, it wouldn’t have really mattered.

3) You immediately established the RHAPPERS alliance. Can you elaborate a bit more on that? It was nothing major. Coming into this tribe/game, I had a few groups I could work with. One was Clay/Jess, the other was Ryan/Luke/Brian, another was Andrew because we’re both pretty good at challenges. Brian got separated but my entire tribe was stacked with people I could work with. One night we all just happened to be on a google hangout and it was the two sides that I wanted to play with. I formulated the alliance making sure in private both sides were okay with it and ran with it. It’s always important to have some sort of majority early on.

4) This was essentially a pre-game alliance. How much do you think pre-game alliances affected what happened on your tribe? Or would everything have played out the same way regardless? I think it would have. Maybe the only different would have been that I would have aligned with Andrew earlier. I think Anne and Jason still would have been booted early.

5) You actually had a lot happen to you in the first round. There was heavy talk about something that transpired between you and Jason. Was this regarding something that happened in another ORG? Did it occur days before the game? And did that affect the game as much as any pre-game alliance? I think it had to do with me nominating him in Justin’s BB Unknown game. I didn’t realize he was holding such a big grudge. If it didn’t, I have no idea what I did to him. It was just an easy first vote is all. I don’t think it affected any alliances…because the alliances were already made.

6) Matt proposed the idea of having everybody pick a number to determine who wins immunity. Do you think Matt set it up completely fair? I hope so because otherwise I didn’t get so lucky. Matt didn’t really trust me anyway so I don’t even see why he would set it up for me to win.

7) Jason was the only one to oppose you being declared the winner. Was this the moment where Jason was locked in to be first voted out no matter what? Yeah pretty much. I had my rhappers alliance by now and anyone that spoke out against one of us was going to go no matter what.

You, Ryan, Clayton, Jessica, Luke, and Anne where the RHAPpers alliance. But Anne was third out. Even before Matt. Why was Anne cut so early? Anne was never part of the Rhappers. She was part of Clay’s alliance (barely). Clay just wanted to keep her around because she isn’t much of a threat. Plus at that point in time it was about winning immunities…so she was the obvious weak link. That really was all it came down to. I know Ryan wanted her gone bad. And when she didn’t do the challenge, it made it easy to vote her out.

9) Anne was the only one who chopped your coconut. Is this really the time when you wanted her out? Yeah that confused me. I don’t know why she did that. Clay says she just messed up but she could have been doing that on purpose. I’ve never really played with Anne before so I don’t know what she has against me. But yeah after that, she was on my radar.

10) In fact Anne cast a vote for you as well in the third round. Do you think she has something personal against you or was it pure coincidence considering you were the only person besides Anne to struggle in the picture challenge? That round she was just trying to save herself, which is understandable. I was the only person she could throw under the bus.

11) In the fourth round, nobody took individual immunity. Were you worried about somebody like Matt or Andrew picking it up? Oh definitely. That was something we talked about a lot. But if that would have happened, I think it would have changed the game dramatically had we gone to TC, because that would have been a possible move to get one of the idols out or maybe even both.

12) When did you decide to abandon the RHAPpers alliance? As soon as both Clay and Jessica had idol…I knew I would have to. I had the option to just ride their coattails to f3 but I never really like to play that kind of game. I realized later I could have avoided having to betray them if I had just asked for the penalty idol and kept it from Jessica’s hands in the first place. Had I done that I don’t think anyone would have stopped the rhappers from making final 5…except maybe Andrew and his challenge whoriness.

13) Were you the one to orchestrate the betrayal of RHAPpers? Or were people like Andrew, Ryan, and Luke already discussing it with you? It was something Ryan, Luke and I had been talking about. As soon as Jess got the idol I told them I wasn’t too happy about that. I like Jess but I’ve had my apprehensions about her from the past and I knew she’d be tight with Clay. It also threatened my final 3 with Luke and Ryan so definitely we had to think about together.

14) You decided to delay the merge. Seeing how you finished eighth, do you think merging early would have been to your advantage? Or did you pick the right decision but played it out poorly? I think merging early would have helped because we could have forced out an idol but I stand by the decision I made because at that time I was all about tribe loyalty. I didn’t want to ruffle any feathers where they would have any reason to vote me out earlier.

15) You merge with the numbers. 6-5. You also knock out three Upsa in a row. Do you think you would’ve had an easier time if you made your move earlier rather than later? Or should you have maintained voting Upsa then wait longer? I definitely should have made the move the round Angie left and voted with Luke to take out Vincent. That would have kept Mark and Renee from flipping and then we would have been able to idol them out. On the flip side though, I could have just voted out all the Upsa members one by one, stayed loyal to Jess and Clay and possibly make it all the way to the final 3. So for me personally getting rid of them would have been a good idea, but for my alliance, it wasn’t so much I guess.

16) Were their any key alliances you had with players on the opposing tribe? Early on I know Ryan and Luke wanted to align with Brian. I had a feeling that Mark and Brian would be on the outs of the SurviveWar Alliance. Post merge I wanted to work with Angie but my tribe wanted her out earlier, so it just never really happened. So to keep it short. I don’t think I personally ever had any alliances with the other tribe.

17) Does part of you feel you played too hard within the Land dynamics? Or do you think the other Land people would’ve screwed you over sooner rather than later? I think if I had convinced Clay more of my loyalty, things would be different. Like I’ve said, I could have easily rode their coattails to the end and let them do all the dirty work but it was never how I intend to play any game. I think people consider me a threat whether I float or I am a big player, so part of me still thinks even if I had stuck to Clay and Jess…I would have still been targeted by them eventually.

18) Who do you think made the wrong move in voting you out of the game? Provided you know who voted you out, of course. Orginally I thought maybe Mark and Renee, but had Jess played her idol, they realized they would have been the ones to go. Although I still feel like them just telling Clay in general was a bad move because they wouldn’t have played there idol (I don’t think.) With the way things transpired, I don’t think anyone made the wrong move.

19) You seemed to virtually know everybody in this cast. Do you think that contributed to your exit? The fact that connections with the other seventeen can backfire? Correction, I only knew my tribe plus Brian. The other tribe I had heard of most of the people but I never had any sort of conversation with them. I don’t think so. I think me just waiting too long is what got me the boot.

20) Matt helped you win immunity early on in the game. How come you were so quick to dismiss someone who seemed to favour you overall? I didn’t know he “helped”. I was wary of Matt because I know he’s a smart player. Plus after old vs. new, I don’t think he’s really ever brought himself to trust me as much as I’d like for him to, so I never really thought he favoured me.

21) Would you have changed the order to how the Upsa players were booted? Would you have kept somebody like Macneil or Vincent longer than Mark and Renee? I would have kept Angie because I knew she was easier to talk to and easier to maybe help me make a move later. She was the only person I had a connection with so she’d be more willing to hear me out. But at the end of it all, I don’t think the boot order should be changed. Angie in the end, is a HUGE social threat. Damn that woman can talk!

22) Is there anybody in the game who did something to ensure you would never vote for them if it came down to a jury decision? I hate to say this…because I’ve come to really like her as a person but probably Jessica. She had the perfect opportunity to jump ship and vote out Clay with his idol but she didn’t take it. Had she made the move, I would have given her the chance, but from where I stand, to me it always looked like she was doing what she was told. I’ve never really liked the floater game and it sucks that she was seen as more of a floater this game.

23) Who did you think was going to voted out next? Who did you want to be voted out next? Who did you want to win? Who did you think would win? I pretty much figured Luke was going next. I wanted Clay or Mark to be voted out next, just because I feel like those two were the most responsible for my boot. I want Ryan to win because he was always my number 1 ally. I think in the end if Clay can get to the finals he will win for sure.

24) If you have any other thoughts, please share. I had fun! Can’t wait to see what happens

On behalf of the production crew of SupaCooWackyLand we thank you for playing this game!

FANTASY POOL

BRIAN

Week 11 … Gosh, I miss doing your challenges. Will it be a Pagonging? No reason to flip yet!

1. Heeral
2. Jessica
3. Clayton
4. Andrew
5. Ryan
6. Luke
7. Renee
8. Mark – Needs immunity

LISTER

1. Ryan Huckla
2. Luke Everitt
3. Andrew MacAskill
4. Jessica Nicole
5. Clayton Spivey
6. Heeral Desai
7. Mark Kalzar
8. Renee Higley

Pick to Win – HUckla

BOOT ORDER PREDICTION

7: Ryan

6: Mark

5: Renee

4: Luke

3: Andrew

2: Jessica

1: Clayton

4.12 SCWL 4 Episode 12

“Inactivity Strikes”

Date: November 15 2012 – November 18 2012

Immunity Challenge XI: Numbers, Numbers, and More Numbers

Inspired By: Number puzzles that I have done in the past. One of them in a prior season, others in different ORGs.

Winners: Clayton and Andrew

Reward: Doubler. Use it on any player. If they win, they will be safe for two rounds. If they lose, they are vulnerable for two rounds. Hello, Jameka!

Voted Out: Luke

Vote Count: 6-1

Did Jessica Somehow Receive That Lone Vote?: Yes.

Was The Only Player Who Didn’t Send in a Confessional End Up Being Eliminated: Yes.

Is This Surprising for Mid-Merge: Very much so.

PONDEROSA POSTS

None this round. Sorry.

ROUND TWELVE BLOG

LAND BECOMES THE NEW UPSA

This is a remarkable change. Heeral gets blindsided and Jessica wastes an idol leads to a complete meltdown. Clayton, who has kept a cool head up to this point, is pissed with Jessica wasting her idol. He is pissed that Upsa may win this game after all. He is pissed Heeral, Luke, and Ryan tried to blindside him and Jessica. He is pissed everyone wants the least threatening player to go. And he is also pissed that Andrew may very well win his way into the winner’s circle. Taking a game away from him that he has worked so hard to be victorious.

Jessica is upset with herself for wasting an idol, and undoubtedly is upset that she may have sunk the game for herself and Clayton, and now hates the idea of eliminating Luke.

RYAN AND JESSICA SHOULD BE IN THE HOT SEAT

I was absolutely convinced that Ryan would be gone this round. He is a huge social threat, and everyone talks about how going to the end with him would be suicide. Even Ryan is convinced that he would win in the Final Two despite betraying Land. His plan from last round blew up in his face. Clayton and Jessica are aware that Ryan needs to go.

The only reasons why I see this may not happen is if Andrew has had a tight end-game deal with him all along or if Mark and Renee realize Ryan is their key at making the end. But is Ryan considered a bigger underdog than the new Upsa? Ryan may be on his way out the door, but there is still uncertainty.

LUKE DOING A GOOD JOB OF BLENDING IN

I assumed that nobody would bother eliminating Luke this round. He is the least threatening person in this game, and will likely never win an immunity challenge. Nobody even spoke of Luke being as responsible for the attempted blindside as Heeral and Ryan. Luke was viewed as being under obligations of his alliance. I see Luke being dragged to the Final Four easily.

UPSA OFF THE RADAR FOR THE TIME BEING

It seemed like no matter the situation that Upsa was going to lose a member. I don’t know what the heck has made this new partnership strong, but Mark and Renee may be doing critical damage. However, Mark’s name is being thrown around as the first person in Upsa who needs to be eliminated. Renee, once again, has become invisible within a dynamic. Ctrl+F every time her name pops up in a player’s confessional, and I guarantee you it is the lowest of anyone who has made the merge. I can’t pinpoint exactly what Renee is doing other than a skill that people have ignored since editing changed in Survivor: Samoa. . .making relationships.

NUMBERS GAME

It is only appropriate in a game where numbers are critical that a challenge is all about numbers. One of the traditions across all five seasons is that this round features a series of difficult puzzles or riddles. I recall nobody solving the puzzle/riddle in the past couple seasons, so I made it slightly easier. That was a mistake.

TWO-PERSON IMMUNITIES IS NOW ABUSED

Information sharing has become the name of the Clayton-Andrew strategy. Or rather, Clayton asks Andrew for challenge info, and Andrew provides. I think Clayton and Andrew magically winning immunity would have tipped me off as a player that these two are past the point where they could be split up in terms of voting. I wouldn’t put any faith into one voting the other out. These situations occur in ORGs where we need to accept these frustrations, even if in the overall grand scheme of things, that it wouldn’t make sense for one or both members to be involved in this alliance.

But it takes a lot of experience to accept that others may be blocking the big picture.

Is Clayton or Andrew being hurt by this alliance? Clayton speaks of targeting Andrew the next time he loses. So Andrew needing to continue winning is more critical than ever. In fact, all of his wins up to this point have not been necessary. Although the idea of someone beating Adam’s record from the SCWL Prequel is an intriguing feat on the horizon.

THE DOUBLER

Every season I always like to put in a lone item post-merge. Especially this season where, for the first time ever, players cannot sit out of a challenge to request an additional clue for the final hidden immunity idol that everyone has been trying to find since round one. Because that idol was scrapped this season, there was a bigger hole post-merge.

If you examine Survivor on TV closely, you’ll notice that about 90% of all twists occur day 25 or earlier. For some reason Survivor cannot think of a post-merge twist unless it is the AWFUL Redemption Island or the equally ATROCIOUS Final Three. The only other twist to be used is the “two people win immunity” in the first post-merge challenge, and the “sit out of a challenge to eat” once every few seasons.

So I always introduce an item at the midway point through the merge when it’s down to seven people. It increases the tension for an already tense round. I kept going back and forth if only one or two Doublers would be offered prior to the start of the season. I decided to give away two, knowing only a maximum of one could be activated for double immunity. That leaves one to be wasted and one that will be used to reward/screw over somebody the following round. In addition, I needed the item to expire before Final Four. The only thing I want remaining in the finale is a hidden immunity idol that the player has managed to hoard all game.

TIME ZONES AFFECT WHO WINS IMMUNITY

Up to this point, I thought Andrew was west coast and feeding answers to Clayton who I thought was in the same time zone as Mark. I assumed Mark was in Ontario (which was true), and thought for whatever idiotic reason that Clayton was in Massachusetts. Closer than the time when I thought Marcelo was from Philippines when in reality he was from Brazil.

Don’t ask.

EVERYONE PRAYS FOR A BLUNDER

While Andrew is safe for this round, everyone except Luke, Mark, and Ryan are hoping that Andrew will use his Doubler and proceed to lose the immunity challenge with twice the stakes. Time will tell.

And doesn’t it make you cringe when the people wanting to go to the end with Andrew are the ones who Andrew chooses to target? Luckily Andrew may win his way to the end and make his errors not matter in the slightest.

MARK HAS A MAJOR DEAL WITH ANDREW

I like this Final Two deal a lot. Mark going against Andrew would make for a very interesting Final Tribal Council where two arguments would be provided by the two biggest outsiders entering this season. Both of these guys had to work very hard since the beginning to work their way to the centre of their respective tribes. Everyone on Upsa was relying on Mark’s vote after his key ally was gone while Andrew suffered through the same series of events on Land.

THE VOTE

Luke made it clear that he wants to help Upsa get to the end of this game. Pick up Ryan and suddenly you could engineer a blindside against Jessica. Then you have a really wild finish as Clayton is stuck in a corner with his idol, and Andrew will feel the pressure of his Doubler. I would have no way to predict how the game would finish.

But sadly, nobody could trust Luke fully and nobody wanted to upset what few alliances remained that they needed to betray further down the road. I was under the impression that every single person in this game was unhappy voting out Luke. What did he ever do to them? Sometimes the good guys must go down.

And yes, Luke somehow turns out to be a good guy despite betraying his own tribe. Scratching My Head.

JESSICA CONTINUES HER STREAK

So what is this now? Seventy Kajillion past votes? I think Phillip Sheppard was voted against at fewer Tribal Councils than Jessica.

Geez, this season is too much fun.

ROUND TWELVE CONFESSIONALS

CLAYTON,

Confessional:
Well it looks like we were right. Damn heeral and them tried to pull one over on us. Seriously… Heeral is one of the most unloyal people I have EVER met. Okay well yah I would have done her in at 6. But only because I always was suspicious of her ways. She needs to learn. SHE SUCKS A– AT BIG MOVES. 90% of the time she tries to do one she either fails at it and it screws her OR she succeeds at it and it was dumb as hell and it still screws her. I will never trust her in another org. EVER.

It was some sweet justice though.

I told Jess not to play her damn idol! It wasn’t rational or logical for Renee and Mark to vote for her with the looming of the idol. She effed up big time. She needs to not let people use scare tactics or get her worried. Urgh. At least heeral is gone

Confessional:
Ok phew! Immune YET again. I suppose I shouldn’t take credit really in hind site. BUT I guess it’s getting people to trust me enough where I can be aided in challenges by my fellow castaways.I have never been a big challenge competitor and I never have tried to act like I was one. But I’m immune tonight and don’t have I worry about myself at least. Unfortunately for Jess she does have to.

Now- what do I do about the vote? I had a gameplan in mind. I pitched a 2 vote plan to Andrew and Jess. Vote mark this round with a faux land reunion. Then use Renee, who will be scrambling cause her number appears up, to take out Ryan the vote after. Thus taking out the biggest challenge threat outside of Andrew in Mark, and then the biggest social threat in Ryan the next. That leaves us with Renee and Luke who are non-factors. Luke fails to even vote. Renee is less than invested right now. Then maybe work out getting Andrew gone? Maybe use the idol to nullify some votes or what not. OR if Andrew is unimmune at 6 use Luke and Ryan to take out Andrew. Then hopefully the round after I get immunity and give the second spot to Jess. And then make he move on Ryan in my tastes. Either way. I have a plan A, B, C, and D. Needless to say… This will be a complicated a– home stretch

Confessional:
Biznatches. So Andrew is so deadest on voting like over mark. I CAN’T go to final 5 with mark and Renee still there with Andrew. But I think I have t just roll with the punches. Jess could get blindsided. But hey. I told her not to waste her idol and play it last round. But she didnt listen to me. Oh well her fault. I’m immune. Andrew is going to use the doubler. Selfish ass. He can’t win immunity. He can’t. If he does I can’t get him out till after 4. Which means… Andrew wins cause he will surely win the final challenge. F—. So it’s my mission to make sure he does not win. He can’t. It’s not an option

This Luke vote is dumb a– hell. Why vote Luke? We are seeing him be obvious in his game. And none really really like him over Ryan. But they are campaigning so hard for it. But Andrew is going to regret this vote. Cause it will be Ryan who helps us take him out at whatever point. I like Andrew and will feel bad. But I would be a the biggest fool to allow him to go to the end.

I also preparing to bring contrast between me and Andrew if he does challenge whore it to the end. Operation set myself apart

JESSICA,

so now clayton and myself are in the middle it seems. we want to be with mark and renee and the consenus is luke but luke is looking like a good goat. and andrew seems like he wants to do the doubler which is crazy and scary, we should vote out mark but i guess this is a safer option. hopefully next round me and clayton can pull ryan back in and vote out andrew or mark. ugh so much craziness

mark and renee and andrew want to flip a coin??? i want rounds that arent left up to chance, but i have to adapt and go with the flow. sorry im using you as like a diary and say all this stuff. and andrew is pissing me off. he is using the doubler?? nooo. he cant win again

im trying not to make ppl mad so i dont get blindsided yet like clayton might be upsetting mark renee and andrew by being adament and like we cant do that, we need to instill trust with these ppl so they dont flip for that reason

MARK,

Confessional:

Well that power move worked out even BETTER then I had hoped! Not only did we move into a position of strength, me and Renee, but we managed to flush out ONE of the two last hidden immunity idols!

Andrew says he isn’t confessing so I’ll try to fill it in here. Apparently he went to Jessica Frey or Nicole on the side, and told her that me and Renee may still be playing them, giving Jess this info just to re-inforce the blindside. He planted this doubt in her head, and heya, she went and played it! For no good tactical reason!

Now we all know Clayton has the last one, the rogue vote idol. He pretty much said as much to me while we talked about this power move at a moment when we were unsure of the math.

Luke wants me back in with him of course. He gave me the opportunity work with him FINALLY at this final 8 vote, but as I’ve said to him, he waited too long! I was READY to do it at final 9, but on Sunday me and Renee were twiddling our thumbs WAITING for him to give us the name to vote for, and he never did! So now at final 8 if me and Renee just the two of us join Ryan, Luke and Heeral, we’re sitting ducks if Clayton plays the idol correctly at final 7. That’s why I orchestrated the power move over to Clayton’s side. If there’s idols in this game, I want them played FOR me! Not AGAINST me!

Andrew looks to be pretty tight with me. I told him us challenge competitors need to look out for each other. He’s said to me how he’s always been on the outs on these games cause he’s such a challenge monster and is happy to have an inroad.

Now that I have that relationship with him, I may just be able to parlay that into a final 3 position. What I’m pondering is Luke’s new offer of final four with myself, Renee, Luke and Ryan. Luke isn’t upset about the switch up we made to Clayton. (Or if he is, he’s just flattering me!) I told him I doubt it can happen, but I’ll talk to Renee.

Only reason I’d do it is because I can take Andrew with, even as just a phantom vote. Final 4 is great, but if Andrew is tight with me, I can use him to break the 2-2 vote we’d inevitably get at final 4, and crack final 3 with him! PLUS, we can then blindside Clayton and get HIS idol out of here.

It’s a solid plan, but I gotta run it by Renee, and determine how much I can trust Andrew to the end. It feels good with him, but I don’t want to overplay my hand.

And that’s where I’m at! *checks the top of the page* Allright, sending this to the right guy! *phew* See ya!

Confessional:

I go into every Tribal Council expecting to get voted off unless I have immunity, no matter HOW confident I am in the alliances I have formed. I had to tell Luke I don’t think I can swing back in with him, but left the door open. With Clayton winning immunity, I have no option but to vote with Clayton this round.

If Luke is as smart as I think he is, he may then try to hook up with Clayton again and get me out. That’s the paranoid part my brain thinking, but I don’t think Luke knows the true dynamics of the three Land members I am voting with. I don’t think he has any inclination that Andrew is my final three alliance mate.

I also don’t think Clayton knows that I am the one who keeps tying in all these challenges, falling third. He only knows that I won the M. Bison challenge and that just required google search and attention to logic and details.

If they blindside me here, I tip my hats to them, but I don’t see it happening. Still, if Clayton doesn’t win immunity I may entertain bringing Huckla in to blindside Clay at final 6, or at the very least get his immunity idol out, knowing our threesome with Andrew can survive a re-vote by voting Huckla.

RENEE,

Confessionals for episodes 8 through the merge and up to Final 7!

First of all I really didn’t think with my Red Cross deployment I would still be in the game! But, thanks to some amazing alliances (and my lack of over socially strategizing) I have made it to the final 7 with my one and only former Upsa Mark.

Premerge: I had so many secret alliances on Upsa.. First with Umut in the the very beginning & then one with AMN & Vincent seperately without either knowing and additionally I had a 4 way alliance with gerome AMN mark and myself. Unfortunately we came into the merge down in numbers but I still had Vince and AMN in seperate alliances & with AMN and Mark in a 3 way alliance so I figured I had my bases covered and never imagined mark and I would be the last 2 Upsa remaining.

So my loyalty shall remain with Mark. If it wasn’t for the loyalty of the Upsa tribe there is no way I would still be here. I miss Angie Macniel! She is a great player and I decided ultimately on her as my F2 so I was sad to see her go. I think she might have over strategized with Land members and put herself on the radar more than she realized. However I love marks energy playing this game.. he is winning immunities and he is a fantastic player! if somehow I make it to the end with him I really think he deserves to win. Not to say I don’t want to but he has played a great and very loyal game.

So how did the underdogs turn this thing around???

As the last two Upsa standing I didn’t approach anyone to try to stay in the game. I let them approach Mark and I. I mean someone had to be at the bottom of the pecking order in Land right? Sure enough after they ejected my top ally AMN they realized the time had come to switch things up and that mark and I were free agents and TWO votes. I’ve been playing a very under the radar game partly becuase of my lack of time while I was away but also to remain a NON-threat. Not winning immunities makes you such a non-threat

that EVERYONE will want to take you further becuase they figure they can beat you in the final challenges. Thus far this has worked to my advantage as Clayton and Andrew from Land are the BIG threats. Clayton seems to be the one holding an idol and both he AND Andrew are winning immunities like crazy.

Mark and I have actually been approached by Luke and Ryan but sort of half-assed in terms of convincing us to go with them. They don’t seem to have a social strategy down like clayton and andrew (and even Jess) and are intermitten in talks with us. They came to me personally so late in the game I am reluctant to go with them. While they would be easy to beat and therefore on even ground in challenges, it is the social interaction with myself and mark that they have lacked. In addition the inability to strategize effectively with land members and target Clayton and Andrew with Mark and I was risky but not smart without anything to bargain with.

I’m not going to ever be over confident but this is how it’s looking without even having immunity in the final 7 of this game..

Mark and I are in a 5 way alliance with Jessica Clayton and Andrew.

Mark and I have also just arranged ourselves into a secret 3 way alliance with Andrew and plan to blindside Clayton and Jess with an F3 Deal that is solid.

Luke and Ryan have unfortunately put themselves in a bad spot without winning immunity and exposing their intentions to take out other Land members to Mark and I without having any kind of back up plan. Lukes lack of an effort (he even self voted by accident) & last ditch efort to allign with Mark and I has made himself target numero uno. Ryan could be useful as a number to blindside Clayton and Jess going further but it’s to soon to approach him about it. When he thinks he’s next he will be much more likely to vote out Clayton in a blindside effectively.

Mark and I are the serious underdogs and have somehow managed to turn things around! We have been playing a socially non agressive game that has helped us get here. I’m so happy to still be in the game. However I am never so over-confident that I think I’m not still vulnerable. I just keep planting seeds in the individuals from the former Land tribe about how each wants to

take eachother out.. and sit back and watch. Mark is essentially doing this as well and winning immunities while doing it so I hope we can pull this all off.

NOW this game is getting interesting!!!

More to come..

DQ

RYAN,

Round 12 Confessional: Well that was such a interesting tribal council, in the end I am happy and sad about something. I am happy that my name didn’t come up and instead it was Heeral’s name. I was sad that I didn’t get to be involved in the blind side of Heeral. Anyways I have to start building up again, make sure I’m still cool because I’m not happy with 6th or 7th. Well bring on this new challenge, maybe I can pull out a win for once…might have to break Andrew’s legs first

Round 12 Confessional #2: Well I came close, but in the end close was not enough for little old me to get immunity. Now it is all about Survival, and I’m ready to throw anybody under the bus. Hopefully I have kissed enough a– and sucked enough kneecaps that I will have another chance next round. As I look at it even if i screw over Clayton and Jessica after me giving them my word (again), I can still win even if the two of them are at the end and both are on the jury. If they were smart they would take me out this round so fast, but I’m like a social butterfly and if you either crush me or leave me…there will be consequences 3:) Sadly though this round it looks like I might have to lose Luke, though I’m just happy I made an early relationship with Andrew because we can watch eachothers backs. Who says that you can’t have too many alliances. I am above nothing when it comes to winning!

TRIBAL COUNCIL #12

(D*ANDREW*D)-(D*CLAYTON*D)-(JESSICA)-(LUKE)-(MARK)-(RENEE)-(RYAN)
XXX
(UMUT)-(JASON)-(ANNE)-(BRIAN)-(MATT)-(ANGIE)-(RAZ)-(GEROME)-(MACNEIL)-(VINCENT)-(HEERAL)

You must answer your questions for your TC vote to count.

ANDREW,

1. Look at the torches above. Not much has changed. You and Clayton have immunity again, but now both of you have the Doublers. What do you think the others are expecting how you will use it?

I’ve been forthright & said that I will most likely use it on myself unless the challenge details we do get suggest it’s out of my comfort zone. Why not live a little eh?

2. Has anyone approached you saying “Hey, this is how you should use the Doubler?”

Not really. Anytime it was discussed, it was people asking what I think should be done with it
CLAYTON,

1. You went from being relatively quiet in challenges to winning twice in a row. Does Andrew have some competition now for immunity challenges?

I don’t consider myself a challenge beast by any means. It’s not my game personally. Winning last time was obviously crucial beyond belief and was somewhat a twist of fate that got me and my alliance here. In these challenges… Anyone is competition.

2. You were the other recipient of the Doubler. Much like the Mutiny Triggers, do you think there is a sense to dump them because they affect the purity of the game?

I will be straight forward. I am NOT using the doubler as of now. I don’t see the benefit. The reward does not out way the possible consequences at this point in the game for me. I don’t want to gamble on my game. I would rather earn it.

JESSICA,

1. You played a hidden immunity idol. . .but didn’t need it. What are the consequences of playing a hidden immunity idol prematurely?

the way i see it by playing my idol, it was a risk but it is better to be safe than sorry, the consequences is i just have to work harder and i dont have that safety net. but that is the game. i mean, i just look at it as playing safe.

2. Last round a former Land member was eliminated for the first time in five rounds. Has this truly turned into the Yawkc tribe or is Heeral the lone exception?

i think the game is changing, heeral is a tough player she had to go at some point, but ya the game is a new.

LUKE,

1. The votes were split last Tribal Council. Do you think the voting alliances that were formed will hold until the end of the game?

I actually think they will but as this game has showed over and over again things have to change for the lower people on the totem to move up to the higher spots. i believe you posted and piece of writing about it earlier this season.

2. What do you think will be the criteria of the jury when casting their vote for a winner?

well i would hope they would pick most deserving and not most friendly for me that is the b—-iest way to vote come the final tribal council. i want to vote for a person who has made moves and is willing to risk it all and go home for the chance to be at the end.

MARK,

1. The Doublers must have you worried. What are your thoughts on what will likely be a one-time twist for this series?

It alarmed me at first, but then I got to thinking of it in simple terms, so long as I just win the challenge that’s it. Nothing BAD can happen to me. I just gotta make sure I’m here for the next round, and that I win the challenge. Yeah there’s a ‘worst that can happen’ but until it happens, my strategy is the same. Try and win.

2. There have been a lot of ties in challenges lately following a season where people barely completed most challenges. Do you think the challenges have been too easy or is this an exceptionally bright group of people?

I think a little bit of both. We’re too far into this game not to give these challenges our all. Land Tribe was killing it in team challenges and we were lucky to even win three. I know this is a competitive group, so yeah Logan, these challenges are too easy!

CLAYTON: ^no they are not to easy!!! Lol

RENEE,

1. Upsa was finally spared last Tribal Council. Do you think former Upsa members are finally being treated as equals?

I hope we are! There comes a point where tribal lines start to blur as people get to know each other so I hope we are playing as equals but of course I will always feel vulnerable with out immunity.. damn that elusive immunity!

2. Has there been any talk of another hidden immunity idol possibly left in this game?

absolutely. I’m pretty sure at least one more exists and there is definitely a consensus as to who is holding it. But again you can never be to sure about anything in this game.

RYAN,

1. There have been five immunity challenges with eight necklaces being handed out. However, those eight necklaces have been split between four people. Is that because the people not winning are sandbagging it or are the other four that far above the rest in challenges?

Well I think there is for sure 1 who is above the rest, though I’m not naming any names. I don’t think the 3 players that have not won an immunity have been sandbagging it, I think that we have some damn tough competition. With the game getting into lower numbers, immunity becomes that much more important.

2. Why keep you around this round?

I haven’t won myself an immunity, not sure I will at the pace these other players are going at. Also I’m answering a question about why I should stay, so that must mean there is a reason…right?…I hope

Alright, when you vote please do so in the following manner:

VOTE: (Olgan)

REASON: Me wantee tougher challenges. . .or at least be better at breaking ties. Good lord.

Okay. Andrew and Clayton are immune. You cannot vote for either of them. Everybody else is fair game. Between now and 300pm eastern Sunday, it is time to vote. Yawkc tribe, you’re up.

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTING

ANDREW,

VOTE: LUKE

REASON:

I’m too tired to provide a proper reason. When you chose to ignore me early in the game, you sealed your own fate buddy. I did enjoy watching you believing you were controlling things as I was busy unravelling all your plans.

CLAYTON,

VOTE: Luke
Reason: Because you went against the alliance. But really. You shouldn’t be leaving. It’s not logical. You don’t stand a chance of winning. BUT just need to roll with it to keep Jess safe. Have fun in the jury if you don’t succeed in blindsiding Jess again

JESSICA,

i vote for Luke, any one but me i just have to be thinking ahead about how to start getting read of threats in the future.

LUKE,

VOTE: jess

MARK,

Votin Time

L U K E 😦

This is a vote of respect. I thank you for trying to include me. You’re a smart player. I just hope that if you win the Sprint Player of the Game you use that money to buy your grandmother a better internet connection cause if she did, we could have gone deep together!

RENEE,

VOTE: LUKE Because it is the group consensus and mark and I have agreed to let Clayton feel comfortable by calling the shots. As long as it’s not us we are happy!

RYAN,

Round 12 Vote- Luke Everitt: I REALLY HATE DOING THIS, WE HAVE BEEN WORKING TOGETHER SINCE DAY 1! However it comes down to you, or me. As much as I respect you and admire your awesomeness, I much rather stay. Last round went sour for us, but not bitter so please don’t feel that way 🙂 Hopefully I won’t see you at ponderosa if I am the one going. Pull of a miracle!

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTING

If anybody played a hidden immunity idol, now would be the time I’d reveal it.
.
.
.
.
Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately.
.
.
I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Luke,)
.
.
One vote Luke.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
(jess)
.
.
.
We’re tied. One vote Luke, one vote Jessica.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(LUKE)
.
.
Two votes Luke, and one vote Jessica.
.
.
.
.
FOURTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
(L U K E :()
.
.
Three votes Luke, and one vote Jessica.
.
.
.
.
FIFTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
Twelfth person voted out of SCWL 4 and the fifth member of our jury:
.
.
.
(Luke Everitt:)
.
.
Luke, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

CLAYTON: See yah Luke! Good and hard fought game!
JESSICA: Good game my Aussie friend!! 🙂
MARK: We will miss you Luke!
RENEE: Good game luke 😉
LUKE: -.-

ME: It is rare to see a unanimous vote with seven players remaining. The person on the bottom of the totem pole was picked off. The question is which two fell for the trap? I’ll leave you to ponder that.

LUKE EXIT INTERVIEW

It’s time for your exit interview. Are you stoked? Even a little? Whatever. Let’s do this.

1) Were you familiar with any of the other players prior to the game?

i was familliar with 3 people Ryan, Heeral and Brian.

2) Did you pick up information from how people picked others during the initial tribal pick ’em?

yes i believe upsa was based on a previous game that had been played and land were just a rough neck group of gangsta’s

3) You were involved in the RHAPpers alliance. Were you approached to join it or did you form the alliance yourself?

URRRM well the rhappers was a joint venture but for me to take 100% credit wouldn’t be nice of me now would it, if im to be truely honest it was heeral that formed that plan… b—- is always 2 steps ahead with that s—

4) Did you ever intend to stay true to the alliance?

DID i intend to stay loyal … yes until we(ryan heeral and myself) were stupid enough to let clay and jess get both idols

5) Where did you think you ranked in the alliance and why?

urmm i think i actually ranked last but thats ok im used to being THAT guy

6) Did you attempt to make any big moves against the RHAPpers alliance pre-merge?

no moves were attempted pre merge

7) Do you think if Matt took individual immunity in the fourth round, would it have worked to your advantage?

yes i would have urged for jess to go then

8) You seemed to be the only person to embrace the Upsa people post-merge. When did you start chatting with the Upsa players?

well i had a strong relationship with angie the entire game and if ryan and heeral hadnt screwed the vote when she went i would have had her final 4 with us

9) You flipped at ten. There should’ve been a 5-5 tie. Why didn’t that occur?

I dont know what happened

10) In fact if you flipped one round earlier the game would’ve been completely different. Why did you want to flip to Upsa?

The idols scared me too much and it made me make a stupid move -__-

11) What went into your decision of choosing the precise time to flip?

the decision had been planned for some time heeral and ryan were meant to flip too but they got chicken

12) Do you think you could’ve won the game if you successfully flipped to help Upsa on your own? Or were you screwed no matter what?

i couldnt have survived either way only if ryan and heeral came too

13) In the round you wanted to flip, you were at your grandmother’s and didn’t have Internet. How much do you think that affected your demise?

IT AFFECTED my game all the time

14) You were never strong in challenges compared to the other players. Was this a strategy or were you truly struggling?

i didnt struggle infact i blew off most challenges cause i didnt want to win the game through immunity wins but one would have been nice

15) Why do you think you were eliminated before two Upsa members?

its like your essay you posted upsa 2 knew they needed to change things up so they made the nessicary move to do so

16) Which twist in the game was the toughest to overcome?

non of the twists were exceptionally hard to overcome xD

17) Are there any alliances you wish you would have made?

i wish i could have had the chance to actually get to work with mark and renee but i guess they got sick of waiting.

18) Who did you think would be voted out next? Who did you want to be voted out next? Who do think will win? Who do you want to win?

i think jess wil go next i want clay to go next i think andrew will win and i want RYAN to win

19) If you have any other thoughts, please share.

any other thoughts….. i think i will be a perfect candidate for all stars as well as clay took the one thing away from ryan and i that we wanted all season and that was to blindside heeral

On behalf of the production crew for SupaCooWackyLand, we thank you for playing this game!

FANTASY POOL

LISTER

1. Andrew MacAskill
2. Jessica Nicole
3. Clayton Spivey
4. Ryan Huckla
5. Mark Kalzar
6. Luke Everitt
7. Renee Higley

Pick to Win – Andrew

BRIAN

1. Clayton
2. Jessica – well I know she voted with the majority!
3. Mark – takes away my all-star slot
4. Renee – made a big move, I guess
5. Andrew
6. Ryan
7. Luke

MY BOOT LIST PREDICTION

6: MARK

5: RYAN

4: ANDREW

3: CLAYTON

2: JESSICA

1: RENEE

4.13 SCWL 4 Episode 13

“Absolute Immunity Corrupts Absolutely”

November 19 2012 – November 23 2012

Immunity Challenge XII: Name That!

Inspired By: Complaints in SCWL 3 that challenges were too complex. So this last stretch of individual challenges were simple. Unfortunately they were too easy as it went to a tiebreaker once again. -_-

Immunity: 5-way tie between everyone except Renee. Andrew makes a last second switch to win tiebreaker. Andrew uses Doubler. Safe until Final Four. Yikes.

Voted Out: Mark, sadly.

Vote Count: 4-2

Did Jessica’s Streak End?: Sadly, yes.

So Who Got the Votes Instead?: Clayton. Oh so close to a blindside.

ROUND THIRTEEN BLOG

CONFESSIONALS GALORE

As I mentioned as the game played out, this is the first round where all remaining players sent in a confessional. In fact, this is the earliest point in the game where ALL remaining players send in a confessional. It never happened in SCWL 3. Not even at Final Two. I can’t recall it happening in SCWL 2 either until Final 2 or 3. That goes to show how active this cast has really been.

On the downside, no matter who gets voted out this round will be a major bummer.

MY PREDICTION BOOT LIST

Some of you may be wondering “how much effort do I put into these things?” Truth is I don’t put in less than two minutes, but I’m not sitting at my desk for hours either. I try to think of how this game will play out depending on who is in power, what confessionals I recall, and who will likely be immune knowing what the challenges will be. At the end of the last episode, Jessica may be celebrating when she sees her name in the #2 slot for the fourth episode in a row. But really this is a negative position because. . .

JESSICA IS DOOMED TO LOSE

This is the round where I couldn’t foresee a scenario where Jessica wins. I just couldn’t. She was going to be overshadowed by her alliance partner. A similar thing happened to Marty in SCWL 1, Stephanie in SCWL 3, and thanks to Noah being allied with everyone, he was doomed to have that role in SCWL 2. I assumed the other five players would not resist the temptation of NOT taking Jessica to Final Two, and I assumed that it would be impossible for Jessica to defeat anyone in a Final Two situation. When you get down to seven people, everyone generally identifies the goat they want to do their best to sit in the Final Two with them. I assumed Jessica would have no trouble issuing this role.

It’s not like Jessica has pissed anyone off unlike some of the previous people I mentioned, but nobody else was being terrible at the social game, and were all viewed as playing their own game. Nobody really gave this respect to Jessica, and the jurors are undoubtedly waiting to pounce on that at Final Tribal Council.

CLAYTON DOES NOT USE THE DOUBLER

I wasn’t surprised by this decision. Clayton is a purest, but I don’t believe that’s why he ditched the item. The guy ultimately had two idols at his disposal, but didn’t throw those away. I think Clayton didn’t want to use the item because he didn’t want to show his hand at all. If he used it against Mark, Renee, or Ryan, he could have really upset a bunch of jurors. He probably thought it would be seen as a cowardly move. If he used it on himself, it would be risky because Andrew would likely win the challenge, and put Clayton in a vulnerable spot for the next two rounds.

So one Doubler is ditched. The other one however. . .

ANDREW USES THE DOUBLER ON HIMSELF

Andrew’s confidence is higher than ever. He has won four out of five individual immunity challenges since the merge. First place every time. I am sure Andrew thought he could win a 256-person coin flip tournament and be awarded immunity. So, Andrew decided to risk it all. Win, and he’s in the Final Four. Lose, and everyone will use that opportunity to oust him. Well, everyone except Clayton in his mind. He would hope that Clayton would use the idol on him.

ANDREW FAILS TO SEE THE BETRAYAL

The storyline continues. I remember entering this round and seeing Andrew in a world of trouble. The guy I was absolutely convinced had the best chance of winning this game for the first ten episodes has made the worst alliance possible in the past three rounds. I know Andrew is having a tough time reading Clayton’s confessionals since round eight. I know Andrew is having a tougher time reading everyone else’s confessionals that entail how much they trust Andrew to help get them to the end.

Andrew is trusting the last guy he should be trusting in this game. And if he loses this challenge, or any challenge, he will pay dearly for it. Because if he sticks with Clayton through to the end of this round, the other three players will be severely pissed off, and change their sole goal in this game to eliminating Andrew.

ANDREW’S DOUBLER PAYS OFF

Andrew now has two rounds to see the light. He won an immunity challenge that I am sure only Luke’s grandmother would have wanted him to win. What was a 4-for-5 immunity stretch is now 6-for-7. Everyone in this game must be proposing Final 4, Final 3, and Final 2 deals to Andrew.

THE PRE-EXISTING DEAL WITH MARK AND RENEE

This is a deal I wish Andrew would immediately take. Renee certainly won’t beat him in a challenge. Mark is the only one who has threatened Andrew in challenges. If Andrew maintains this deal for one round, then takes Mark out next round, Andrew is guaranteed Final 2. In fact, taking out Clayton this round then Mark is the scenario I thought Andrew would figure out.

A Final Four where Andrew is with Renee, Ryan, and Jessica? No. Contest. Andrew wins his way to the end, and manipulates the votes to ensure Jessica is in the Final Two with him. I thought Andrew would see this between the end of the challenge and Tribal Council.

RYAN AND ANDREW

I was thinking that Ryan and Andrew may have been intentionally lying to me all along and that their close relationship from the first ten rounds was still very much going according to plan. Nobody was sensing that close-knit alliance. It seemed perfect. They could eliminate Clayton and Mark, then work together to weed Renee and Jessica out of this game. The pair that nobody would see coming. Andrew has a million ways to win at this point, but unfortunately may be going down the lone path where he could potentially lose.

CLAYTON IS FURIOUS

Clayton, once again, is furious. Andrew is safe until Final Four. Suddenly he needs somebody on the outside, Renee or Ryan, to have all hands on deck to beat Andrew. In fact, Clayton may need to keep Mark because Mark is the only one who has proven to be capable of defeating Andrew. It may be the season finale to Survivor: Samoa on the horizon again. Individual immunity challenges may be the only thing to stop Clayton’s path to victory.

CLAYTON VS. MARK

But it wasn’t meant to be. Mark and Renee are in one corner as they prepare to take on Jessica and Clayton in the other corner. Everyone knows these two pairs exist. Mark stands out as the biggest threat in one pair while Clayton with the idol is the biggest threat in the other pair. Both know that they will be in a very strong position if they can get their rival out of this game. However, both don’t know that regardless of who loses, their rival may be out in fifth place anyway.

Andrew has a ridiculous amount of power. But Ryan can cause that fatal tie. Surely Clayton will use his idol at this critical juncture?

CLAYTON REFUSES TO USE HIS IDOL

This surprised me. I always viewed this round as D-Day. If Clayton uses his idol, and it saves him, there will be enough options for him to re-gain control. Especially if it’s a 3-3 tie, the re-vote will shift to sending someone from the opposing trio home. If it’s a 4-2 vote against him, there will be enough chaos that he can find a way to survive.

If he doesn’t use his idol, it means he goes home or is in Final Three anyway. Of course, this is from an outsider’s perspective. But at the time, I saw this as a huge blunder in the making. I didn’t see the risk as completely necessary at the time. Who knows, Clayton’s line of thinking may be right all along.

RYAN IS ON BOARD TO TAKE OUT CLAYTON

That guy who seems to be used for one or two rounds before being disposed of at Final Four is suddenly that crucial vote to guarantee the tie. But Ryan catches on that if it’s a 3-3 tie, then Mark and Renee will eliminate him. If it’s a 4-2 vote against Clayton like he suspects, then why not just throw away the vote and ensure he is guaranteed safety? Ryan is absolutely convinced that the 4-2 vote against Clayton will occur.

Ryan is in survival mode, and is aiming to survive this lone round to begin a new hunt for the title. One that is relying on Andrew being trustworthy. The plan to throw a vote away makes sense. But then. . .

MARK IS GONE

Andrew officially takes a stance. He sides with Clayton. Mark, Renee, and Ryan can’t believe it. Ryan feels awful because past votes would have sent Clayton home if it went to a deadlock. We’d be talking about a whole new game.

I’m sad to see Mark go. What may appear to you as Mark yelling at me all season long wasn’t really the case. Well, maybe it was, but it didn’t bother me. Mark played hard, and put up with every obstacle possible. I’d go so far as to say Mark is the unluckiest player to be cast in this series. A whole tribe throws immunity to get rid of a key ally of his that did nothing wrong, a miscommunicated individual idol request nearly saved a foe, and a Facebook glitch triggered the loss of a possible alliance mate. Follow that up with Luke’s grandmother, double immunity wins, time zone disadvantage, hidden immunity idol fears, and people buying into false deals has produced a premature ouster for Mark.

All I can say is that approximately 150-200 percent of Mark’s sanity may have been lost by the end of this game. Luckily 40 percent of that will be taken up by Obama, so Mark may still be ten percent sane.

P.S.

I will be grilling Andrew and Clayton about the decisions they made regarding this vote. It’s clear why the other four did what they did. But Andrew and Clayton? The decisions they made were a bit off-the-wall that I can’t help but bring it up in their exit interviews.

ON THE HORIZON

It’s the last round before the Final Four. Note how I don’t say “Final” until we get to four people. We have Andrew who is guaranteed immunity, Clayton who could play an idol to ensure him and Jessica can deadlock any vote, Ryan who is a social threat without a true ally, and Renee who is playing an extraordinarily sneaky game. I have a tough time having faith in my boot list prediction.

PONDEROSA POSTS

LUKE: yes he did -____- i stayed true to what i said angie. i told you that when i make a promise i keep it

LUKE: also heeral there was no risk atall taking out vincent cause jess had 102473084 past votes and she would have gone anyways but you too smart for me

LUKE: clayton was just trying to preserve jury votes in my eyes he has played a horrible game and it was just by chance that mark and renee got sick of wait…Heeral that they switched their votes

ROUND THIRTEEN CONFESSIONALS

ANDREW,

Hey dude, confessionals are never my thing but I don’t want you not receiving them as the game ends so I thought I’d write down a little something. The first bit is a summary I wrote to someone about the first few rounds. Feel free to cut it into sections for the relevant parts of your blog if you so wish:

Well…

It all began 50-odd days ago

The other 5 members of Land had an alliance from day 1. Took Fyke out first. I pushed for Anne as she was a challenge liability but no joy. Anne then screwed up the next challenge & I managed to convince everyone we had to drop her.I knew putting myself out there could be an issue but when you are in the minority, may as well go for broke. Then they took out Matt. Tried to get Ryan & Luke to flip. Ryan was game, Luke purposely ignored me. It pissed me off! I was better liked than Matt I think thanks to some Skype convos during challenges. I was getting closer to Clayton. I was forthright in what was going down & he said he wanted to work with me. That was a step in the right direction. Ryan then started telling me that he wanted to align with me & blindside Clayton & Jess down the road.

Now Ryan, as much as I like him, was just keeping me in the loop in case he needed my vote. Whereas me & Clayton started strategizing. So I knew I’d be told of a blindside & could use it to my advantage. I pushed hard to get rid of Angie because I knew Ryan, Luke & Heeral would want to use her in a blindside because lets face it, Angie is super awesome! So managed that. Then I wanted rid of Mark but he won immunity. Ryan flat out told me he wanted to keep Mark for a blindside. Ryan pushed for Renee which was just because he didn’t want to align with her to blindside Clayton. So we made sure it was Vincent. At this point, I’d told Clayton I expected a blindside to be attempted soon. Then thankfully, both Clayton & I won immunity. Which meant that Heeral, Luke & Ryan only had Jess to blindside. If Jess plays her idol, Renee, Mark, Heeral ,Luke & Ryan go to another TC & Mark thought he’d go home. So he told me about the blindside I already knew was coming. He asked if I was still bottom of Land.I said I was obviously So I agreed to a F3 with Renee & Mark & we’d align with Clayton & Jess. Of course, I’m actually with Clayton & Jess. We agreed on Heeral because she is the smartest. Luke is inactive & Ryan isn’t too big a threat.

Now the fun part. I knew Clayton had an idol. I didn’t think Jess had the other but then Clayton confirmed she did. After the plan was in place, it suddenly dawned on me that idols are super powerful at F3 & F2! If they both had their idols at F3, they could trade them in for a challenge advantage & if one of them wins, they are taking the other. So I started planting doubt in Jess’ mind. I knew Mark & Renee wouldn’t flip but i suggested that this was too easy & that it might be a huge ruse to make Jess feel safe. Clayton wanted her to keep it. But I don’t want anyone with an idol at the end. So I scared Jess into wasting her idol. Now I only have one to worry about!

———————

Now my confessional since then:

I really can’t tell you how awesome it was tricking Jess into playing that idol. She is an absolute sweetheart but it’s something I just needed to do. I couldn’t have both idols in play. Clayton tried desperately to stop her but thankfully I scared her enough to play it!

So once Heeral was gone, I knew I was in a good spot. I have F3 with Clayton Jess, a faux F3 with Renee & Mark, & I’m still friendly with Ryan. The only person I have no deal with is Luke. given that he ignored me when I tried to save Matt, I wanted him gone majorly. Unfortunately, Clayton wanted Mark gone first. That made no sense to me whatsoever though because then Renee would flip with Luke & Ryan & we would be tied up again. Strategically, that made no sense. Luckily I managed to talk him into leaving Mark for a round. He then wanted to take out Ryan. But that was no use to me yet either. Luke was the main instigator plus we weren’t talking. So I pushed Luke & finally got everyone to agree. Seeing Luke go after he ignored me previously was sweet. The second he chose to to do that, he signed a death warrant for his own game.

With Luke gone, I now find myself in the middle of two alliances battling for control. Thankfully I’m friendly with everyone so I know exactly what is going on from all sides. Clayton & Jess want to take out Mark. Mark & Renee want to take out Clayton. Then Ryan wants to force a tie & then switch to Clayton in a re-vote if Clayton doesn’t play the idol.

I’ve tossed back & fore on what to do A LOT recently. The Mark/Renee thing started as a total ruse. However, at the same time, the thought that Clayton would take Jess over me keeps niggling away at me. Everything is screaming that he would take Jess yet every time I talk to him, I believe he will take me.

I eventually decided to side with Clayton. If he wants to f— me over, that’s on him. I will do everything I can to get us to F2. So I decided to tell Jess & Clayton what was going down on a Skype call. I wanted to force the tie, Clayton play the idol & then I’d vote out Mark. Clayton is refusing to play the idol though. I’m just worried that he would use the idol on Jess. Besides, at F5, Clayton is essentially guaranteed F2 no matter what.

Jess on that call also worried me. She just sounded very nervous & her logic was just way off point. We agreed I’d vote Mark & he be sent home in a 4-2 vote.

I messaged Clayton later that night & laid everything out to him. What I appreciate about Clayton, is that I can tell him everything straight up, be bluntly honest with me & he’ll do the same.

So to anyone just reading our convo about this vote, you’d think we were arguing. But we are just getting to the point straight away. He swore to me that he would take me to the end, that he’d vote out Jess over me & that he wouldn’t take the idol to F2. I’m going to bank on that & hope for the best. I have a serious shot to win this bad boy. Only Clayton screwing me stands between me & facing the jury. And I believe I can beat anyone in a debate. I have some strong points in my favour. The downside is that I’m having to get my hands dirtier. I just have to hope I can smooth things over with them should I make it to the end.

So now I have to send Mark home. Genuinely like the guy as well. He’s a smart dude & interesting to talk to. In fact, he is the exact type of player I love to align with. We just ended up on separate tribes & so I’m having to do the dirty on him. This is the part of the game that sucks!

CLAYTON,

Confessional:
*This message brought to you by the Clayton for Sole Survivor Coalition*
The stars are starting to align. But it is now up to the people to finish off beast that stands in the way of such progress. That beast is Andrew. As a candidate for Sole Survivor, Andrew has employed such techniques as a Doubler to bulldoze to the end. Clayton will not do such things. So it is up to us to keep him from winning this next challenge. And show him what the people of SupaCooWacky land want and need. Stop him from winning and he will leave at 5. Thank you and Logan bless SupaCooWacky Land!
*I am Clayton Spivey and I approve this message*

Well here we go. I had to do something I never ever want to do. I had to swear to Andrew I would take him to the finals. Swear. I don’t do that. But I had to to ensure he doesn’t vote against us this round. And force a tie or vote us out outright. This way why would he vote someone out that offered him a final deal when nobody in their right mind would even consider it? It may lose me the game… But it’s the way to protect me and Jess at this vote. H won with the doubler. Sadly. Oh well. If he challenge whores it to the end I think I have a good argument against him. I will be the strategic alternative where he would leave if it wasn’t for just being a challenge whore. And me promising him opens the door if he does whore it up. But I have no intentions of going with him. Taking him out at 4 when he is not immune. If I can… I may lose the game tonight.

I’m not using my idol and here is my rationale. If Jess or me need it the following will have happened. Either Andrew or Ryan turned and we have a tie or both turned and we r outright voted out. If I use an idol and save myself or Jess this round then we are at a numerical advantage and will just leave next round barring some huge upset or an immunity win by us. SO. If I hold onto it and we stay then I have an idol going forward… We have numbers and I still have it to use. For me the game is about winning. I’m not going to waste the idol just to get past first round. If I need it this round I will be screwed next round without it. If I don’t need it this round then it’s still wasted. So logically I’m not using it. If I get 6th or 5th it doesn’t make a difference to me. Ways saving myself one round. I want to WIN. And holding onto it ensures that I have that chance if I and Jess stay tonight. Getting rid of it could only possibly spare me and her one round only to be in the minority next round without an idol. Go big or go home. Maybe I’ll go out with it as a souvenir in my pocket

Confessional: already voted yesterday in case u miss it. It’s behind this confessional. But yah. I hate land. They have absolutely no loyalty. And the moves they make? Geez…. It makes me sad. They just keep trying and trying and trying I take me and my power out. Don’t they get it?!?! Stop telling people things! They should have waiting until they could do it on their own. I love that them trying to take me and my second in command out has single handedly destroyed all of their chances at winning the game .

Oh and Andrew… Oh Andrew. I hate that he is such a challenge whore. A lil secret…. He only got it because somebody from outside the game sent our answers to him. Borderline cheating in my opinion. A former player at that. Also…. I find it complete bulls— that people who have specialized hobbies like him are given such a wild advantage. Frustration. Oh well. But yes… The fact he is immune for two rounds based on a challenge that was given to him by… Cough… Lister… Cough…. And lister only had it because of his proximity to us is out of control. That’s the equivalent of him being able to look around the dividers at someone else’s work in survivor without that persona permission when production put it there. Furious. That alone will keep me from voting for him to win. Having help is one thing. But that’s just cheating in my and most people’s opinion. Oh well. It is what it is. I’ll rip him a new one if he gets to the end

JESSICA,

the plan now is to vote mark out and get back with Ryan. We are talking to Ryan Huckla now. we are reuniting the rappers b/c we cant trust Mark kinda and Andrew is a HUGE mega threat. So i need immunity b/c Andrew cant get it. im always worried of a blindside and i guess ppl just vote me default now which is scary might as well call me “jessica penner” with how many votes im getting, im going to break his record. whatever i asked for this goat strategy. it bettter pay off, im just going to preservere.

Ugh Andrew, I can’t believe he won again. Now it is the perfect time to switch things up, I wouldn’t be suprised of me or Clayton got votes. But Andrew should know that Renee and mark will take eachother and he shouldn’t go to the end with the upsas because they will win. Clayton made a fake fonal2 with Andrew hopefully that works. Right now I just have to hope for the best

Confessional: I’m getting a Little worried of Andrew not trusting me and him switching up the vote, at this point nothing would shock me I just really want to win, I never won an org, I have gotten close through

how can i be that naiive???? im way too trusting?? andrew just blurted out at tribal that clayton and i shared our answers with ryan who told andrew??? god damn me and falling for ryan’s sweetness…ugh he is such a flirt, and im such a nice girl. ugh this is always my downfall, i believe too much in ppl. he totally went behind our backs again. he is soo sneaky. and a part of me was willing to risk going to final2 with him. but i mean it totally smart bc he knows clayton and i are a pair in the game. but how can i be sooo naiive. i am sooo f—ed

im still trying to keep up appearances with ryan and keep up this impression of little miss nice girl or he will suspect sometihng if i make it through to future rounds. i need to let him think he has the upper hand, but it is so hard for me to trust him strategically after he is trying to cut clayton or i.

MARK,

Confession time again.

So after the challenge results, the five person alliance formed at the Heeral vote all gathered together for the last time and promptly lied to each other over how we’re voting. Renee and Andrew mentioned Ryan, and we all agreed almost immediately. (I waited a few minutes so I wouldn’t post RIGHT after Renee and Andrew, my core alliance mates)

Clayton then goes to Ryan and tells him how badly I allegedly want Ryan off, which is strange cause all I said was ‘Yeah I’m good with that’ or something. Pretty much tells Ryan to vote for me. So I then go to Ryan and talk about the vote, wanting him to vote Clay instead.

Seems Clay considers me a challenge threat, which is sort of true. Personally I would want to align and KEEP people in the game who are good at challenges cause you gotta beat the mother f—ing BEHEMOTH of challenges that is Andrew. But oh well.

Great thing is that Clay’s blindside of me, if he follows through makes him less likely to play his immunity idol here. To make things better for me, I feel I have a good chance of swaying Ryan back to my side so long as I tell him as much truth as I can. I tell him why I sided with Clayton at the final 8, (reason being that I didn’t want to go to war against Clayton and his idols knowing I would be last in the pecking order in the new anti-Clay alliance.) tell him Andrew MAY be wanting to vote Clay off because of the all powerful idol that gives Clay an advantage at the final three.

To sweeten the deal, I offer Ryan a final three deal with myself, Renee and Ryan, stressing that I need good challenge competitors in the final four to increase the likelihood that Andrew can lose that final 4 immunity challenge. Jessica doesn’t appear to be that strong, only won one challenge due to luck. Hell, who knows? Ryan may even be able to BEAT Andrew and we can eliminate Andrew at final 4! It also blocks Andrew from back stabbing me at final 5 and throwing Jess and Ryan against me since Ryan won’t be willing to backstab a new alliance mate.

I realize Ryan maybe shouldn’t trust me, he may be upset about me leaving him out of the loop on the Heeral vote, but my strategy is to play that game theory that states, everything is in everyone’s best interests. We ALL need Clay and his idol out.

I always love these rounds when someone is trying to blindside you, and you blindside them instead! Second worst case scenario, is that Clay plays his idol, and me Andrew Ryan and Renee revote, but then we boot Ryan. Worst Worst case scenario, is that Ryan snitches to Clay, Clay plays idol and me Renee and Andrew do a re-vote with just each other. I don’t know why in the world Ryan would want to offer Clayton a three person alliance. I expect players in this highly competitive ORG to think rationally, and the rational thing is for Ryan to vote against Clayton.

Clayton is a good guy, but I think he’s taking a few of our votes for granted. He thinks that cause Ryan is on the outs, he will just do whatever Clay offers him as a chance to stay alive. And he think Andrew will vote with him cause of the whole ‘Land loyalty’ thing. He thinks I will vote the way he tells me cause, well, he must not think I have much of a long term plan, and that I hooked up with him out of fear or desperation.

If he respects my game playing ability, he’ll play that idol at Tribal Council, but my gut says he feels confident. My gut says he won’t play it.

RENEE,

Confessionals for episodes 12 & 13 Final 6!

So wow.. unbelievable no one suspects Mark and My alliance with Andrew! Just had to say that becuase it will either make us or break us at this point.

So luke voted out last TC and then there were six! I’ve been talking with Ryan first just to feel him out and find out where his head is at & today to obviously try to sway his vote in a blindside to take out Clayton. Andrew won the challenge as Mark and I suspected so our secret alliance with him is perfect. Andrew has told us Clayton plans to blindside Mark this TC so we are hoping we can Blindside him and he won’t play the idol we all know he has.

So Mark and I are telling Clayton and Jess we are voting Ryan in the 5 way thread with Andrew. Andrew Mark and I are voting Clayton and have just confirmed Ryan will vote with us although he’s openly admitted that Clayton approached him with intentions to take out Mark. So if Ryan is smart he will help us blindside Clay and next will be Jess and then WE are in the F4. It’s a gamble I HAVE to take.. I will do everything I can to make sure I protect Mark. I would hate to lose him NOW! Then I would have no one I trusted in the game at all.

I must seem like the biggest floater but I hope my social game shows just how much of an effort I’ve been making strategically. I hope I’m still here after this vote. Everyone knows they can beat me in challenges so they have no good reason to get me out right? 😉

Yeah I don’t win challenges in your game Logan. They are freaking hard and just not stuff that I know anything about! It is both a blessing and a curse becuase I’m still a non-threat AND now everyone probably thinks I’m just a dumb-ass!

Seriously though.. not winning challenges IS a huge part of my strategy. I watched it work for Dan in BB & Sandra in Survivor. As soon as you win

anything you become a target. I hope it works to my advantage yet again.

I always feel vulnertable however.. we all should. Fingers crossed and I raise my glass “Cheers to taking risks” we have nothing to lose and EVERYTHING to gain!

Hopefully it’s goodbye Clayton and hello Final 5! Hopefully Mark stays.. Hopefully Hopefully Hope filled.. praying! (and I’m not even religous)

More to Come!

RYAN,

Round 13 Confessional- Well this has been a very interesting round for me, I will either be the next gone or be here hopefully for a long time coming. This round really started once Andrew won immunity, after that I had everybody come up to me saying that everybody but themselves wanted me gone. I put myself from next one to go, to hopefully the swing vote. My whole game has come down to this vote, will I make it or break it…only my social game will tell. The wonderful thing is that Clayton and Jessica, and Mark and Renee are such obvious teams of two that nobody actually notices that Andrew and I are working together. Hopefully the immunity wizard and I can rock this show to the end. I will be on my toes until the votes are read, because only then will I know how this game is going to play out.

TRIBAL COUNCIL #13

(**ANDREW**)-(CLAYTON)-(JESSICA)-(MARK)-(RENEE)-(RYAN)
XXX
(UMUT)-(JASON)-(ANNE)-(BRIAN)-(MATT)-(ANGIE)-(RAZ)-(GEROME)-(MACNEIL)-(VINCENT)-(HEERAL)-(LUKE)

ANDREW,

1. The Doubler is a very risky item. You had a 5/6 shot that you DIDN’T win immunity and would have to sit out the next challenge. What compelled you to use such a risky item on yourself?

Where is the fun in not taking the risk? Especially when I have confidence in my own abilities to pull out challenge wins. I was less than impressed when I saw that the tie-breaker was posted without warning & at a time when I was obviously going to be asleep. Had I lost on time, I would have been furious.

Thankfully, the three people who were still up, were kind enough to all work together, go on call with people I know, tell those people what their answers were & then all message me within 5 minutes of me waking up to see where I was with the challenge. Once I realised they were all on call together, I just found out their answers, switched Elvis to Honky Tonk, & I was golden. Probably wouldn’t have gotten Dwight otherwise so thanks guys! 😛

Does make you wonder why I wasn’t special enough to be included in the discussion once I woke up…

2. Once we get to Final Four, there’s only two immunity challenges left. Do you see yourself in a position where you don’t have immunity for the rest of the game?

I absolutely do see that as a possibility. It’s impossible not to when the challenges left are unknown. Doesn’t mean I won’t do my damndest to win them. I want that record dammit! There are still some tough challenge competitors in the game so I’m not taking anything for granted. As long as winning immunity is kept completely in my hands though, I feel like I have a good shot. If I do become vulnerable, I have to trust that the relationships I have made in this game will see me through. As much as winning the challenges helps, I can’t rely on it.

CLAYTON,

1. On the other side of the coin, you didn’t use your Doubler. Did you see any benefit to using on one of the four?

no I did not see the benefit of using it on the others. I personally didnt like the doubler. I didn’t see giving myself immunity for two rounds when I only win one was quite right in my mind. Lol. I’d rather play a straight forward game without the use of the twist. That’s just how I am.

2. How does Andrew’s two rounds of safety change the game?

it doesn’t change the game at all. Andrew prob would have won next round regardless of the doubler. Lol! He used it and it gave him two rounds of immunity. If you are playing a game where one person winning immunity ruins it then I don’t think u have thought far enough ahead.

JESSICA,

1. Is it surprising how much Andrew has dominated these challenges? Because it’s not like it’s the same challenge over and over again. There’s been number puzzles, scrambles, mazes, true or false questions, and now a picture-based challenge. Yet virtually every time he’s at the top. How do you beat this guy or do you just concede at this point?

2. In the meantime you have to cast a vote. What is the mentality surrounding this vote?

Casting this vote is a really hard one because it is about sticking to alliances even if it sucks and protecting myself. Andrew was always good at challenges, he works hard, good for him

MARK,

1. All six of you were on board to vote out Luke in the previous round. Now the six of you have to go against one another. Do you think the person voted out will regret not keeping Luke in the game?

You know I wonder that at every stage of every Survivor. What could I have done with that last person voted out, and it always depends on the situation. If the person going home tonight (tomorrow?) even had any power to begin with. If it’s me, I’ll wonder about it sure. It’s easy to play ‘what if’ but there’s no real way of knowing.

2. What’s the paranoia like at camp?

I think it’s there. I’d be lying if I didn’t say I’m always nervous every time I go to Tribal Council without immunity. Just so easy to lie in this game. I expect to survive tonight, but with only six people there is NOT a lot of room to move right now.

RENEE,

1. On the opposite end of the spectrum, you were the only one not involved in the tie. What is it about these challenges that will make you struggle?

I know very little about the subject matter for these challenges lol! I really do try but this is very stiff competition.. it’s a hard lot to compete with! I also knew some players were going to stop at nothing to win this one with so much at stake & congrats Andrew your risk paid off! Your a challenge Mad Man!

2. Do you think the others have given up on the idea of you winning an immunity challenge?

I’m not the only one NOT winning immunities so I’m not sure why your singling me out on this but if I must answer I would say it’s possible the other players don’t think I can pull out a win in challenges of course! It’s both a blessing and a curse.. but hopefully will continue to be a blessing. With a little luck & a lot of hope, perhaps I’ll get another chance to at least try to win one?

RYAN,

1. Only one idol has been officially played. There’s always exactly three idols per season. Do you think both idols have been removed from the game or is one or both still in existence?

Well both are still in existence, just may not be part of the game. We have had a number of old Land and Upsa members get voted off, so easily one of them could have it. I know though I don’t have the idol, and that the game is a foot.

2. What has been the disappointing aspect regarding this game?

Probably the lack of cookies that you have supplied us with, did you know it makes every tribe a little bit sweeter? I don’t have much to complain about, you have put good people in this game and I really can’t argue with your choice women you cast a total SHWING in my books if you catch my drift

Okay, when you vote please do so in the following manner:

VOTE: (Logan)

REASON: You have more ties than Bill Nye and Bob Crowley combined. That is all.

Alright, Andrew has immunity. You cannot vote for Andrew. Everybody else is fair game. Between now and 100pm eastern Thursday, it is time to vote. Yawkc tribe, you’re up.

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTING

ANDREW,
VOTE: MARK

REASON:

I can’t be at the end with you buddy. Too many Upsa’s on the jury & you would have a great underdog story to tell. I still think I beat you but it’s a risk. I did consider blindsiding Clayton but I trust he will take me to the end whereas you & Renee would take each other. It’s been a blast talking to you & I hope you’ll forgive me for this. This is the first of maybe two votes that I genuinely am not enjoying casting. Sorry man.

CLAYTON,

VOTE: Mark
REASON: I’m voting for you because you are the only other pair in the game. You are only here cause heeral effed up and wanted me out. So thank me for being s polarizing of a threat. You stop me from having a majority. It’s either you or someone I don’t want gone or me. Look to Renee for strategy. And goodluCk if I leave tonight.

JESSICA,

My vote tonight is for mark. You are a too big a threat and we need to go back to weeding out the upsas

MARK,

VOTE!

CLAY JORDAN

Birdie in my ear tells me you’re going after me tonight! Too bad you’re not in control of this game! You and your idol can bugger off! Have a nice day!

Confessional will come later

Just to clarify

VOTE is for Clayton. Somebody (okay Renee) said I should be careful with the funny names. Just be glad I didn’t go with Denver Diva.
RENEE,

VOTE: Clayton
Reason: Because he is targeting Mark and we HAVE to break up this alliance if there is any way in hell we can. I’m loyal to my remaining UPSA and I hope he stays!

RYAN,

Round 13 Vote- Mark Kalzer: It is time for an Upsa to go now, and give the Land members a break.

Though not really, only if Clayton plays his idol 😛 Cause if he don’t he is GOING HOME!!!

I JUST HOPE THAT i HAVEN’T BEEN LIED TO BY EVERYBODY!!!! Cause that would suck

MARK: Ah f— this. I’m going back to camp. *grabs bag*. Somebody page me when Logan gets back.
CLAYTON: LOL mark.
JESSICA: camera pans my direction *asleep on Ryan Huckla’s shoulder*
ME: camera pans my direction *asleep on Ryan Huckla’s shoulder*

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTE REVEAL

If anybody has a hidden immunity idol and they played it, now would be the time I’d reveal it. . .
.
.
.
.
.
Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
(Mark)
.
.
.
One vote Mark.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
(mark.)
.
.
.
.
Two votes Mark.
.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
(Clayton)
.
.
.
.
Two votes Mark, one vote Clayton.
.
.
.
.
.
FOURTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(CLAY JORDAN)
.
.
.
Bye Bye Denver Diva? Jesus guys, enough with the nicknames. We’re tied. Two votes Mark, two votes Clayton.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(Mark Kalzer:)
.
.
.
.
.
Three votes Mark, two votes Clayton, one vote left.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
FINAL VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
Thirteenth person voted out of this game and the sixth member of our jury:
.
.
.
(MARK)
.
Mark, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

JESSICA: good game mark!!
MARK: Well Andrew I can’t say I really understand the strategy behind it, unless Clayton really doesn’t have the last idol. If he does then… good luck at your final 3 challenge!
MARK: Love all you guys!
RENEE: Andrew MacAskill Your twisted.. how do you think all this backstabbing is going to get you jury votes? You intend to do all of the dirty work? This tribe is sooooo predictable.. ((Yawns))
RENEE: Mark you will be missed! ❤

ME: Well it looks like there was at least one betrayal this round. Only issue is how do you deal with that as the jury vote draws nearer and nearer. With only one week left in this game starting Monday, you’ll really need your wits about you to make it past the other four and into the winner’s circle.

RENEE: Very well put Logan!

ANDREW: Genuinely a tough vote Mark. Sorry dude.

I wouldn’t say what I did was twisted Renee. I’m sorry you feel that way. I appreciate I had to take the bullet for this one but so be it. You guys wanted to take Clayton out despite the fact we all agreed to a 5 person alliance. Nobody is a saint here. I just had to make the best move for me. Happy to discuss this with anyone tomorrow once I’m back home

RENEE: YOU wanted to take Clayton out Andrew WTF?!

RENEE: Terrible damage control.. I mean REALLY?!?!

RENEE: I never approached you to do anything.. as long as we’re being all open about this.

CLAYTON: Great game mark! 6th place god?

ANDREW: I didn’t say you approached me to do anything Renee. I was just stating that everyone’s plan was ultimately to betray each other at this vote

RENEE: Ok.. Understood no worries

MARK EXIT INTERVIEW

1. I’ll ask a general question. At some points, it seemed like you weren’t enjoying yourself at all. My question to you is what was your motivation to keep going?
I’m not a quitter. 18 people joined this game, and as you said, they were the most active 18 you’ve ever seen. And to be clear, I was enjoying parts of the game. Parts of the game seemed overwhelming but I just had to remind myself it was just a simple game. The times I wasn’t having fun were these last few rounds where, after suddenly winning a challenge, I suddenly had to compete in the following challenges with tie breakers decided by f***ing ‘who finished first’. I learned I can succeed at these challenges, but for a stretch there all the challenges were being posted at 1 am local time when I was asleep, forcing me to either try to wake myself up on a work night, or try to finish them AT work. This despite the fact I was assured when this ORG started that time commitment would not be a factor in the game.

My threat to quit was a bluff. I needed to do SOMETHING to stop you from posting time based challenges. I even asked you ‘when will the next time based round begin?’ so I could at least have a chance, but you didn’t respond till AFTER I fell asleep and by the time I woke up and read it, it was already too late. The time based challenges ruined the game for me. The game just stopped being fun then. Combine that with the giving of two immunity necklaces, my strategy just went out the door. Now it appears that the two players who most took advantage of the time based challenges and the two immunity necklaces will likely make up the final two. What a waste these three months have been for me.
2. Never before has a season been so heavy on pre-game alliances. How did you try to counter that throughout the game?
I just took it one day at a time. I knew from the tribe pick-em, that I had no chance of forming a big alliance. Everyone knew each other, I was the new kid in high school. So I just listened, offered myself as a ‘free agent’, and eventually got in the middle of the big Upsa power struggle in round one.
3. Do you think you were successful in countering the pre-game alliances?
Yes and no. I settled into a four person alliance of myself, Gerome Macniel and Renee, but I knew I was ranked 4th out of those 4. Going down the stretch, I’d have to try to hook up with one or two Land members to form a solid 3 person pact to go into the finals. I was fortunate being one of the last Upsa members picked off, but at the final 6, Ryan didn’t want to throw his vote at Clayton due to the idol rules. Could have had Andrew’s vote go to Clayton, but Andrew seemed to value his loyalty to Clay more than the threat Clay’s idol posed.
4. What was your favourite challenge during the season?
I’ll say, the M. Bison challenge cause I finally won one?! Would have said the maze one but that was the one where the time based rules were not clear to me and I wasted several solid hours.
5. It seemed like the only “real” alliance you made was with Brian. Was that alliance out of desperation to counter the pre-game alliances?
Of course! I needed SOMEONE. To succeed in Survivor, you really need someone you can trust 100%, yet still be able to survive without if the going gets tough. Brian was picked second last, and I was picked last. If anyone needed an easy ally, it was him. I had little else to go on. I’m certainly not going to Umut and offer a 2 person alliance after he got the most ‘captain’ votes out of everybody.
6. You and Brian were able to turn the tide against Umut. It seemed impossible. Why do you think it worked?
It wasn’t so much us. Umut’s group wanted Raz out, Raz’s group wanted Umut out. Me and Brian had to pick a side. Maybe it was the wrong one, but hey, MacNeil was telling me to vote Raz but say to everyone I was voting Brian. I didn’t like being told that without knowing why. So I went with the group that was, at the time, less scheming. It may have seemed the wrong choice in hindsight but I don’t think it was wrong based on the info we had at the time. It’s still unclear what my chances were long term with Umut still in the game.
7. But just three rounds later you lost Brian. Why do you think he went?
I still haven’t gotten a clear answer. Maybe it was because he had the real idol? Maybe it was because we both were getting pissed at Raz? We both hated the way Raz sparked a panic in that dumb ‘request immunity’ challenge. Word must have gotten to Raz. Since then, Vince tried to tell me that the Brian vote was MacNeil’s idea. I seriously doubt it, but I DO know Brian barely even wanted to talk to MacNeil about anything at the time.
8. And yet again your back was against the wall once Brian was voted out. How do you recover to survive another two pre-merge votes?
I told MacNeil the truth and I mean, I told her EVERYTHING. About Vincent and how that alliance was structured, about the idol requests Brian made, and about my decision to vote for her in that vote. My actions to her before then were flaky and untrusting. I told her outright that until this Brian vote, I trusted Vince more than I trusted her. Everything I told her was THE TRUTH.
If I know ANYTHING about Survivor, I know that if you play too devious a game pre-merge, you hurt your long term prospects. Why should someone trust you when you lied and schemed all through the tribe phase? Raz had lied and betrayed most of the tribe by that point. Why in the world would I stick with him after that?! I needed a new alliance and I needed it to be solid. I knew MacNeil, Renee and Gerome NEEDED my vote, especially in a 7 person tribe. I gave them what they needed, and I knew they wouldn’t screw me over until a final four situation.
9. Do you think there is anything you almost did differently that could’ve sent you packing?
I wonder if it was ME requesting the penalty idol and not Brian, I might have been the one to go in his place. But since I’m still not sure who HAD the Upsa penalty idol, I can’t say for sure. I also know I was helpful in challenges pre-merge.
10. Do you think your personal actions is what kept you alive through the pre-game alliances or do you think it was ultimately the actions of others?
I knew how to get back in MacNeil’s good graces, and it was by being upfront with her, and reasonable.
Also take note of how when Brian was blindsided with me unaware, I remained calm and continued to be active. When Ohio was blindsided next and Raz was unaware, he went insane furiously unfriending everyone and ripping us to shreds. I think I did better than him!
11. Who is the reason that the Upsa tribe failed to merge with the numbers?
His name is Logan. Frankly, I don’t know WHY you put the merge to a vote at odd numbered intervals. I blame myself partially because I lobbied hard for Raz to guess ‘Things you’d miss on Survivor’ in that Family Feud, but how was I supposed to know those questions were based on a really old version of the game? I suppose Logan could have just TOLD me during the challenge. If you want to call me a sore loser, go right ahead! But these things do matter to me!
12. Are there any relationships you wish you worked on more prior to the merge?
I don’t know. I don’t know if I was working harder than everyone at relationships or forever behind. There’s only so much time I can devote to FB chat in a day.
13. If Upsa lost again pre-merge, who do you think would’ve been voted out?
Vincent. We knew the penalty idol was gone by that point, and we had our solid 4 person alliance without him. He had lied to me before, or at least lied by omission. He never gave me a clear answer on the Brian vote. None of us had any reason to trust him.
14. If Heeral doesn’t take the gamble. . .who has the advantage when it’s 6-6? Or was a deadlock inevitable?
Land had the advantage of two idols by that point, but it’s still luck of the draw on who you play them on. Considering Andrew’s challenge whoring, I suppose Land had the advantage still.
15. Do you think Macneil starting the jury at 11 hurt your game? Because there wouldn’t have been as many Upsa members on the jury.
I don’t think that crossed a lot of people’s minds. The one who betrayed me was Andrew, and I don’t think he’s all that strategically minded or else he’d consider Clayton more of a threat to him.
16. It appeared Luke flipped to your side at 10, and maybe Ryan too. But Vincent flipped to the other side. How the heck did that all happen?
That was a chaotic vote. We already knew an Upsa was going home. I was all set to throw my votes to Clayton or Jess, even sent you a confessional and then immediately after word leaked that the vote was going to Angie. Me Angie and MacNeil quickly threw our votes at Vince, but Vince threw his at Angie. Luke wanted to keep Angie, but Ryan knew it would be a tie vote in the end and threw his vote away. It’s not as if Luke flipped to us for real at that time.
17. Do you think this game’s outcome will be determined by Luke’s grandmother?
Maybe. I know I was certainly more interested in making the power move at F9 rather then F8. Me and Renee were just waiting for Luke to give us a name to write down, but it never came. At F8, now I’d be going to war against Clayton’s idols and if one was played successfully at F7, it’s me and Renee caught in the crosshairs of a re-vote. If anything, this game will be decided by fear of the idol re-votes. We’re all just too strategically minded to the point where that fear supersedes the social game at play in any TC vote.
18. When did a close alliance form between you and Renee? Because you never really discussed her much in your confessionals.
It was sort of a result of us being the last two Upsa members. Oh we had never once lied to each other pre-merge. I suspected she was closer to MacNeil then I could ever be, but we had no reason to ever betray one another, especially after MacNeil was gone.

19. How come Land was so willing to turn against each other when it was down to eight players?
Luke and Heeral had been planning their turn on Clayton for weeks, but they wanted to wait till the timing was right. They didn’t want to throw their lot in with 4 or 5 Upsa members and be on the bottom of the new super-alliance. I credit them for that. They wanted those idols out that Clayton and Jess controlled. The mistake I think was in keeping me on a leash in terms of how much information I was given. They took for granted the votes of the remaining Upsa. I got sick of waiting!
20. What do you think could’ve happened for you and Renee to finish 7th and 8th?
Probably idols would have been played. Not sure I’m reading that question right, even after reading it several times over. The tribe shake up was happening that round, no doubt. Me and Renee wanted to be on the safe side of it. I really think that if the idol rules were different we might have just stuck with Heeral and Luke anyways, but I couldn’t risk being caught on the wrong side of an idol play.
21. How come nobody wanted to work with Luke once it was down to seven?
I WANTED to! Problem is, I have to go after the guy with the immunity idol. If we vote Jessica out and Clay remains with his idol, then it’s that much harder to vote out Clay NEXT round. Alas, Clay won one of those two immunities again, finishing the challenge before I even woke up.
22. The Doubler. If that wasn’t in the game, would you have survived the round?
Don’t think it makes much of a difference. If Andrew was smart, he’d go after the guy with the idol, but I guess he’s afraid of alienating Clayton, or alienating the Land jury votes, or something. Andrew’s seems pretty smart but I seriously doubt he’d have any chance at winning this game if not for his amazing amount of free time and time zone advantages. If he values loyalty above all else, I think he’s in the wrong game.
23. You thought it was really dumb for Andrew to vote you out. Do you see a scenario where he wins the game?
If he goes up against Clayton in the final 2, I think he loses. It blows my mind that he wasn’t concerned about Clayton’s idol, which if you’ve read the rules, you’d know becomes an advantage in the final 3 immunity challenge. Voting out Clayton just seemed smart strategy for HIM let alone myself. It seemed clear to me Clay would use that idol at F3 to beat Andrew and vote him out.
It bothers me that Andrew hasn’t had to play real Survivor here, and it bothers me that whatever strategic aptitude myself or anyone in Yawkc had, the game will boil down to Andrew’s infinite amount of free time that none of the rest of us have or had.
24. If Renee wins, would it strictly be because she’s former Upsa?
(This question’s out of date but I’ll just pretend to make production happy.) She’d need one Land member vote. I think we both made smart decisions, and she’s got a great underdog story going. Jury strategy always revolves around not ‘who played best’ but ‘who do I feel okay losing too?’ I know I do NOT want to give it to someone who had the advantage of timezones.
25. You are perhaps the player with the most criticism for the series ever. Why do you think you were more critical than the other players?
Really?! Hmm… what can I say? I love Survivor, and I’d love to compete. But I want it to be a fair game! Life for me is too short to spend all of it half-assing my way through things. If I’m going to do something, be it theatre, or improv or playing Survivor, I want to go hardcore. Unfortunately, financial barriers exist that prevent me from doing everything I want to do in life. It kills me to see this wonderful game you setup be ruined by silly rules like the unbalanced merge, or time zone advantages. No matter how hard core I am about this, I just should not and cannot be working on immunity challenges at work. I could have won this game yes, I could have gotten Clayton out at F7. But the game wasn’t fair.
It was disappointing because when I first read about this game on PoS (Previously on Survivor Facebook group) I was explicitly told that time commitment would not be a major factor in the outcome of the game. I joined knowing my life schedule might prevent me from devoting every evening and weekend to this game, but I ended up getting really far. I knew there wouldn’t be any of those silly challenges I see on PoS of the variety of ‘like my page so I can win immunity’. I wanted a clean, fair game where the only cheating would be of the Cesternino variety.
At a certain point, after winning that one challenge, part of my strategy became not just winning immunity, but BLOCKING someone from winning immunity. It was Clayton. But Clayton was able to start a lot of those individual challenges at 9 pm HIS local time, while I was asleep in prep for work the next day. By time I woke up, his challenges were complete to the best of my knowledge, and it just became pointless for me to even try to do them.
If you want to call me a sore loser, PLEASE do it! I don’t care! I’d rather this discussion be out in the open rather than in private FB chats! But for the ORG community to have any integrity at all, the games need to be fair. You Logan have called out things you’ve seen in other games, and I think like you, I just want there to be a stronger game.
26. Yet you expressed interest in participating in All Stars. Why?
You promised no more time based challenges. I’ve got my foot in the door of this community. I don’t want to commit to a thousand ORGs at once, but the passion is still there. The demon is arisen in me. But like I said before, I want it to be a good game.
27. You never seemed too fond of how hidden immunity idols were hidden in this game. Care to elaborate?
I didn’t like it when I realized you Logan, would hand me personally a FAKE idol code if someone planted it! Hidden idols in general already detract from the social game, they sort of do on the real show but at least when you lie about an idol, you do it face to face, or with a piece of stick masquerading as an idol. How does one build a strategy, not even sure if his idol is the real deal? I’m not a fan of twists, even less so when arbitrary twists decide the game. I’m currently in around the Exile Island / Cook Islands phase of my Survivor rewatch and those twists are quite excessive. I hear other ORGs have even more twists. It just kills me to read that Angie M was voted out of one ORG with just 2 out of 9 votes cast against her.
28. Who do you want to be voted out next? Who do you think will be voted out next? Who do you want to win? Who do you think will win?
(Speaking from final 6 perspective) I’m clearly rooting for Renee but I don’t see how she can win. I’d like Ryan to make it but I don’t see how HE can win. Clayton seems the easy favourite. He’s worked some sort of magic on Andrew and I have no idea what it was other than maybe patriotic ‘Land pride’. Out of the remaining solid contenders, I’m not rooting for any of them frankly. I think they got aided by the twists and rules.
29. If you have any other thoughts, please share.
Please don’t think of me as bitter! Yes I’m opinionated, but I spent far too much of my life hiding my feelings and inner thoughts on things. This is just a silly game really in the end, but when you get into it, it can dominate your thoughts in a way few other games can.
I think I will play again, but it won’t be to the extent of 12 games at once.
I could type forever about this, but I better stop.
On behalf of the production crew for SupaCooWackyLand, we thank you for playing this game!

FANTASY POOL

LISTER

1. Andrew MacAskill
2. Clayton Spivey
3. Jessica Nicole
4. Mark Kalzar
5. Ryan Huckla
6. Renee Higley

Pick to Win – Andrew

BRIAN

Week 13…hope springs eternal!

1. Andrew – either he wins and is safe, or loses and can be dealt with later
2. Jessica
3. Mark
4. Renee
5. Clayton
6. Ryan

MY BOOT LIST PREDICTION

5: RYAN

4: RENEE

3: JESSICA

2: ANDREW

1: CLAYTON

4.14 SCWL 4 Episode 14

“Blown Opportunity”

November 25 2012 – November 29 2012

Why The Extra Day: The end of first semester of fourth year. My goodness I can’t wait for the year to end.

Really?: No, I’ll miss being the education system.

But What About This ORG: Oh right. This round was pretty crazy to follow. When you read the confessionals, you would think each player is under the impression that everyone else made an error this round.

Immunity Challenge XIII: SCWL 3 Medley

Were More Mustaches Necessary: Of course.

Who Won: Renee. Well, Andrew gave the answers to Renee.

If Andrew Claimed Immunity For Himself, Could He Have Cracked Adam’s Challenge Record: Yes, now all he can hope to do is tie.

Voted Out: Ryan

Vote Count: 3-2 (Clayton ends up with another pair of votes to his name)

Isn’t One Idol Between a Pair Who Have Received A Ton of Votes set themselves up for a Huge Advantage: Yes.

PONDEROSA POSTS

HEERAL: I’m calling it now. If clay gets to the finals, he’s gonna win. Seriously…wtf were mark and renee thinking!?

HEERAL: I wouldn’t give it to Mark and Renee unless they made it to the finals together. I just don’t see how them ruining the chance of getting both the idols out of the game 2 rounds in a row would earn them the win.

HEERAL: But see then the question becomes, is it really an underdog story or a floater story? I haven’t talked to them much or know their strategy…but from my POV, it seems as though they are just being dragged along.

LUKE: well i think if andrew gets to the end with clay andrew deserves the win over him… he has literally had to work his a– off to make sure he made it another day every single time until heeral had to blow my plan by not voting vincent when we should have -___-

MARK: Now that I’m here, I’ll explain the thinking about the Heeral vote in great detail. Me and Renee knew finally the move we’d been talking about for SO LONG was finally going to happen. Problem is, it was too late. I would have preferred it go down at final 9, the famous vote where Luke was absent. THEN it would have been Vince myself Renee, with Heeral Luke and Ryan, voting against the Clayton group.

With that 6 vs 3… you eliminate hopefully ONE idol! Leaving ONE behind!

Now the final 8 vote can be a split vote. Take your Tyson scenario in HvV (without the Tyson f— up!). Three on Andrew, three on Clay, assuming one or both of them win immunity.

Course cause of those f—ing time based challenges (they basically were) they’d win anyways.

Instead, Luke misses the vote, and me and Renee are never given a name to vote for. So we lose Vince, and go down to final 8.

NOW the move is on… we’re voting Jess… only now it’s 5 vs. 3, and 3 will likely have one idol left over.

In the forthcoming 5 vs. 2 vote, Clay left behind will surely play last idol. If it’s a successful play, who in the 5 will be the one going out in the re-vote? Me or Renee! Probably me, cause I’ve won a challenge and come close on a few.

So we decided, why not align with the power? The idol holders? At least have the idols used for me, instead of against.

From my point of view at final 8, I was in trouble going in either direction.

THAT’s my in depth confession!

HEERAL: actually if either one ofthem would have been safe, we would have gone for the other. I understand what you are saying though.

MARK: Yeah. We go after other… other plays idol, and it’s the five of us in a revote. Renee, myself, Heeral, Luke and Ryan. Who goes? Gotta be me!

VINCENT: thanks for my adventure island exit, Logan. i was hoping you’re gonna accomodate my Adventure Island request and yes you did. you’re awesome. hahah

MARK: My question now to you guys… does Clay have the last idol? The rogue vote idol? Cause if he did, I seriously do not understand Andrew’s decision to vote me out when he could have had Clayton out. If Clayton has that idol and can keep it to final three, that gives Clayton a serious advantage in the final three challenge. We know Clayton can win challenges if given the time (ESPECIALLY if given the time zone advantage, which won’t be a factor in the last challenge), and Clay pretty much leaked to me that he had it at a moment where he momentarily forgot the numbers.

So why does Andrew want to go against Clay with a disadvantage? Is he thinking like all Benjamin Wade and saying ‘It’s not enough to win, I gotta slay the supersized dragon!’ Is Andrew just one of those ‘loyalty’ sobs who will value his own ‘integrity’ over strategic game? Obviously the guy can coast on challenges, except for the fact that Clay can use that idol as his final 3 IC advantage.

HEERAL: Yes Clay doesn’t have the final idol…

whoops…does*

MARK: You sure? The words I got from clay was ‘if I throw idol at Jess’…

MARK: Jess did play idol, but it was made by Logan to look like her own.

LUKE: Mark I told you he did and i was not lying I was 100% truthful to you the entire game

ROUND FOURTEEN BLOG

WRESTLING ELIMINATED FROM OLYMPICS?

By the time SCWL 21 airs, Olympic Wrestling will be out of the program. So stupid. My brother was in Olympic Wrestling and trained with Daniel Igali. The original Olympic sport being taken out? Over two thousand years of history gone just like that? Really?

But I digress.

TRIBAL COUNCIL RESPONSES INTERESTING FOR ONCE

Some people may be in the hot seat, but people like Andrew are in the scorched seat. Unlike most TCs where everyone plays it safe with their responses, Andrew flat out points fingers at who he wants to be his two closest allies, Clayton and Jessica. I am sure this was Andrew’s second ploy to bring the second idol out into the open and played. Andrew, seeing his first plan to have an idol wasted work out in his favour when Heeral was eliminated, thought he would have his next plan work.

Not the case.

And what’s worse? He votes with who he outright dissed, and casts a vote against someone who was viewed as being paralyzed for the past few rounds. He was guaranteed immunity and could have used Ryan and an idol-less Jessica to take out Mark and Renee in the following two rounds.

The jury is pissed at Andrew for not taking the opportunity to make the game deliciously exciting from the sidelines, Clayton and Jessica are pissed that they need to continue manipulating somebody who they desperately want out for numerous rounds, Renee is pissed that a logical move to take out an idol and jury threat didn’t pan out, and Ryan is pissed that he threw his vote away assuming that Andrew would make what he believed to be a wise move.

If any other player made this move, we would fully expect them to be eliminated this round. But Andrew is already immune. Everyone is forced to work with him. Everyone is simultaneously criticizing him for what he did the last round as well as pitching for his support. If I were Andrew, I would be worn out when four people are trying to harass me as much as they possibly can. It could lead to some really crazy mental mistakes in this game.

THE CHALLENGE RECORD WILL NOT BE BROKEN

Prior to the challenge, Andrew decides to not take immunity for himself. This is a move to avoid receiving more heat after what transpired a day earlier. Anything to come off as a good guy and redeem himself. Now the question is who to help. If Renee was the person to primarily attack him last TC, wouldn’t he wish to help Ryan to ensure that the only voting option is Renee? Or will he flip to Renee and Ryan to help flush out an idol and break up the last remaining duo in this game?

Clayton should be very very worried in this situation.

ANDREW MAKES A F3 DEAL WITH RENEE

The only person to not have a deal with Andrew is Ryan. It makes sense considering everyone knows Andrew will be in the Final Four. However, the third person in Andrew’s F3 is not Jessica. In fact, Andrew wants to eliminate Jessica at four once the final idol is played this round. Nobody else has brought up the idea of targeting Jessica except Andrew.

What happened to Jessica automatically being in the Final Two?

RENEE TELLS RYAN ABOUT THE F3 DEAL

And to help mount a new counter-attack, Renee has gone to Ryan about Andrew helping her in the immunity challenge.

Andrew’s Intent to Help Renee: To eliminate Ryan.

Renee’s Intent By Accepting Help: To eliminate Clayton.

I love it when deals are made for contradictory reasons. By the end of this round, one of them will fulfill their goal.

THE MEDLEY

It’s a tradition in SCWL. Unfortunately, it was a very tough medley to put together this season. Why? Because there were only five challenges last season that took place post-merge but before day 37. Two of the challenges were impossible to do within a medley format. So that’s why Name That Mustache from the medley last season made an appearance.

Is that stretching a bit for using a challenge to represent SCWL 3? Of course it is. But who is going to argue with it?

“RENEE” WINS IMMUNITY EASILY

Out of nowhere Renee wins immunity barely over Ryan! Oh. I see what happened there. In reality, it was Andrew by proxy nearly losing to Ryan. If Ryan won immunity, I wouldn’t be surprised if a 2-1-1-1 vote played out because everyone would have had no idea what to do. Renee is not on anyone’s radar this round, and thus Ryan being immune along with Andrew would’ve made this a tricky situation.

But instead Renee, the last remaining Upsa, is immune. Now Ryan, Clayton, and Jessica must battle it out to see who will be the 5th place goddess after spending two months together in the same camp.

ANDREW NOT DEEMED A SWING VOTE

One of the strangest developments of the season. It is a foregone conclusion that Andrew will protect Clayton and Jessica this round, and instead eliminate the biggest social threat in this game. Although I am sure many would say that the biggest social threat is the one who managed to get somebody else to win immunity for her despite being an auto-win if she makes it to day 39.

CLAYTON FURIOUS WITH JESSICA

Clayton is fully expecting to be on the block tonight. He doesn’t want to use his idol because he knows a tie vote without an idol next round will lead to him going home regardless. So hanging onto the idol for dear life makes sense. He blames Jessica for wasting that idol, and makes it clear to her that he is upset about what she did.

Clayton wants Ryan gone followed by doing his absolute best to knock out Andrew the following round. Then he’s left knowing that there is a 33% chance that an Upsa member will win this game.

But it’s worth it to him. Ryan must go for the greater good.

JESSICA AS THE SWING

I didn’t see this coming. Jessica as a swing vote? And no, she is not a swing vote with Clayton. Instead she is going back and forth deciding between Clayton and Ryan. The two people she wants to sit at the end with since the beginning of the game.

If Jessica had more confidence about her chances of winning, I think she would’ve eliminated Clayton. There is little doubt in my mind. However, judging by her confessionals, Jessica assumed she would be losing this game, and instead decided to preserve a personal friendship to eliminate Ryan.

I can’t think of a time in SCWL where a player fully acknowledges “yeah, I know I’m going to lose”. When it happens, it tends to lead to some bizarre moves. I thought that Jessica may very well quit at that point. But she didn’t. She voted out Ryan and is now hoping she can find a way to stand out.

RYAN IS GONE

Yeah, I know I haven’t written much about Ryan this season. I had a tough time knowing him as much as the other players. On the other hand, everyone else seemed to form tight bonds with Ryan. I think Ryan played a great game, and in most worlds would have made it to Final Four. A lot of things had to go wrong for Ryan to end up short of the finale. I’m sure Ryan thought he played a near perfect game pre-merge, but then misjudged a few key situations post-merge that led to an early demise. But hey, at least he’s fifth place goddess!

IF THEY WERE RATIONAL. . .

This is a common quote tossed around by Clayton, and a quote certainly used by other players in the past couple rounds. Heading into this final stretch, you always see players be frustrated that “this player didn’t make the best move for him/herself!” In reality, our frustration is caused by the fact that the player recognized to diminish our own position, or that we failed to see a reasoning for another player to eliminate us. As a host, it’s fun to watch players misjudge how other players perceive the current state of the affairs, and pay dearly for it.

FINAL FOUR

It’s the City of Los Angeles vs. The ORG Highland Games Champion. That’s right. Clayton, Jessica, and Renee are all uniting to dethrone Andrew as his Doubler expires. Andrew has to win his way into the Final Two. Otherwise, he is gone.

If Andrew can win these crucial immunities, he can take out Clayton at 4, then Renee at 3, or vice versa depending on who he thinks is stronger in an endurance challenge, and drag Jessica to the end to claim the win.

Or can Andrew’s overconfidence backfire in these final challenges to trigger a simple error and send the talisman into somebody else’s lap? And am I delusional to think that Jessica won’t be second at this point?

We have one of the craziest finales ever. I said the same thing for SCWL 3, I know. But this season it’s crazy in a good way because all four want to win really REALLY REALLY badly.

CONFESSIONALS

ANDREW,

CONFESSIONAL:

Getting to the business end of things now!

So glad to have had the doubler this round. Made for a more relaxing time. I had Renee cussing me out for screwing her & Mark over. I think she sent angry messages to everyone. It was to be expected. I knew going in that I would have to screw them. But it was the best way to get to the end. And in reality, they were screwed anyway. I simply just prolonged their lives in the game because I already knew the Jess blindside was coming. Mark was just smart enough to cover his a– & then I had to lie to keep them around to get rid of Luke.

Thankfully Renee calmed down & said she wanted to help me get to F2. Luckily for Renee, I wanted to take her to F3 so it was good hear.

it’s good to know I’d have won the challenge had I competed. I couldn’t compete though. I didn’t want to take immunity away from someone when I didn’t need it. It would look bad.

That’s when I decided to help Renee. Her also being immune was the best move for me. My thought was that if Clayton won, Ryan might be able to flip it so that Renee went home. This now ensures Ryan’s demise.

Saying that, I’m a tad worried that Jess will screw Clayton & he will go home this round. But once again he won’t play his idol so it’s his gamble. I found it suspicious that Ryan had the same number of vids as Jess & Clayton. Did Jess pass the vids to Ryan? And if so, will she screw Clayton?

Furthermore, Ryan hasn’t even tried to scramble with me. So that leads me to believe he is trying to get Jess & Renee to flip.

If that happens, then that’s on Clayton for being dumb enough to keep his idol & then I know that I have to win out to win the game. If Jess does vote out Ryan, as planned, then my intention is to take out Jess at F4 so that takes away any intention Clayton has to take her over me.

I still want to win the remaining immunities though. Not only for safety but I am desperate to challenge Racine’s record! Really would love to do it. Roll on the end game!

CLAYTON,

Confessional:
So I’m worried this round. I desperately want me or Jess to win immunity. So I can use the idol on either me or her if I feel the need. If Ryan wins… We have a problem. Idc that much about who leaves. Jus that Ryan winning makes an open door for shenanigans. I fear Andrew will try and take either me or Jess out this round. I know Andrew is logical. I’m sure I’m the only one who has promised him finals. No he knows most wild not even consider taking him to the finals. SO I’m his option should he not whore it to the end. And taking out Jess without my consent this round SURELY ruin the chances of me wanting to take him. That’s all in his eyes of course because I would NEVER take Andrew unless I had to for some god awful reason. So. Take Ryan out this round… Eliminating Jess’s option for finals. Work as a unit next round to stop Andrew from grasping that effing idol again. Then take Andrew out. Idc if it ends in a tie. I would rather take my chances and possibly take the monster out. The positive is that Renee hates Andrew now so I may be able to get her to vote with us. I can try and convince her I want her in the end because against jess there isn’t enough contrast.

The hiccup is if Jess or me obviously leave this round, if Jess leaves I will have to whore myself out… To win immunity and or gather some votes. I suppose it would even add to my story and help my case if I got to the end AFTER my number one ally is blindsided. And I would no doubt gets Jess’s. but that plan is still me and Jess to the end. If I lose to her then so be it. I bulldozed us to the end and I’ll be happy with that

Confessional:
I’m tired. It’s an online game but I’m emotionally and mentally tired. I have WORKED my a– off this whole damn game. Had the biggest target and I have time and time again saved her a– and did things to make sure we both stayed safe. ME! So it is infuriating. She wasted hers and I may e an oracle. I told her not to use it. I KNEW we would need both at 5. I told her she was safe and gave her a rational reason why. And I was right. I knew! I asked her to just trust me! Just trust that I was right. And she didn’t. I take All these risks to save our alliance and I ask her to do ONE thing and she can’t risk it for us? And now my game my be over cause of it. And she wants me to play MY idol on her? Pshh. Love ya jess but not a chance in hell

JESSICA,

confessional: omg me and clayton are both still here, how how and how… if we actually make it to the end, how stupid for everyone else is that they left the strongest pair in the game, thank god for the fear of the idol. i just hope my “goat in wolf’s clothing” strategy holds up against clayton.

imm sooo worried that even if clayton is the bigger threat andrew will get them to vote me b/c he wants to go to the end with clayton. ugh like i dont know what to do b/c andrew is paranoid about everything i saw so talking makes it work and then i have to stay quiet if i want to save myself and it sucks to vote out ryan and clayton isnt even going to play his idol on me i dont know what to do

i have the biggest dilemna to make here. renee approached me to take out Clayton and i cant do that but i said i would. i know Clayton and i have played the loyalty card. it just sucks a– because now unless i make the greatest final speech ever im playing a second place game. i just dont know if this “goat in the wolf” strategy is going to work. this is why playing with friends is so difficult. i wonder if there is still a way i can get to the finals with ryan and clayton and throw that challenge and get ryan to take me

and im freaking the eff out because it all hinges on me and ppl are going to be mad at me and i dont know if i was convincing to renne and ryan and they can easily go to Andrew and vote me off…this is a lose lose situation for me

RYAN,

Round 14 Confessional- Takes hand and connects it with face…facepalm! I am sick of stupid people messing up the most simple and guaranteed plans in Survivor history! All Andrew had to do was vote for Clayton, then we have one less idol and player to worry about…somehow this doesn’t work with him. Though Mark knew the plan and is pissed off about it, so it makes going to the end with him that much sweeter If I can win this immunity then hopefully we can vote Clayton off, but hey watch Andrew screw it up again I have to be on my toes for this one, I don`t want to be no 5th place goddess.

Round 14 Confessional #2 –

Well this could easily be the last round I am in this game, and I am still just really really hoping that this is not the case. I have my eggs all in one basket at this point, I’m either going to make it or break it. I came close to winning immunity this round, which would have come in handy…however I came second to Renee who I guess told me that Andrew helped her with her answers. Makes me feel good that the kid tells me it wouldn’t be fair if he did the challenge and got immunity just does it for somebody else. Oh well if this is my last round I can remember that for the jury Luckily though Renee wants to work with me, so let’s all cross our fingers here and hope for the best to come! I thought I could trust Andrew and I wanted to go final 2 with him, but I guess he doesn’t think the same way so if he loses again and I’m around he is O-U-T….OUT!!!! For some reason I find the lack of concern for Clayton’s idol concerning, but oh well hopefully a blindside this round will take care of that. Mostly because I am fully of myself it is a good idea to vote me off this round, but I’m not telling the other that so hopefully against better judgment I can stick around till final 2. This would be a great time to tell me that the mutiny trigger also acts as immunity idol at the final 5, but I think it would be a long shot. Hopefully this is not my last confessional this season, but if it is i had fun and I know I never gave up and kept fighting till the end.

TRIBAL COUNCIL #14

(*ANDREW*)-(CLAYTON)-(JESSICA)-(*RENEE*)-(RYAN)
XXX
(UMUT)-(JASON)-(ANNE)-(BRIAN)-(MATT)-(ANGIE)-(RAZ)-(GEROME)-(MACNEIL)-(VINCENT)-(HEERAL)-(LUKE)-(MARK)

You must answer your questions for your TC vote to count.

ANDREW,

1. You managed to sit out of a challenge without repercussions. . .reprecussions. . .reprucussions? . . .Anyways, you managed to sit out of a challenge without any risk. Unlike Abi, you were able to sit out while already possessing immunity. Do you think that will leave you in a much fresher state for the Final Four immunity challenge?

Why you said repercussions out loud at TC is beyond me!

No. It makes no difference whatsoever I feel. Everyone gets what will likely be 2 days before you post the next challenge which will no doubt be who can tell time the best with the tie-breaker being time!

I’m fully aware of everything that lies in front of me & it’s now up to me & me alone to achieve my goals.

2. The only remaining Upsa is immune. You’re stuck to voting out one of your Land people. Do you think whoever gets voted out will hold you personally responsible?

Yes if I right the correct name on the parchment tonight. I am absolutely responsible for every single person that is sat on the jury right now. I had a big hand in them all being there & that will continue to hold true if I vote out the person that goes home this round.

3. Do you think there is a common trait amongst why all five of you have made it this far?

I’m sure there are if I delve into it deeply. Nothing stands out as a common trait though. We are all different & here for a multitude of different reasons & ultimately, we all deserve our place at the F5 because something has compelled the rest to keep each of us.

CLAYTON,

1. You, Jessica, and Ryan have been in the same “camp” since day one. Is there a sense of all bets being off for this vote? Or is there still allegiance involved?

There is always allegiances involved in votes. This game is all about allegiances or the lack of them. It is a strange feeling having two people immune at final 5 though. Makes it scary haha

2. Just like next round or whoever wins the final immunity challenge, you are limited to two options–Jessica or Ryan. Why keep one over the other?

As always… I base my vote on allegiances. Like everyone else does in addition to me. It’s as simple as that.

3. Why would Jessica and Ryan keep YOU over the other?

why keep me? Geez. Well I have kept my loyalties to the people I was truly loyal to unless they cut me first. I’m an asset if me and you are together because I do not waiver from you.

JESSICA,

1. Everyone screwed up on the letter puzzle. What was the toughest part about doing a puzzle after tiring out your brain with several puzzles over the past 55 days? it was just the ordering and trying to keep up the rules.

2. How bummed out would you be if you go home all because of a lousy letter puzzle? i will be very bummed, it was something i should have been good at

3. Only one hidden immunity idol has been played all season. There’s only two rounds left for any idols to be played as idols. Do you expect any to be played this round? Or do you think one or both are gone? anything can happen, anything is a possiblity. i used my idol so i dont have control over that.

RENEE,

1. You are the last Upsa. Do you think this is the one round where you truly needed immunity?
I may have some PTSD from that challenge.. it was such a HUGE (PINGAS!) victory for me. I finally was able to wrap my hands around that beautiful (PINGAS!) immunity necklace. No doubt I definately needed some (PINGAS!) relief going into this TC .

2. Is it coincidence that the one challenge you win just so happens to come when you’re the last member of Upsa? Or did this challenge happen to play to your strengths that we didn’t get to see in the past? I think I got very lucky with this (PINGAS!) challenge.Not sure if its coincidence I just know holding a (PINGAS!) immunity as gigantic (PINGAS!) as it was in terms of winning, was VERY fullfilling (PINGAS!). Do I have tourettes now?

3. Do you think you can survive any more rounds without immunity in the future? Probably not! But ya never what the next (PINGAS!) immunity challenge is going to look like.

RYAN,

1. Do you think there is a way for someone to be voted off this round without any resentment or negative feelings involved? Or has so much been invested into this game by everyone that people are bound to be hurt?

Resentment is very possible right now in this stage of the game to leave without any, however negative feelings is a whole other story because this is when the player starts thinking about what one could have done differently to avoid getting eliminated. The game is like a needle at this point, it will sting for a little bit but in the end everybody should end up fine. We wouldn’t want to have to call the whambulance.

2. Which is very much how it plays on TV. You put endless hours into a game and have it all end before your eyes. Have you seen more parallels between the TV show and the online versions of Survivor come to fruition?

Oh gosh yes! I spend so much time thinking about this game, and after the 2 months or so this game has been going on I don’t want to get out so close to the end. Though I guess if it’s my time I understand, because I guess somebody does have to leave…still I don’t want it to be me. You do build connections with people, and sometimes the hardest votes are the ones that are best for ones game.
3. Do you think that there is already a clear victor for every possible combination of who goes to the Final Two?

Nothing is clear, there are still 3 more members of the jury still to be added and that could make all the difference. Though I think everybody in this game has an idea of who can beat who, if they are right comes down to the jury.

VOTE: (L-G-O-A-N)

REASON: Woops. I switched two letters that were right next to each other. Muh bad. :/ But seriously, you’ve been hit with fourteen rounds in a row. Two people are immune. How in the world can you survive again and make it to Final Four? You’re defying all freakin’ odds.

Alright. Renee and Andrew are safe. You cannot vote for either of them. Clayton, Jessica, and Ryan, you are all fair game. Between now and 700pm eastern tomorrow, it is time to vote. Yawkc tribe, you’re up.

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTING

ANDREW,

VOTE: RYAN

REASON:

Sorry guy. You are one awesome dude & you helped me a lot early on. Unfortunately, you kept me in the dark when you were planning blindsides & what not & in that time, I made dceals elsewhere. Unless you can get Jess to turn, you are a goner. If you manage it, I tip my hat off to you. If not, I’ll see you on the other side!

CLAYTON,

VOTE: Ryan
Reason: You cut me before I cut u. And Survivor is one of those places where two wrongs DO make a right. I fully expect to receive votes tonight from you. See you when I pick u up from the airport to party it up in LA! Long live land!

JESSICA,

My vote tonight is for Ryan Huckla. He is a great guy and i have enjoyed the friendship i have formed with him, however i cannot vote out Clayton even if he is a bigger threat, but my loyalty is to one person besides myself which is him. I hope Ryan understands plus he has tried taking us out before.

RENEE,

VOTE: CLAYTON

REASON: Because it’s the perfect time to blindside him. And if all goes as planned some of the people left in the game might earn the respect of the jury if they follow through and we can pull it off!

RYAN,

Round 14 Vote- My vote is for Clayton Spivey:
I’m not sure if ignoring me was intentional or not, but after the immunity challenge results were revealed you have said nothing to me even after I messaged you. I recommend you growing a pair so you won’t have to act like a little b—- when it’s time to vote people out. I will send you a big ol GOODBYE when it’s your torch being snuffed and not mine. I think I have played harder so hopefully since I have already out played and outwitted you I can at least outlast you. You have been too lucky with some of these other “players” or you should have been gone a long time ago. This vote has been a long time waiting, and I hope your jaw can pick itself off the floor after these votes have been read.

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTE REVEAL

If anybody played a hidden immunity idol, now would be the time I’d reveal it.
.
.
.
.
Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Clayton Spivey:)
.
.
One vote Clayton.
.
.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Ryan Huckla.)
.
.
.
We’re tied. One vote Clayton, one vote Ryan.
.
.
.
.
THIRD VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
(Ryan)
.
.
.
Two votes Ryan, one vote Clayton.
.
.
.
.
.
FOURTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(CLAYTON)
.
.
.
We’re tied. Two votes Clayton, two votes Ryan, one vote left.
.
.
.
.
.
FINAL VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
Fourteenth person voted out of this game and the seventh member of our jury:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(RYAN)
.
Ryan, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

RYAN: I’ve been Bamboozled!!!!
JESSICA: Sorry to see you go Ryan, you are such a great guy ❤
RYAN: ****After torched smuffed leans over and gently kisses Logan on the cheek****
CLAYTON: Great game Ryan Huckla! 5th place Canadian God!

ME: Congratulations. You have made it to the Final Four.

All that’s left is four players, three Tribal Councils, two immunity challenges. . .and one winner. I’m sure you can’t wait to see it all play out.

RYAN EXIT INTERVIEW

1. Truth be told, it took me a couple weeks to distinguish between you, Andrew, and Luke. I don’t know why but you guys blended into one for me. Do you think you and the other two played an under the radar game in the beginning?

Well I think the problem is that you can only see most much of what is going on in the game, you see the confessionals and what is posted on the different groups. Day 1 when we got our tribes there quickly was a meeting of 5 players that soon become the RHAPers, so wham we had an alliance. I’m not a big Peter Poster when it comes to the tribe group and I stay out of trouble the best I can, so I guess you could say I was playing under the radar game. I think we all kind of played under the radar through the beginning of the game, because for Luke and I we knew we were solid and Andrew was just focused on winning challenges.

2. You are the first person in the history of the series to use the flirt strategy. And it seemed to succeed. Do you think you would have done better without flirting or is it the reason you made it to 5th?

Really? With the amount of beautiful women that have played this game before and with me, I would think that one of them would try. I like to think it succeeded to, but in the end I was voted out 5th with Jessica being the swing vote so I guess I failed in some places. I do not think I would have done better if I chose not to flirt, nor do I think that is the reason I got 5th place. I think I was popular enough with the jury that the flirting would have helped, and I feel the only reason Jessica didn’t vote with me was that Clayton had a very strong hold on her which if he didn’t have would helped me advance further in the game.

3. Very early on you found your way into the RHAPpers alliance. Why did you assume you were at the bottom? And do you think you were indeed at the bottom?

Did I assume I was at the bottom? I went into that alliance and quickly established majority in that alliance with Heeral and Luke, so I never felt at the bottom of anything. Other than us just letting Clayton call the shots, I was probably the most powerful person in that alliance because I had the backing of everybody.

4. It seemed like nobody spoke to Jason during the game. So I’ll just ask this–did he ever talk to you?

I talked to him once, but it was like by the first day we had already decided that he was going to be the first person eliminated. I tried talking to him about the vote once, he told me he wasn’t sure then self voted…end of story.

5. Anne was a RHAPper but went home in the fourth round. You would have moved up a spot in the alliance. Did you still feel like you would be ditched in 5th or earlier at that point?

Let me correct a few things here Logan because I like you: 1. Anne was never a RHAPer, she was just another person under the control of Clayton 2. Anne went home 3rd so unless things are different it would be the 3rd round she went home in 😉 . I thought I was going further, never once did I think I was going home 5th until Andrew helped Renee win that immunity.

6. In round four you seemed to have the perfect opportunity for yourself and those outside of the main alliance to take individual immunity and flip the game. I’m guessing tribal unity trumped individual interests?

I would have used too much power and shown my hand too much if I told certain people to take immunity, and if I just took it myself that would put a bigger target on myself which was something I didn’t want.

7. You knew Matt was on the outside, but appeared to trust Clayton. Matt was evidently front-stabbed. Why not take Matt, Andrew, and Luke to shift the power structure in the tribe?

I know right, you are really just telling me things I already knew in this game. I made a three-way alliance with Matt and Andrew and asked Luke if it was something he wanted to do, we were both a little iffy on doing it and they wanted Jessica gone when I wanted Clayton gone. So I just made it like it was Luke’s fault it didn’t happen and moved on with my life. I also didn’t gain much from shifting the power, because I was in a wonderful position anyways.

8. Something I found interesting is that neither you nor Vincent felt secure in the game. Both of you had the Mutiny Triggers to change your fate but neither of you used it. What the heck was that all about?

I’m starting to feel that I was misleading you in some of my confessionals, I felt secure the entire game until Heeral was blindsided and I knew if I didn’t turn on the Ryan magic I would be gone very soon. I had no need to pull the mutiny trigger, I was sitting good in a power alliance and had no intention of throwing that away. The closest I came to pulling it was after the first tribal council Angie asked me to pull it so those who didn’t vote for Umut could come over.

9. What would need to happen for you to use the Mutiny Trigger?

If pre-merge Luke or Heeral got voted out I would know something would have to be done, or if I knew pulling it would help me get further in the game.

10. Is there anything pre-merge you wish you did differently?

Nope I feel pre-merge went very well, and some things I would just be interested in seeing how they would play out. Like what if Matt, Andrew, Heeral, Luke, and I all took immunity? Or what if I pulled the trigger after first round and had half of Upsa jump ship.

11. When was the counter-alliance to RHAPpers formed?

Really I formed that alliance quickly after the original RHAPers were formed, creating a nice safety blanket incase anything happened and creating a better relationship with Matt and Andrew. I guess in the end that didn’t end up happening, though it didn’t come back to bite me either 😉

12. Who was involved in the counter-alliance?

Matt, Andrew, and I were really the alliance with me also controlling Luke and Heeral on the side if need be.

13. Why did it not succeed?

Because I didn’t treat it like a real alliance, it was nice though to be super safe with everybody needing me for a chance to get further in the game. Let’s just say if I wanted it to succeed it would have succeeded.

14. Andrew went on to win virtually every individual challenge in the game. Were any of you on Land catching onto that back in the tribal phase? Or were other people taking the lead in challenges pre-merge?

Well Andrew told me that he was super crazy hardcore about challenges, but I never really thought that long or hard about it. He was active during the tribal challenges, but nothing that would alert me to thinking he would win every single immunity from merge point on.

15. Was your performance in post-merge challenges intentional or were you trying to win immunity?

And did you The only times that I tried really really hard to win immunity was around final 7, 6, and 5 because I knew it was do or die and if I didn’t win me some immunities I was a real goner. I guess I should have put a little more into each one, and hopefully I learned something from Andrew.

16. There was a lot of controversy surrounding some of the challenges. Seeing as how you never won one, what’s your take on them?

They are all rigged because I didn’t win, end of story. Really though the challenges were really fun and came down to how bad you wanted it and how hard you were going to work for it. I maybe could have one at least one

if Andrew wasn’t in this season, but oh well I had fun and thought they were interesting.

17. Would you have changed the order in which you eliminated Upsa people left after the game? Would Vince and MacNeil be easier to work with than Mark and Renee?

I think I missed out on a few opportunities working with those two, but really both of them were easy to work with so I don’t think I should have changed the order.

18. It got down to eight and the plan to oust Clayton and Jessica backfired. Do you think there’s anything you personally could have done to make things go your way?

Yes, I figured it out the next day that if Luke, Heeral, and I just voted for Jessica we would have been fine. But then we would have alienated ourselves from the rest of the tribe…so I think what happened worked out the best.

19. You have another shot at making the Final Three when it gets down to six players. All you had to do was vote Clayton and he would have been out of the game. How much did the hidden immunity idol rules impact your vote? And do you think those rules were unfair?

I was really worried this was Renne and Mark’s way of getting both the idol and I out of the game and that they were going to tell Clayton to play the idol. I got paranoid and put too much trust into Andrew, which was my eventual downfall. If they were like the show I would have voted Clayton, but I like this version and when I should have gone balls to the wall I let the game instead flip through my fingers. I do not think the rules were unfair, they were stated before time and I cannot think of any reason why it would be unfair.

20. It was down to five. Again, you target Clay/Jessica. Neither end up playing an idol. Why in the world could you not get Andrew to side with you for that round?

Well the whole reason Renee won immunity was because of Andrew, and he did that with the sole purpose of eliminating me. I could have talked to him like he said I should have, but we all know that would have been a lost cause.

21. Why do you think Renee was the only member of Upsa who ended up getting further than you?

Because Andrew was a smart cookie and realized that helping her win immunity would save her possibly gaining some positive favour and it eliminated me. If Renee did not win immunity that round she was going home. She was the only last remaining Upsa member because we saw everybody else on her tribe as a bigger threat, which we talked about was her strategy and it paid off for her.

22. Are there any major alliance swaps you wish you would have made?

I should have voted Clayton at the final 6 tribal council; at that point it would have probably got me a lot further even to the point of winning the game. Other than that though there is nothing I regret too much.

23. Do you think staying with Clayton and Jessica would have advanced you further into the game?

Were we watching the same game? I did stick with Clay and J. The only reason I was voted out at 5 was because the other options had immunity. I was able to vote Jessica, and then work myself back into their trust.

24. I was just looking at the tribal pick ’em and saw that you were the last person, besides Jason being chosen by default, to be picked to be on Land. Why were you so dang late in being chosen for the pick ’em? And seeing how the last half of the order was Matt, Andrew, Luke, then you, did that contribute to your possible alliance formations?

I didn’t know Clayton and he was the one calling the shots with the pick’ em, he knew once he had Jessica and Anne he would have some protection, then it came to actually building his tribe with strong players. If Clayton had

not told everybody how to pick I think the Land picking order would have been different…though I see a lot of the same members being on the tribe. Land would have had Brian though. Once Jason and Anne went I had a working relationship with everybody, picking order had no influence on things.

25. Who did you think was going to be voted out after you? Who did you want to be voted out after you? Who did you want to win? Who did you think would win?

I had a strong hunch that Renee was gone right after me. I wanted Clayton to be voted out next due to the fact that meant one of the other 3 decided to do something really big end game. I liked all 4 of them and would have had no problem with any one of them winning. I thought that Clayton was going to win, near the end I knew Andrew’s answers were starting to annoy people and he become less of a threat and more of a goat.

26. If you have any other thoughts, please share.

This was a really fun game to be a part of; I got to meet some really nice good looking people and Clayton. Overall I have no complaints and I think everything thing was done fairly, and I just wish I could have won. P.S I’m only kidding Clayton so please don’t cry 😉

FANTASY POOL

LISTER

1. Andrew
2. Jessica
3. Clayton
4. Ryan
5. Renee

Pick to win – Andrew

BRIAN

1. Andrew – Duh, has immunity
2. Clayton – probably will have immunity
3. Jessica
4. Ryan
5. Renee – was with Mark?

MY PREDICTED BOOT LIST

4: ANDREW

3: RENEE

2: JESS

1: CLAYTON

4.15 SCWL 4 Episode 15 / Season Finale

“The City of Los Angeles vs Loch Ness Challenge Monster”

Date: December 1 2012 – December 3 2012

Immunity XIV: Word Search

Inspired By: A word search challenge I created for a Mole game I hosted at my house four years ago.

Winner: Andrew. He has been vulnerable only once since “day 15”.

Voted Out part 1: Jessica, but Clayton played an idol on her. The idol activated.

Vote Count: 3-1. Everyone else remains behind for new TC. Clayton is presumed to be screwed.

Voted Out part 2: Renee.

Vote Count: 2-1. Upsa is extinct.

ROUND FIFTEEN BLOG

ANDREW

If he didn’t think he needed immunity before, he certainly needs it now. With everyone looking to taking Jessica to Final Two, and knowing everyone else wishes to duplicate this strategy, they’ll want to get rid of the biggest threat in the Final Immunity Challenge. Unless you have retrograde amnesia, Andrew fills the role of being the biggest threat.

Andrew is two wins away from winning this game as the jury minus Mark stands in awe of his challenge prowess.

He has been vulnerable only once in the past eight eliminations. That is a Westman-like streak.

CLAYTON

Anyone who was in the minority during this season had their sights on eliminating Clayton. He was responsible for claiming two of the three hidden immunity idols, and happens to still have one in his pocket.

Despite Clayton pulling Andrew to his side to preserve his safety for the past five rounds, Andrew has tried his best to flush both idols out of the game. Unfortunately, Clayton has been glued to his idol knowing that it will serve a crucial role at Final Four, or as a key advantage at Final Three if Andrew wins immunity again.

Clayton currently has the two least threatening jury threats on his side since the merge, and has done well to counter any possible coup d’etat attempted by the minority alliances throughout the game.

JESSICA

It is no secret that everyone has marked Jessica as the jury goat. While changing strategies from previous ORGs where she finds herself eliminated just short of the finish line, Jessica views a comeback as being virtually out of reach. She may have wasted an idol, received a record FOURTEEN past votes, and someone who needs to be wiped out to disarm Clayton, has somehow managed to stay alive up to this point.

Regardless of receiving fourteen votes against her in the past, everyone is under the impression that Jessica’s name will never appear on parchment for the remainder of the game.

RENEE

The biggest underdog entering the finale. She has overcome significant odds to reach this point. In the past three seasons of SCWL, entering the merge in the minority leaves you absolutely screwed. After six consecutive Upsa ejections made the numbers 6-2 in favour of Land, Renee scrambled to present herself in a non-threatening manner, and successfully avoided her name being written down ever since.

Even when all hope was lost when Andrew betrayed Mark, Renee was saved because her non-threatening but likable demeanour paid off, and suddenly she enters the Final Four without a target on her back.

Since Clayton and Jessica are targeting Andrew, and Andrew refuses to eliminate Renee, we should see Renee entering the Final Three without an issue. From there, an endurance glitch is all it will take for Renee to win final immunity and be crowned the champion of SCWL 4.

FINAL 4 CHALLENGES

They have always been designed as the most complex and most frustrating challenge of the season. The tradition goes back to a maze that only three out of five completed (yes, five thanks to a twist that a player refused to use), a sudoku puzzle that two out of four completed, a geography puzzle that David and Dave showdown’d in, a number puzzle that nobody completed, and now a straightforward word search.

I laid off the complex portion for this season following SCWL 3’s incident. So I focused solely on the frustration portion. Not only was it frustrating, but there were some components to the challenge that I hadn’t thought of before when it comes to a word search. I take full responsibility for that. It tends to happen in Final Four challenges more than other round. I always do a type of challenge I have never done before at Final Four, and I never repeat the challenge, and thus each time there is always “I screwed up here and here, but it’s too bad I don’t get another crack at it”.

Everyone has been desperate to defeat Andrew in a challenge for over a month. The frustration was at its peak. So what happens when my Final Four challenge is posted? Clayton, Jessica, and Renee couldn’t be less impressed. If they were targeting any other player, I guarantee you the player doing this alone would complain that the other three all worked together and effectively rigged the challenge. It may be the first time ever where the trio in a 3 vs. 1 during an ORG complain that the challenge is in favour of someone who must do three times as much work to succeed.

While Andrew was silent, I had to spend most of the challenge telling Renee, Clayton, and Jessica to keep rockin’ in the free world, doo doo a loo doo. . .doo doo.

In fact, the pressures to change the challenge, and that they favoured Andrew heavily made me go to past SCWL alumni and ask if my challenges had been one-dimensional and would inevitably lead to challenge whoring. My mini committee got back to me and assured me that they were no different from the non-challenge whoring of seasons past.

What is amusing is that once we were down to seven or eight people that I was absolutely convinced this would be Andrew’s worst challenge. Anyone can do a word search except me. It takes a much more visual mind to successfully complete what I view to be one of the most frustrating exercises you could put me through.

ANDREW DOES IT AGAIN

After being cursed out in private some more, Andrew claims immunity yet again. Renee, Jessica, and Clayton are at the mercy of Andrew. I am sure Renee is pissed because with an idol still in the game, she effectively has a 50/50 shot of going home. If an idol is activated in a 2-2 vote, she automatically goes home because her partner (Andrew) in the vote is immune. Default. The two worst words in the English language.

I should note that the frustration expressed towards me in the chats was a combination of Andrew refusing to lose an immunity challenge, this being the round where everyone was absolutely determined to eliminate Andrew, and that I should have cleaned up the challenge a bit more.

In reality, this was Andrew’s most dominant victory to date. All of the pingas in the world couldn’t save the other three from this fate. Everyone assumed Andrew would steamroll his way Bob & Doug style to the winner’s circle.

IS ANDREW GOING TO BE IAN’D?

As I stated last round, I thought Andrew was being pulled and manipulated in so many ways that I wouldn’t be surprised if he suffered a complete breakdown. His judgment could end up being impaired and sacrifice his game somehow. Seeing how well he did this round, I thought the game may have needed to last an additional week for him to reach his breaking point.

JESSICA DOOMED TO GO HOME IN TIE

Clayton and Jessica on one side while the new pair of Renee and Andrew formed on the other side. I checked past votes as I noticed Renee would be golden if it went to a tie, and seeing how Clayton held his idol tightly, votes fifteen, sixteen, and seventeen would finally send Jessica home.

CLAYTON AND JESSICA MAKE A NEW FINAL TWO DEAL

How can you enrich a Final Two deal that has been locked in since day 1? Well, by taking a huge risk. Clayton is absolutely convinced that Andrew will keep him no matter what, regardless if Jessica will be ten times easier to beat in a F2 scenario than Clayton.

Clayton, who bases every move around others making rational moves, decides that the irrational move will be made. His plan? Give the idol to Jessica, vote Jessica, show Andrew the idol rules, and insist the code was stolen to ensure Andrew refuses to believe there was deception involved. This will lead to Renee being knocked out, and Clayton will be taken to Final Two no matter what.

So what does Jessica have to agree to in this deal? If Andrew wins Final Immunity, she must quit. I must say my ears perked up when I was reading all of these confessionals. No matter what happens this vote, there is going to be some serious implications for the endgame. If Clayton saves Jessica this round, then Andrew wins Final Immunity, Jessica refuses to quit, and Andrew boots Clayton. . .Clayton will be severely pissed off.

If Jessica hadn’t quit when she already figured she had a very small chance of winning, I couldn’t see her quitting at Final Three. Luckily Jessica’s confessional confirmed this and ensured I was not being delusional.

ANDREW FALLS FOR IT

I typically don’t voice on what absolutely needs to happen for a player to guarantee victory, but Andrew’s move here decreased his odds of winning. If he votes Clayton this round he ensures one of three things:

a) He will have the two weakest players in terms of challenges in the Final Three with him. He will be virtually guaranteed a Final Two slot.

b) Knowing Clayton has the idol, he guarantees it must be used. Either Clayton uses it or it is flushed away. Thus ensuring it is not traded in for a major advantage at the Final Immunity Challenge.

c) If Clayton goes, you are keeping Jessica who is effectively the easiest person to defeat in the Final Two.

But Andrew votes Jessica. I couldn’t quite understand this move, and I’m sure a move that people have been wanting to understand for a long time.

SHOULD I THROW MY VOTE AWAY?

This is an unusual situation. Andrew has individual immunity. Everyone knows Clayton or Jessica will play an idol.

For Renee: As I said before, if it’s a 2-2 vote and the idol activates, she will be gone by default. However, if she throws her vote away, she could be gone by a 2-1-1 vote. It’s a big gamble either way. However, Clayton went to her and ensured her it would be a 3-1 vote. But is it all a trap.

For Clayton: All he has to do is use the idol on Jessica, and vote for anyone else to keep himself safe.

CLAYTON’S BIG MISTAKE

Clayton, who seems to be one of the most well-read people regarding the rules of the idol, forgot that voting for Jessica would make himself vulnerable at the “real TC” of the round. Andrew will choose between Clayton and Renee. He is playing the God role as Jessica only waits hoping that Clayton will return to camp.

Clayton and Renee both assume they will be voted off by Andrew. If Andrew went after Jessica, shouldn’t we assume that Clayton is gone? There isn’t any benefit for him to keep Clayton around longer. An idol disappearing and Clayton being eliminated should be his ideal situation.

Clayton and Renee both wait to be voted out, but only one will be kicked out for good. . .

UPSA NOW EXTINCT

In a jawdropper to everyone except Renee, Andrew eliminates Renee. Andrew was willing to eliminate Jessica, but not Clayton. This makes Clayton’s move seem like complete idiocy prior to Renee’s elimination, bu in hindsight is pure genius.

Sadly, after everything Renee went through, a children’s game was the only thing that prevented her from winning this game.

The question for everyone at this point is “How will Andrew hold up in a live endurance challenge?”

The biggest question for me is “If Andrew wins, will he really reduce his chances of winning to 50/50 by taking Clayton to the Final Two?”

We prepare for the final battle as Clayton and Jessica will do their best to defeat Andrew in the final challenge of the game and effectively take their day 1 Final Two deal to day 39.

PONDEROSA POSTS

HEERAL: DAMNIT >.< not ryan 😥

at least i’m assuming…

LUKE: did ryan get voted out? you scared me muthaf—a

HEERAL: lol…i mean renee won…andrew is safe…clay isnt voting jess and vice versa…

VINCE: i was like wtf was i doing there. haha

MARK: Well the overnight challenge whoring has finally ended.

RYAN: Everybody this is hard for me to say, but I think I was the catalyst for everything that happend in this game.

LUKE: xD its alllll true

MARK: Oh don’t say that. It was clearly me and my whole ‘not know anyone’ strategy at the start.Hmm. My comment came out right after yours. Didn’t mean for it to read like a rebuttal to your Andrew comment there! Andrew: Did you have any plan to survive this game strategically or are you here cause you have a lot of spare time to spend on challenges?

MARK: Andrew is just that kind of player that frustrates me and has kept me out of ORGs, and will likely continue to keep me out of them. If I didn’t have a job, or had nine hours a day I could devote exclusively to challenges, yeah I could make day 39 without ever having to ‘play’ Survivor, or having to test an alliance. He’s damn lucky this idol was played here at final four.

LUKE: i think there is an argument to say that i could have been the catalyst to all that happened… had i not wanted to go against clay and Jess and just stuck with them and not get heeral and Ryan to be sneaky all of this would have been different cause mark would have gone followed by Renee then it would have been a total different ending to this game.. that concludes my theory of why i was the catalyst

ROUND FIFTEEN CONFESSIONALS

ANDREW,

Not a whole lot of game talk going on right now. The SPAKILL F2 plan is still in effect.

Delighted to have won immunity & it felt great to pull it off given the difficulty of the challenge. It was really testing & I thoroughly enjoyed. Special shout out to my sister who sat with me for like an hour & found three words despite never having watched an episode of Survivor in her life!

So now we are at F4. No idea if Clayton plays the idol. I hope so though but only because I want the immunity record (assuming the F5 immunity counts!)

So the plan here is actually to eliminate Jess, for two reasons. Firstly, I think she is stronger than Renee in challenges. Secondly, if she won the F3 challenge, it’s a guarantee that she takes Clayton. I have no idea what Renee would do. So I’d rather take a 50% chance that Renee would take me than a 0% chance that Jess would. If Clayton uses the idol to save Jess, so be it. At least I’d then have a fair shot to win the final immunity so it’s really win-win for me. I will shortly be telling Renee that Clayton is likely to play the idol & that I’m voting Jess. I’ll ask her to do the same to give herself a shot. Up to her if she does.

The other thing that taking out Jess now does is that it could cause her to have some resentment towards Clayton. Whereas if I win F3 & vote Jess out, Clayton gets off Scot-free. But that’s more just a perk than anything that factors into the decision

HOST’S NOTE: Am I the only one amused that Andrew said Clayton is “Scot-free” in that situation?

CLAYTON,

Confessional:
Holy s—. Yet another tribal where my risk to not play my idol worked out. I am so so so so thrilled how its all turning out. Whether I win or not… I am 100% satisfied with how I played this game. I’ve never played like this. EVER. I’m used to playing from behind. But this time I was forced to play as far forward as one can possibly have to do. But for once in my Survivor org career I could go into the finals with a clear and decisive game. I won’t have to weasel my way and make things up I think. Sure I could lose still. But It’s a cool experience to get to play so completely differently this time.

Confessional:
Im contemplating something that could be particularly game ending for me. It would be a massively manipulative move that would surely be one of the biggest ever played on Survivor. But it has a 80% chance of not working. This would be what would happen if i follow through with it.

I vote for jessica. I tell jess to play my idol code. She miraculously survives and i can throw a b—- fit about her playing my damn idol code. THis is when i tell Andrew and show him ur idol rules about those codes. Make it look like jess dupped me. This is for three reasons. Save my jury goat in jess. Make her feel falsely comfortable that she made a move. And still make andrew willing to take me cause i didnt lie to him persay. It hits all birds with one stone. My damn idol.

I realize i could leave the game because of this. But its something that would win me the game if i do do it. Andrew could very well band together with Renee suspecting im playing my idol on jess. Its a risk i MAY be willing to take it get my goat to the finals. And i truly dont think Andrew deserves to be here. All he is an immunity whore. No depth or anything else to him. And the one win that kept him in the game he flagrantly cheated and boasted about it. Disgusting. Ive lost respect for him throughout the game. Big time. So i may do this move. I may just play it safe. Time will tell

HOST’S NOTE: Tee hee. He said do do.

Confessional:
So I talked to Renee. I put the act on. Tears, frustration, helplessness. Made her suspect just enough that I would play it on myself. I feigned being scared, well really I am very scared, that I could go home. I came to her depressed that I realized there was nothing I could do. And that we had to rally ourselves up to outlast Andrew I’m the finals. All true in a sense. OH did I tell u about my other stipulation of playing my idol on Jess? Which she agreed to? If I let her play my idol… If Andrew wins the final 3 immunity. She MUST quit the game and let me move forward because I have a better chance of being him in the finals. Ad our goal is to make sure Andrew, who doesn’t deserve to win with his shallow game, doesn’t take the title. I think I have enough of real life leverage to pull it off. Maybe. But we will see

Confessional:
I am the dumbest mother f—er in the world. If Andrew saves me… Which I HIGHLY doubt… I can spin that it was my plan and was a big risk. But it was a disaster. I can’t believe I completely spaced the way the idol rules worked. f— f—

Is alright Logan. U can say it. Lol! I made ONE bad move in this game. I pride myself on knowing the loopholes and I tried to outsmart it. But my mind keeps going back. Going back to when I told her time and time again to waste her idol. If she didnt waste her idol I wouldn’t have had to try and save her

JESSICA,

Confessional. I know your thinking “wow she wasted the perfect opportunity to make a big move”. To be most clear, For me it was a lose lose situation. If I voted him out, I my main alliance partner who I had been working with since basically pregame and he already made it clear previously that if I ever blindsided him that he would spoil the jury and what not. So either I was screwed. At final 5 a blindside wasn’t worth losing a friend b/c I know Clayton would be pissed off. Obviously it looks bad for me if some how I got to the finals, because a part of me wanted to take that risk and vote out Clayton. I just have to own this goat strategy which is perfect for getting to the final 2 but not winning. It’s hard because I set up all my alliances so I don’t take the bullets for anything and I don’t know how I’m going to convey that to a Jury. I had to adapt my strategy from previous orgs where I was so close to the finals but was voted out because I was in Clayton’s position and I would have won. I can’t rely on challenge wins but by altering my strategy this time I can make sure I get a chance to plead my case to the jury

confessional: god damnit andrew, ugh i tried soooo hard on the flipping challenge. im soooo nervous, i tried convincing clayton to use his idol on me b/c i know they are voting me but he only said maybe. i totally saved his a– last round because we planned to go to the final 2 together pregame and i hope he uses it on me or they vote clayton get the idol flushed. because apparantly renee says no one respects my game and yees it is harder for me and i have this up hill battle. but its not like i have sit on me a– this entire f—ing game. i just wasnt the leader, but i choose not to be. why do i have to make a big move, which big moves arent always smart. i made sure i was in an alliance from the beginning that got me to what final 7 then jumped that ship when needed and from then it was anyone but me kinda. maybe i shouldnt have wasted my idol and then i would have it now, but it was like sooo paranoid at that vote i used to idol, i went back and forth like a million times, i just hadnt talked to mark and renee and it was hella suspicious (HOST’S NOTE: Is that going to be the next No Doubt single?) that andrew would say something, i couldnt risk them lying to me but you live and learn. they will probably vote for me, bc they think i dont deserve to be here when i have done everything clayton has done and i have participated in every challenge and come close a couple times to winning but just b/c i have an UTR strategy and i make small moves they think i dont deserve it and that kinda hurts but i have to expect that when i play UTR. if i stay my utr strategy was the only one that i could see getting me to the final2. and i didnt go with renee last time to vote out clayton. b/c clayton is 100 percent taking me to the final2. with renee and ryan i can have a pretty decent idea ryan would take me and maybe i could convince renee but everything would be sooo up in the air that it wasnt worth the risk and risking a solid final 2 deal. plus i knew clayton would be pissed off and i lose anyway because he would make sure i would lose in the jury.

confessional: if all goes well, im going to play Claytons idol and save my self b/c andrew is being a “butt head” for lack of a better term and voting for me
clayton better agree, i swear if i could find that idol code i would just play it, but i cant so i have to wait for him but clayton has it in his head that they are telling him they are voting me and really voting him but they arent doing that. ugh i need to play claytons idol and i totally promised that if he does that that if andrew wins final immunity that i would pull an ian. no way in hell i actually do that but im not pulling a penner, i will say whatever i have to say and promise what ever i have to promise and lie whatever i have to lie in order to stay

moreconfessional: clayton is letting me play the idol and i get to say i just played it for myself. which i joked about anyway. this is awesome. i love it, the only thing is clayton things im just gonna give up at final 3 which is totally not true. im still gonna fight. hehehehe. oh god . this is amazing. ugh but clayton is making me wait to give me the idol code

oh s—

i totally forgot about the other tribal council thing, now clayton is screwed. but he did let me play his idol

I feel bad Clayton is in this mess right now well I guess it could have been avoided if he stuck with voting with me but we talked about it and he told me just a case of us both getting a little cocky.

I feel bad because if the plan worked I totally would have to honor the deal I made with him when he let me play his idol

I have a bad feeling with how Andrew is going to vote

RENEE,

Confessionals for episode 14 Final 5!

So mark and I were betrayed by Andrew after all. I expressed my concern of this possible scenerio to Mark but he seemed to have faith in Andrew.. a little to much faith after all. I assumed without immunity I most certainley was a dead Upsa walking going into this next challenge.

No one was really talking to me all that much except andrew letting me know his next target wasn’t me. Low and behold out of nowhere he offers to share notes on this last immunity challenge. He says he wants to make sure I’m not voted out. I really was quite nearly finished and might have still pulled off the victory but nonetheless it didn’t hurt, let’s just say.

So why does Andrew of all people want to help me? I figured he wanted to target Clayton. So keeping in line what I’m sure he assumed would be my utter devotion I simply asked how he wanted me to vote. To my shock he said Ryan was his target! WTF?!?!

Ryan??!! WHY on earth would you not take out a bigger threat at this stage in the game unless ultimately you had a secret F2 with them. Andrew has communicated none of his “Master Plan” with me. Why should I be loyal becuase he was dumb enough to help me by trying to inspire my loyalty in the challenge assistance? He’s playing his own game. He’s not even trying to give me any false hope of a F2 or F3.

I opened line of communication with jess in hopes to try to inspire her to finally start playing this game and stop being a pawn. Her and I skyped and I thought she might actually be able to make a big move. She could earn some respect from the jury even.. if she could blindside Clayton with Ryan and I. She agrees to vote with us and Ryan and I are ecstatic!

At the last minute before TC results are posted she back peddles and insists Clayton will rally against her and just be so mad if she votes him out! Omg

Jessica.. grow a pair my dear. Needless to say Ryan got the boot.

Now I’m in the F4 and I can’t believe I’m still here! Anyone in there right mind would sit next to jessica at the end but something tells me not everyone knows this. Social game play is lacking for Jessica and Andrew. A challenge whore and a floater lol! Clayton will certainly win this game in any F2. I love the dynamics of Survivor.. ahhhhh

TRIBAL COUNCIL #15

(*ANDREW*)-(CLAYTON)-(JESSICA)-(RENEE)
XXX
(UMUT)-(JASON)-(ANNE)-(BRIAN)-(MATT)-(ANGIE)-(RAZ)-(GEROME)-(MACNEIL)-(VINCENT)-(HEERAL)-(LUKE)-(MARK)-(RYAN)

ANDREW,

1. What skills do you think you have that have ultimately blocked virtually everyone else from claiming first place in a challenge since the merge?

I have made no secret of the fact I’ma strong challenge player. I have a good all around game. I have my weaknesses. Ask me to do anything creative & I’m useless. I’m hit & miss in mindjolt. Thankfully, because you avoid these types of challenges, this game suits my particular skills. Basically, the way I look at it is the more brain power it requires, the more likely I am to do well in it.

2. On one hand you have won a ton of challenges. On the other hand it doesn’t guarantee votes from the jury. How do you think the jury will assess your game?

I hope their assessment is that of a strong player who went from having no control to being in control. Immunity wins have avoided the possibility of me being blindsided but I’ve always had my pulse on everything going on in the game & I’ve worked my a– off to get into a position where I at least have a shot of getting to the Final Tribal Council

3. Do you think the other players have lost hope of beating you in a challenge? Or do you think the others are taking it one challenge at a time?

They will take it one at a time. I’d be lying if I tried to suggest I wasn’t the favourite going into the last challenge but you can be sure my competitors will do everything they can to come out on top. Everyone has worked far too hard to just surrender immunity to me. It will be a battle no doubt!

4. This is the last round where the idol can be used at Tribal Council before it is open to being used as a final immunity advantage. What do you think the status is on the hidden immunity idol?

The status is quite simple. Clayton has is it. Everyone knows Clayton has had it. Clayton pretty much told everyone he was going to have it way back at the very first TC of the game. It’s just a case of when he chooses to use it.

CLAYTON,

1. Once again, it’s a vote that involves only two options. Are you confident in the vote you’re making this round?

Im confident I am making the right decision in my heart. Will that person leave? I have no idea. Sometimes you have to role with the punches.

2. Has the jury had any influence on the game up to this point?

Absolutely it has had an influence on the game. Moves have been made OR not made by damn near everyone. And these were determined heavily by the way the jury might frame it

3. What’s been your biggest accomplishment since the start of the game?

Oh Logan! Trying to coax something out of me I see? Nah. I’ll leave that one alone in case I make final tribal

4. This is the last round where the idol can be used at Tribal Council before it is open to being used as a final immunity advantage. What do you think the status is on the hidden immunity idol?

Give me a break. Everyone knows I have it. YOU and your twist of the captain challenge where we got a clue but it would be revealed we got one SCREWED the chances of keeping it secret. Through no fault of my own. So I take it. They know its me because I knew about the rogue vote twist. I don’t take and I don’t have an idol AND they still think its me. Yah. Brilliant. I find this question ludicrous and aggravating

JESSICA,

1. Final Four is a major feat in these games. Would you be satisfied with fourth place? eh i have been fourth before not really tbh

eh i have been fourth before not really tbh

2. Renee is the last remaining Upsa member. Does that automatically send her packing tonight or does she have a shot at staying? who knows, not automatically

who knows, not automatically

3. Why would the others vote you out? well im not a threat like I have been told, i have been told i havent done much, so there would have to be another reason they vote me out. anything could happen this round. the game is a foot.

well im not a threat like I have been told, i have been told i havent done much, so there would have to be another reason they vote me out. anything could happen this round. the game is a foot.

4.This is the last round where the idol can be used at Tribal Council before it is open to being used as a final immunity advantage. What do you think the status is on the hidden immunity idol? who knows about the idol status. its not up to me to use it, that said person has a big decision to make, hopefully they make the right decision

who knows about the idol status. its not up to me to use it, that said person has a big decision to make, hopefully they make the right decision

RENEE,

1. You come up empty after winning individual immunity. Why do you think Andrew has done so well in these challenges? Because these challenges play to his skill set. If you asked us to write a song or write a poem I’d deliver a damn epic and blow it out of the water. But a word search with 850 possible options and absolutely no clue how many to look for, just wasn’t my thing.

Because these challenges play to his skill set. If you asked us to write a song or write a poem I’d deliver a damn epic and blow it out of the water. But a word search with 850 possible options and absolutely no clue how many to look for, just wasn’t my thing.

2. You’re the lone Upsa member. Do you think you have any chance of finding a crack and making it into Final Two? It would be a miracle.

It would be a miracle.

3. Why would the jury be unhappy with you? If I’m somehow in a position where the jury is actually asking me questions.. I’m sure they will let me know.

If I’m somehow in a position where the jury is actually asking me questions.. I’m sure they will let me know.

4. This is the last round where the idol can be used at Tribal Council before it is open to being used as a final immunity advantage. What do you think the status is on the hidden immunity idol? We all know the status. Clayton has it and an immunity advantage would be very valuable going into the home stretch of this game against the robot.. I mean Andrew

We all know the status. Clayton has it and an immunity advantage would be very valuable going into the home stretch of this game against the robot.. I mean Andrew

Okay. When you vote, please do so in the following manner:

VOTE: (Logan)

REASON: Eh. No reason really. I’ve already come up with a list of fourteen. Now I’m doing it just for kicks.

Okay. Because there are only four of you, I always go over the tie procedure at this point. If there is a 2-2 tie, we go to a revote where the two players not involved in the tie will cast another vote for one of the two players who received votes. If we’re still tied, that means we’re deadlocked and go to past votes. If past votes are deadlocked, we go to a special live challenge tiebreaker between the two players. Loser of that goes home.

Andrew is immune. You cannot vote for Andrew. Everybody else is fair game. Between now and 300am eastern Monday, it is time to vote. Yawkc tribe, you’re up.

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTING

ANDREW,

VOTE: J-Frey

REASON:

Sorry Jess. I think you are a fantastic girl. I think you are an absolute sweetheart however this is just the best move to get myself & Clayton into the F2. I could still see you getting saved should Clayton have an ulterior motive. We shall soon find out. Sorry J-Frey!

CLAYTON,

VOTE: Jessica
Reason: You won’t be leaving tonight. It may be me. It may be Renee. But one thing is clear. If I leave tonight so help me God. Pray you don’t get too big of a decimation by the jury in final tribal. And if u don’t quit if Andrew wins next round? Go screw yourself. Love you Jess 🙂 loyalty to the end

JESSICA,

how this for a big move. idol blam //..<<ROGUEISH>>..\\

my vote tonight is for Renee. you are the last upsa and you want me out, i would rather vote andrew but i cant.

RENEE,

VOTE: Jess

Reason: Because I would rather see Clayton in the finals. I mean obviously I’ve been trying to get him out because he’s a threat until now. But Jess hasn’t done anything strategically or socially to merit being in the finals. I think any of the three of us could beat her in an F2 and if Andrew doesn’t know that.. then he’s not as smart as I thought he was.

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTE REVEAL

If anybody has played the hidden immunity idol, this would be the time I’d tell you.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
Oh right.
.
.
JESSICA: how this for a big move. idol blam //..<<ROGUEISH>>..\\
.
.
.
The rules of my Survivor state that if an idol is played, and the person who plays the idol receives the highest number of votes, the Tribal Council is null and void. A new Tribal Council will take place with the alliance that voted for the person holding the idol.
.
.
.
This is indeed a hidden immunity idol. For the second time, Jessica is safe thanks to an idol.
.
.
.
I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Renee.)
.
.
One vote Renee.
.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Jessica)
.
.
.
We’re tied. One vote Jessica, one vote Renee.
.
.
.
.
.
.
THIRD VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Jess)
.
.
.
.
Two votes Jessica, one vote Renee. One vote left.
.
.
.
.
.
FINAL VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
The fifteenth person voted out of this game and the eighth member of our jury
.
.
.
.
.
But saved because of the idol:
.
.
(J-Frey)
.
.
.
Jessica, because you received the highest number of votes, the idol has activated. You are safe, and because it was a unanimous vote, there is no mystery to who voted for you. Andrew, Clayton, and Renee will stay behind for a new Tribal Council.

TRIBAL COUNCIL #15B

(*ANDREW*)-(CLAYTON)-(RENEE)
.
(&JESSICA&)
.
XXX
(UMUT)-(JASON)-(ANNE)-(BRIAN)-(MATT)-(ANGIE)-(RAZ)-(GEROME)-(MACNEIL)-(VINCENT)-(HEERAL)-(LUKE)-(MARK)-(RYAN)

Well this is a highly unusual situation. We’ve never had a Final Three Tribal Council with someone wearing immunity before the Final Three.

Since we don’t have to worry about past votes anymore, there is no need for Clayton and Renee to cast a vote. Clayton can’t vote for Andrew because he has immunity, so he can only vote for Renee. Renee cannot vote for Andrew, so she can only vote for Clayton. Those two votes cancel each other out. Andrew will be the only one to cast a vote.

CLAYTON: Wow. Well the decision is in ur hands Andrew
RENEE: I’m really just surprised by all of this.. But clearly I’m a non-threat moving forward. My fate is once again in your hands. I CAN promise NOT to use any idol you shared with me to vote you out though! How bout that?

ANDREW,

1. You now have to vote for one of two people who you didn’t even want to vote for in the first place. How do you adjust to these circumstances so quickly?

Bad a– move Jess!

“1. You now have to vote for one of two people who you didn’t even want to vote for in the first place. How do you adjust to these circumstances so quickly?”

This all happened while I was asleep so it was weird to see it all these notifications on my phone this morning.

However, adapting to this circumstance is an easy one unfortunately. It was obviously meant to be Jess this round but she saved herself.

I can’t explain how dumb I think Clayton is for hoarding his idol. He didn’t need it past F5 because we were in charge of who went home. However he did & it’s come back to bite him here. He is incredibly lucky that Renee didn’t vote for him or he would be out right now.

I have had a Final Two deal with Clayton since just after the merge & it is a deal that I intend to keep. On my head be it. As such, I have to vote out Renee earlier than planned. I’m sorry it has come to this though Renee. I wanted you to at least have a shot at winning immunity for F2 but that’s no longer an option. Well played on a great game.

RENEE: No worries.. although I think it was a dirty move on Jessicas part-Not Bad A– as you put it. Good luck you two! May the best MAN win!
RENEE: Jess you still have NO shot!

CLAYTON,

1. Time to make your plea to stay in this game to Andrew.

RENEE,

1. Andrew is the only one who can save you. Why should he keep you?

Alright, between now and 300am eastern Tuesday, it is time to vote. Andrew, you’re up.

CLAYTON: Wow. Well the decision is in ur hands Andrew
RENEE: I’m really just surprised by all of this.. But clearly I’m a non-threat moving forward. My fate is once again in your hands. I CAN promise NOT to use any idol you shared with me to vote you out though! How bout that?

ME: Once the votes are–oh. I see you’ve gone Big Brother on me Andrew.

It’s official. Renee, you have been evicted from the Survivor House. You have a minute to say your goodbyes and walk out the front door.

ME: Congratulations. You’ve made the Final Three. All of Upsa is gone, and all dissenting Land members are gone.

If this were Survivor on TV, the game would stop here. But the good news is that these games are always a Final Two, so you’ll have one final immunity challenge left. No one is getting off easy.

(NOTE: The final immunity challenge is live and is always the exact same challenge:

http://olsurvivor.webs.com/ols09/10-8.html

This challenge will take place on Skype. I need everyone to send me their Skype ID and send in their availability from Tuesday through Sunday. This challenge has never lasted more than 87 minutes, but knowing how this season has gone, I won’t be surprised if that record is shattered.

Remember that the challenge does not pause at all. So ensure when you send in your availability that you are truly available. When I see a day and time works well for everybody, I’ll send everyone at least 24 hours notice of when it will be held.

Note that I won’t be available until after 800pm eastern on Tuesday (tomorrow). I have an ultrasound for my cyst right in the middle of the day, and I can’t ensure I’d be back 100% before 800pm.

CLAYTON: big congrats to the final 3!

JESSICA: Hope everything is okay Logan

ME: Yeah, everything’s fine lol.

HOST’S NOTE: Yes, ultrasound did go fine. For whatever reason, my cyst hasn’t bothered me in nearly a month. It always likes to work in annoying little cycles. Better than when the doctor did the whole dramatic “it may be a tumour” bullcrap. I wish when they discovered that this was not the case that former Governor Schwarzenegger could have called and said “IT’S NOT UH TUMA!”

RENEE EXIT INTERVIEW

1. There was talk about all of the witches from SurviveWar Vietnam all applying together for this game. Was it a conscious choice for you guys to avoid applying together because it would have been a transparent pre-game alliance or did the schedules not quite work out?

I would have loved to play with the witches and encouraged two to play but had no plans for any pre-game alliances. I just thought it would be fun becuase they are fun players! I have yet to ever have a pre-game alliance. It only seems to do one thing.. put a target on your back.

2. Then supposedly there was a rumour of you and MacNeil applying together. Any response to that rumour?

I hadn’t even heard that rumor! LOL! No we have never even played in an ORG together.. this was the first. We just really bonded throughout the course of the game.

3. I don’t know if you remember, but you were responsible for Vincent, Angie, and Brian being part of your tribe during the tribe pick em. What was your reasoning behind picking those three?

Well I’ve never played with vincent but knew he was Survivorwar Alum and I thought we would have some kind of common ground to go forward socially in the game. Umut made suggestions for the other two and who am I to disagree with my captain?

4. And the person who picked you was. . .Raz. How the heck did three out of four people who wanted to be on the tribe with you end up going pre-merge?

I honestly think some people come into these ORGs with TOO much history in previous games. It seemed from the start our “Dream Team” was filled with notions about how those on our tribe would play as individuals. I had an Alliance with Umut to F2 and he was immediately gone. Then I had a feeling if I just stood back, they would probably all take eachother out. I was absolutley right.

5. Your tribe was essentially the SurviveWar tribe minus Brian and Mark. Do you think those two were given a fair shot of integrating into the tribe?

Considering Mark and I were the last two Upsa standing.. absolutely!

6. Correct me if I’m wrong, but it seemed like Upsa never had any stable alliances pre-merge. When you line up the votes from TC to TC they don’t make much sense. Was there any alliances you stayed true to?

Ofcourse there were. Umut .. unfortunately voted out first. Then MacNeil and Mark whilst simultaneously and secretly alligned with vincent. I saw a self destructive theme happening and basically alligned with whoever I thought I could go deeper into the game

with. After the merge: The only one I cast a vote for was Vincent when I thought MacNeil was the target but to my credit I had saved him in at least a couple TC’s that were targeting him before that vote was cast. I thought it would put me on the radar after merge if I didn’t vote with the mojority and I didnt think Angie was going to go but they were both rallying against eachother. It was a lose / lose situation for me without numbers.

7. People have been debating if pre-game alliances corrupted the season at all. The infleunce of pre-game alliances were apparent in the first round. However, the vote came down to those who were pro-pre game alliances against those who were anti-pre game alliances. Isn’t that an influence of itself because people were voting whether or not they approved of pre-game alliances?

As I said I don’t do pre-game alliances so I really feel like doing this just gets you targeted throughout this game. So I can only speak for myself but as far as I know, much of this was rumor (except Clay & Jess’s)

8. We tried the Dark Knight in SCWL 3. Players were offered safety from TWO rounds if they took individual immunity. But still nobody took it. Nobody on Land took it either. Why were things so dang chaotic that all eight people on Upsa requested immunity? It ended up being good for. . .zero rounds.

Most of our tribe knew that at least one of us would attempt to get it and so the only way to prevent that was if we all did it too. It served it’s purpose I suppose.

9. I have brought up the topic of the fourth round with the eight people voted out before you. . .so I’ll ask something slightly different. On a scale of 1 to Pagong, how much trouble did you think the tribe was heading into a merge?

I honestly thought I was a goner at merge but it seems my lack of scrambling and Marks Savy talks with the Land tribe was a surprising turn for the better… UNTIL andrew blindsided Mark ofcourse

10. Land talks about how crucial that numbers advantage was heading into the merge, and ultimately Heeral’s choice not to merge. Say we merge 6-6 or Upsa is up 6-5. . .do you picture Upsa keeping this advantage and ultimately winning the game? Keeping in mind that Raz would be in the merge with you guys.

well numbers are obviously important come merge HOWEVER I think Upsa was playing a more cut-throat game and would have blurred tribal lines quickly with Raz still in the game. This is where previous game play among players from my Upsa tribe definately hurt us.. and may have continued to even with the numbers advantage.

11. How much did it hurt Upsa to not have the camp idol heading into the merge against Land’s two

idols?

Probably a lot. It displayed a lack of unity within the Upsa Tribe to work together and be sure whoever held that idol could be trusted.

12. Post-merge Land stuck together to get rid of Gerome. But then you guys manage to flip Luke. Ryan was on the cusp too. But then Vincent happened. How come you guys couldn’t pull together and vote together as a group of five or six? Why in the world was it Vince versus MacNeil?

As I said this was all personal vendettas within our core group of Upsa and the ideas that they had about how one another, or how they would play based on experiences in other Orgs in which they played together. If I thought it could have changed the game I would have interveind but I thought it would make me a target at that point.

13. And come to think of it, you said repeatedly in confessionals that Vince was your Final Two. Some would say when episodes air that it was on you to keep Vincent from flipping. How come you couldn’t keep him in line?

When we did finally merge and the Vince vs. MacNeil started to come into play there was no way I could step in and save him again. I had already worked quite a bit of magic to keep him in the game pre-merge and done it under the radar. I honestly didn’t realize the potential danger he was putting himself in becuase he wasn’t giving me all the information I needed to have his back. Yes I had F2 Deals with Vincent & MacNeil as well. I really thought I could and wanted to make it to the end with either of them.

14. And I’m sure you’re thinking about having made a different Final Two ally in the beginning. Who would be your new choice based on how the game transpired?

Honestly I don’t think it would have mattered with all of the personal vendettas within our tribe. I’m quite happy with the alliances I made.. I was still the last Upsa in the game so I wouldn’t change a thing.

15. When it was down to nine and Mark won immunity, I thought you were toast. Vince was on their side, Mark had immunity, and you were vulnerable. But they eliminated Vince. To me this is when I thought you or Mark could win this game. What did it take to oust Vince?

Vincent unfortunately ousted himself by playing a bit to hard to fast with the Land tribe. I think he made himself a target and I would have as well had I tried to save him again. I always felt vulnerable but didn’t try to sway votes at that point one way or the other. I figured Mark and I would be valuable as two solid votes moving forward.

16. Then it gets down to eight. Clayton and Jessica are on the ropes. You and Mark will flip to Luke,

Heeral, Ryan, and Andrew but at this point I’m sure you guys thought it would only delay the inevitable. But Clayton wins immunity, and Jessica is bound to play her idol. It’s funny because all eight of you were aware that you two would be safe. How come nobody was willing to kick you or Mark out that round?

It was inevitable that Land would start eating eachother and Mark and I became the swing votes to help that along. I was trying to play the most non-threatening game possible and when you have only one real ally left in the game (mark) People saw us as two extra votes..it was Marks social interactions (and our willingness to vote out whoever they wanted at that point) that really helped us.

17. You ultimately sided with Clayton and Jessica. Do you think that worked out for you and Mark better in the long run compared to flipping to the other side? Because Clay and Jessica were a duo with an idol. They would have been a huge target. This would be opposed to the other crew who had no idols which would’ve made you and Mark the more immediate threats. Do you agree?

Absolutely! As long as Clay had an Idol and they were a duo I could also use that (and did try to) information to turn them against one another. Sure I agree with that. I also think if Luke and Ryan and Andrew had tried a little bit harder they could have convinced me to vote with them. But the interactions with them were so lackluster.. I was just not inspired.

18. At seven, Clay and Andrew win immunity again. Do you think blindsiding Jessica and have Clay still in the game benefit you at all?

In retrospect YES blindsiding Jessica would have been a huge benefit at that moment in the game. I wish I had done it.

19. Speaking of that round, do you think Clay or Jess going home at seven would have made Land blind to you and Mark for the remainder of the game?

Overall I thought Mark and I integrated ourselves into the Land tribe quite well so yes I think it’s fair to say we could have done that.

20. After the fact, it doesn’t seem like Land was any more tight than Upsa. Why did they succeed in staying unified in certain situations while you guys didn’t?

I think we just had such strong personalities on Upsa and as I said many players had history with eachother that they brought into the game. In fact Mark and I were the only two that had no history playing with anyone on our tribe and ended up being the last two remaining from Upsa. I didn’t know about the personal dynamics within Land until Mark and I realized they had a division and then we exploited the cracks wherever we could.

21. Despite you and Mark not getting your desired target for two rounds, you guys have a big opening at six. If Andrew or Ryan vote with you, Clayton suddenly goes home. In fact, both seem willing to vote with you. If you get your wish, what would you have done to prevent Land from regrouping in the following round?

I could never trust either of them enough to wholeheartedly think either Ryan or Andrew would vote with me. If I could have taken anyone out.. it would have been Andrew. That would have changed the entire dynamic of the game. Andrew ended up being our downfall becuase we did try to blindside Clayton with Andrew and he betrayed us.

22. For whatever reason, everything gets crazy when you’re the lone Upsa left. I had no idea what was happening. Ryan is well-liked but hasn’t come close to winning immunity, Andrew always wins immunity, and Clayton and Jessica have been together since the first day. Nobody had any reason to take you further. But Andrew helps you win immunity. Why did he do that?

Thats a FANTASTIC question and I’m still trying to figure it out.. but here is what I think happened. I think Andrew wanted to make sure Jess & Clay didn’t get together with Ryan to take Andrew out. It makes absolutley no sense to me. I personally was baffled that Andrew didn’t take this opportunity to blindside Clay or Jess! I was dumbfounded to realize his target was Ryan. I tried to talk to Andrew about what his strategy was behind this and he wouldn’t tell me anything. I also thought maybe he was trying to inspire my loyalty to him but I still tried to do what he didn’t.. and attempted to take out Clayton.

23. This is the same round where everyone tells Jessica that she is the jury goat and will lose no matter what. Suddenly the game becomes ‘who can take Jess to the finals’? You target Clay and the one person who votes with you is. . .Ryan. Why was he willing to work with you that round?

Becuase I had nothing to lose by going to Ryan and telling him what Andrew did to help me win immunity. We the tried to persuade Jess to blindside Clayton. Once I knew Clayton wasn’t his target I really knew for certain that he (Andrew) intended to take him to F2. I tried to rally jessica’s vote with Ryan to get her to flip on Clayton. I Skyped with her and she intitially agreed to do it! Then she just caved and told Clayton everything and voted out Ryan anyway. It was an incredible opportunity to change her fate in the game. I wonder what the F2 would look like if she had made that move with Ryan and I.

24. Why did Andrew help you win immunity but not vote with you? It is one of the most unique moves made in this series.

I never told Andrew of my plans to try to blindside Clayton. He wouldn’t discuss any

strategy with me at all! He just told me to vote for Ryan and I was like.. so that’s your “Big Move” and the reason you helped me win immunity? He just said yeah Ryan has got to go! So I agreed to vote with him and started my strategizing to do what he wouldn’t and tried to take out Clay myself. 😉

25. Final Four may have been one of the strangest turn of events I have seen. This game had fluid alliances all the way to the end, and I think this round alone proves it. You, Clayton, and Jessica, despite being enemies for three rounds for post-merge, allies for two rounds, then enemies again for another two, suddenly team up. How did you get Clayton and Jessica to team up with you?

At that moment it was basically the three of us VS. Andrew and we were so sick of losing immunities we just rallied together and tried to make sure he didn’t win AGAIN. It was SO frustrating to play this game with Andrew who just didn’t feel the “Need” to talk to anyone for social strategy. His winning streak just made us all that more willing to work together against him at that point.

26. If Andrew doesn’t win immunity. . .would you have won this game? Knowing all you had to do was last 39 minutes in the Final Immunity Challenge?

As the last remaining Upsa I think I was an underdog and definately could have pulled out that final immunity. So I think I had a really good shot to win if I was sitting in the finals with any one of them.

27. Andrew wins immunity. You appear to be doomed. But then Andrew comes to you and says to vote for Jessica. How the heck did you get Andrew to ally with you for the first time ever after you desperately attempted to get him out only hours earlier?

As I said I have no clue what Andrews plans were as he never would talk to me. This was his opportunity to take out Jessica and break up the duo with Clayton. He had a better chance that either I or Clayton would take him to F2 than Jessica. She wouldn’t have taken anyone but Clay so I understand how this move benefited him. But I never scrambled or tried to get him vote with me once. He just knew I would vote her out and that clay had the idol which he insisted Clay would play. Clay played it alright! And gave it to Jess to save her. If Andrew had been a little more careful he would have let it go to a tie and convinced Clay he was voting for me. Based on past votes Jess would have been gone.

28. I could ask another ten questions about Final Four, but I’ll save them for the other three players. Here’s the last question: If you voted for Clayton, he would have been eliminated by default. Did part of you consider that Clayton would vote for Jess?

This is where Clayton was really underestimated strategically.. he was playing hard! He told me he was voting for Jess and was even sad about it.. knowing full well what was going to happen. He convinced me so comepletely I never even thought to change my vote to him. It was smart for him to bond with me socially and make me believe he really thought she was going and there was nothing he could do to save her. He DID NOT want to sit in the F2 with me. Although I really think we both had an equal shot at winning sitting next to eachother.

29. We played a ‘what if’ regarding Andrew losing immunity at Final Four. Now let’s play the ‘what if’ of Clayton going home, and Andrew wins final immunity. Does he vote you out or Jessica out?

If he was smart he would vote me out. However I really think he underestimated my chances of winning so it could have gone either way.

30. Who did you think was going to be voted out after you? Who did you want to be voted out after you? Who did you want to win? Who did you think was going to win?

I was almost POSITIVE Jess was going after me. I wanted Jess voted out after me.. becuase it played out exactly as I told her it would. I wanted to win! LOL! But if not me then Clayton For Sure. I think Clayton will Win if he’s in the Final 2. If Andrew takes Jessica then Andrew would win for sure.

31. If you have any other thoughts, please share.

I made so many new friendships and bonds with the people in this game. I really had to work hard at my social game but didn’t expect this kind of gift (actual friendships) from it so I am happy I got know and play with everyone on the cast! If could do anything different I would have picked different players for Upsa (after my Vincent pick) LOL! I think I am happy with getting as far as I did with so many odds stacked against me. I definately had a lot of luck but also just continued to not appear to be a threat as I was already so vulnerable. It’s been swell but the swellings gone down! Much Love To Angie MacNeil, Umut, Vincent, Mark & Clay!! You guys are awesome!!

-DQ

On behalf of the production crew for SupaCooWackyLand, we thank you for playing this game!

FINAL FANTASY POOL PICKS (I hope to finish FFV by the end of reading break)

BRIAN

Week 15: I have no clue what is happening. I have to clue who to put 1-3.

1. Andrew – I’ll bet he nails the tiebreakers
2. Jessica – is she the goat?
3. Clayton
4. Renee

LISTER

And now for final four:
1. Clayton
2. Jessica
3. Andrew
4. Renee

Pick to win – Andrew

MY PREDICTED BOOT LIST

3: JESSICA

2: ANDREW

1: CLAYTON

4.16 SCWL 4 Season Finale (Not yet complete)

Date: December 4 2012 – December 9 2012

Immunity Challenge XV: Oath of Silence

Inspired By: A challenge I am virtually unbeatable in ORGs. It started in the SCWL Prequel as a shameless way to pay homage to myself.

Voted Out: Jessica

Vote Count: 2-1.

PONDEROSA POSTS (minus MacNeil’s posts since she deleted her FB account, sadly.)

VINCE: DQ. :c

GEROME: aw 😦

RENEE: The last Upsa casualty.. I did everything I could to stay! Oh well..

RYAN: Would you have been safe if you voted Clayton?

MARK: Based on the idol rules, yes she would have been. These idol rules have messed up the game. Only reason you even voted for me Ryan was cause of that re-vote rule right?

RYAN: Yuppers, I was very sad to see you go. I just got your number and everything

***

RYAN: As a jury we should all choose a different number between 1-10 then ask the final 2 to pick a number between 1-10. This results in the greatest final tribal council EVER!!

MARK: I’m asking for a number between 1 and 1 million. After they guess once ill say ‘neither of you got it right. Pick again.’

***

RYAN: Hello everybody! I’m glad to be seeing all again, though I guess I would have preferred seeing you asking me questions at the final tribal council more 😉

MARK: Heya! So did Andrew blow another chance to get Clayton and his idol out?

RYAN: Well Andrew won the challenge for Renee so that it would be a clear vote to eliminate me. If Andrew didn’t help Renee I would have had immunity. It’s a good feelingThen Renee and I talked to Jessica about voting off Clayton, but she was worried Clayton would turn you all against her and you wouldn’t vote for her to win. Renee and I voted Clayton, I’m talking about Jessica worried about what Clayton would say. And this is all true.

MARK: ‘Turning us against her?’ Does she think it’ll be Clayton doing that? You know I’ve lied in this game as much as anyone, but I’m starting to learn there’s such a kind of lying that really does inflame people.

RYAN: Her plan is for Clayton to take all the bullets and she charms the jury, sadly I don’t think anybody is mad at Clayton. We have the immunity challenge winner Andrew thinking he is safe if he loses immunity, and Jessica not willing to change anything because I guess 2nd place would be cool.

MARK: I’ll lay into Clayton because he only made it this far because of geography and time based challenges but I’ll still vote clay over Jess. HAnyone care to join me though in writing asterisks in our ‘Clayton’ votes ala Barry Bonds? Just to point out his challenge wins weren’t fair.

HEERAL: NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO

RYAN: Not when I do it 😉 Angie I do not tolerate a– kissing

RENEE: Omg..wow! Awwwwe. I wish I had made it. My alliance with Umut was real.. and my alliance with Vincent was also real. Once we started talking more and I knew Vince was probably being targeted (pre-merge) my alliance with you and Mark was then also very real. Everytime I made an alliance .. they got voted out

RYAN: Yes you need to highlight more on how awesome he is. Wait you forgot to mention the part about how he is in fact the greatest player of all time and that he should get all the votes!!!

MARK: I thought that was ozzy.

RYAN: Well Andrew is just like a Scottish Ozzy…BUT BETTER!!

HEERAL: the scottish part is what makes him better!

RYAN: Immunity doesn’t keep Andrew safe, Andrew keeps the immunity safe. Fire might represent life, but life represents Andrew. Andrew doesn’t have a Scottish accent, everybody else from Scotland just sounds like Andrew.

***

RENEE: ***Crickets*** Awfully quiet in here.. How is everyone?

MARK: Shouldn’t the game be over by now?! It’s live on Skype. Not sure when.

RENEE: as of last night I’m not sure it happened. Its a skype willpower challenge. I know I wanted to do that one so bad!

MARK: How does it work? A Skype endurance?!

RENEE: I looked it up after researching Logans blogs and found this. I think this pretty much sums it up http://olsurvivor.webs.com/ols03/F-10.html

MARK: Again, this favours whoever is not working a full time job. It depends on when the challenge starts. I know Logan is setting it up to work for all three, but what if say its me in the challenge and I can’t do it any day but Saturday and Clayton cannot?

RENEE: Logan mentioned that they all must agree on the time it is scheduled to assure fairness.

MARK: And if they don’t agree on the time?

RENEE: I would hope they could make time.. I mean it IS the FINALS! Omg I’d be making my schedule work around this challenge! It’s the god damned finals! Wtf?! Yeah I’m free for the next 48 hrs! Ok 72 hours! Yeah baby!

MARK: I’ll play for Andrew!

RENEE: Hehe yay! What if we propose a challenge? If the three of us can finish the challenge together before they do then we are the new f3?!

MARK: Shhh… I’m planning that twist for the first season of MKSurvivor!

ME: If you three played the challenge, I’m sure the 87 minute record would be shattered. Although I have a feeling with Clayton, Andrew, and Jessica, the record will be shattered anyway.

MARK: I’d be buying depends.

RENEE: Catheter.

***

MARK: When I left the Yawkc group there was NO activity outside of the tribal councils. This jury group is so lively and active. Is this typical?!

RYAN: Probably, once added here the game is done for us so we don’t have to watch what we say anymore. Also once getting voted off usually we are dissapointed with somebody, and want to let others know. Not if I can help it.

MARK: Yeah but even outside of that, the casual witty banter was just so absent on Yawkc. We had a fair bit in the Upsa camp though.

RYAN: Ya all the smart people are now on the jury…how did that happen?

MARK: Smart people have jobs and school! Ergo, less time for challenges! Whoa! I JUST WENT THERE!Dear Logans Hosting-Org: Your ponderosa videos are so much more entertaining than your actual episodes. Please reverse this in future seasons. – SCWL viewers

RYAN: I know, where else am I supposed to write about how awesome I am. Angie have you ever found yourself watching video after video on youtube that have cats in them?

RENEE: http://youtu.be/sP4NMoJcFd4

***

RYAN’S POLL

RYAN: Who will Andrew take to the end:

CLAYTON- Renee, Ryan, MacNeil

JESSICA- Luke

ROUND SIXTEEN BLOG

WHERE’S THE RITE OF PASSAGE?

I always have to go through this every season. In my opinion, it always feels odd to me to have a Rite of Passage on a day where an immunity challenge occurs. If you look at Survivor’s format, they have an immunity challenge on day 36, day 37, day 38. . .then nothing but a stupid breakfast in the later seasons on day 39? Why do we need a Rite of Passage in addition to the endurance challenge? In SCWL, the Rite of Passage is moved to day 39 in preparation for the duel that should always occur on day 39–Final Tribal Council.

So look for it then.

SCHEDULING CONFLICTS

This was a nightmare. Everyone’s availability didn’t intersect whatsoever. It was impossible. Andrew had wide availability, but the London time zone doesn’t translate well to the LA time zone. Although we had 18 people around the world show up for hours on Opening Day simultaneously.

Because Andrew’s availability was about to be reduced to four hours per day, I made the decision to not wait a week for a new schedule from everyone, and instead have each person play individually. What ended up happening is Andrew playing on Friday, and Clayton and Jessica playing together on Sunday if I recall correctly. I know I had an essay due that day.

This of course opened the door to someone going far beyond what was necessary to win immunity. I kept that a secret until everyone had played the challenge. Would Andrew choke and be unable to perform? Or would he keep his streak through to the end of the game?

WHY THIS CHALLENGE

Because true Survivor should always have an endurance challenge at the end of the game. Plus, it’s a challenge I have dominated for years and years and years. So I thought it was fitting for a ORG series that I named after myself. It is perhaps the only tradition that has stayed alive since the prequel. Unfortunately, somebody’s Internet cut out in the chat. If anybody knows a more reliable instant messaging service than Skype, please let me know! Two out of fifteen players have suffered from infamous lag.

Everyone was determined to win final immunity. So who won the rights to simultaneously vote out the sixteenth person out of this game and choose who will advance to Final Tribal Council?

Final Immunity Challenge Leaderboard:
15: Brett S. (10 minutes)
14: Gayle S. (10 minutes)
13: Adam S. (Won after 10 minutes)
12: Dave Bronson (20 minutes)
11: Jonas Guarnaschelli (25 minutes)
10: Jessica Nicole (30 minutes)
9: Amy Allen (34 minutes)
8: Clayton Spivey (38 minutes)
7: Stephanie DeFranko (48 minutes)
6: Kim Thompson (Won after 48 minutes)
5: Noah SpiderJew (1 hour)
4: David Racine (Won after 1 hour)
3: Marty Vargas (87 minutes)
2: Mervin Sanding (Used idol–won after 87 minutes via skipping first 100 minutes)
1: Andrew Mackaskill (267 minutes–3 second response time and fake roll calls–wins immunity)

ANDREW WINS FOR THE LAST TIME

And there you have it. Marty’s record was tripled. TRIPLED. Not only that but Andrew reduced the clock down to being three seconds mixed in with fake roll calls. Jessica put too much weight on the ‘enter’ button triggering a false hit when I announced we reached thirty minutes, and Clayton’s Internet cut out only a few minutes later. I thought the finale would mean Andrew is more vulnerable than ever, but looking back Andrew proved he was more unstoppable than ever.

ANDREW IS EXECUTIONER AGAIN

It never happens where a player is solely responsible for who goes home back to back rounds. Yes, you can say swing votes are responsible, but this is the first time where we have back-to-back 3-person Tribal Councils where one of the three is wearing immunity. Andrew has held all of the power for who sits with him in the Final Two.

If he wins, he will be responsible for his own crown. If he loses, he only has himself to blame for his decision.

Voting out Clayton will guarantee victory, while voting out Jessica will make this a 50/50 game, but at least it will be a suspenseful FTC.

ANDREW STICKS TO A DEAL THAT CLAYTON NEVER INTENDED TO KEEP

That headline says it all. Clayton manages to play out the biggest deception of all to day 39. I am sure Clayton never expected the deal to be this valuable in the season finale, but it pays off enormously regardless. It wasn’t until Renee was eliminated that I was exposed to the lone scenario where Jessica does not advance to the Final Two.

Well played, Clayton. As Jessica exits TC, she rounds up the jury to prepare blasting Andrew for taking not only a jury threat but picking the least loyal ally possible in the game. Will Andrew have a good defense or will he crumble? And how will people feel about Clayton receiving Andrew’s help for key immunity victories? Who will be credited with the moves they made during the game? Tribal Council is a place where you are held accountable for your actions, and day 39 makes that come full circle.

I should note this is the first FTC of the series where I thought each finalist had a chance to win the game. Usually it’s a foregone conclusion that leads to a near-unanimous vote. Clayton’s strategic prowess versus Andrew’s undeniable challenge prowess has led to a divided jury house.

FTC should be a lot of fun. Until I realize how much I have to transcribe when I post the episodes. -_-

P.S. Death to the Final Three format.

ROUND SIXTEEN CONFESSIONALS

CLAYTON,

Confessional:
Well well well. It worked out! My plan worked. A slight hiccup. But it worked brilliantly. Risks are supposed to be done in survivor and I played the biggest gamble. And my most Strategic relationship in the game, with Andrew, payed off again. I have been pseudo working with him since merge with the idea I needed him at some point. I knew this would be a flop or it would be brilliant. And when I air it all out after me and Jess carry this charade of hating one another and I’m in the finals IT WILL BE BRILLAINT. Big risk move to save me and my goat and still maintain the possibility of Andrew taking me. They jury is prob going all “yay Jessica! She made a move!” Hahaha. Little do they know… I made the biggest move I have ever seen and it payed off

Question : IF someone was to step down for someone else and allow that other person to go to the finals. Would that person still be on the jury?

ME: No. Raz would be added to the jury.

CLAYTON:

Ah okay Lame haha

ME: The only loophole is if all remaining players voted on a rule change that prevents it from happening.

CLAYTON: Oh lol. Well they wouldn’t so ill drop it haha.

Confessional:
Sometimes I hate this game. It brings out nastiness sometimes. Me and Jess r good friends but I can’t stomach some things she says. About her game. Saying she is going to have someone else write her final speech so it sounds better. I’m taking her to the finals. But she is drivin me crazy. She has such an inaccurate view of how things have transpired. And I don’t want to get ugly in final tribal and rip everything she says. But I also can’t tolerate her misrepresenting or taking credit for things. I’ve worked to hard for that and we r friends so I don’t want to get dirty in the finals over it. Frustration

Confessional:
Well today is a sad day. But now is where we see if my plan and my entire game will pay off. I would have rather lost the challenge on my own merits. Not technical difficulties. But it is what it is. If Andrew takes me I’m confident I have a very solid case to beat him. He would be dumb to take me. When it would be damn near unanimous if he took Jess UNLESS me and Ryan sway the jury alot for her. But idk if I will do that. I don’t think either of them should win. Andrew has played an absolutely shallow game. I will be sick if he wins. Sick. I just hope and pray I get to the end so I can rip him apart. The only bright side is… Me and Jess don’t have to go the finals and get nasty about it

JESSICA,

confessional: i am pretty much screwed. renee and ppl have told me i have like no shot at anything, i mean knowing i have consciously played a certain way from the beginning i know im going to get flack if im in the finals. i just hope i can winthe final immuniy b/c no one would see it coming apparantly, even though i have competed in i think all the challenge and done relatively good. and andrew is kinda a douche about winning challenges, survivor isnt all challenges, and that is all he is. and clayton is asking way to much of me b/c he let me play his idol when yes i saved myself but i am taking somuch unneccssary flack from ppl when its all a big cover. clayton is going to continue the cover during final immunity and say mean things to me to make andrew quit and im going to pull out the water works. speaking of final immunity can we just have final tribal council on skype when its done b/c everyone knows who they are taking already, im taking lcayton, clayon is taking me, andrew is taking clayton

awesome im getting upset at clayton because he wants me to quit, and i told him i cant do that when he is guaranteed finals both ppl will take him so i just want it to be over with

confessional: okay i get andrew wants to win the challenge but he also wants to win to geet the record, all he is challenges and nothing else, big whoop, he isnt mike tyson. i plan to stay on the challenge for as long as i can, i want to prove it to myself. i want it. and i get i want to be underestimated in the game and thats my strategy but it still is soo cocky of andrew to be like “hey guys im going to be there all day and night”. like as long as i dont mess up and just relax i can do this. i want ppl to be like wtf b/c even my strategy this whole game is not overt at all so i need this moment to prove how much i want it. clayton asked me to drop for him and im like hell no. you wouldnt drop for me and this is an equal partnership. like fool i need to do this for myself and have an extra umph going into finaal tribal if i am soo lucky. i want to show how bad i want this.

Random confessional: I want to win this challenge so Andrew gets his ego checked because the only Scottish guy I want to win something this year is terry McDermott!

TRIBAL COUNCIL #16

(*ANDREW*)-(CLAYTON)-(JESSICA)
XXX
(UMUT)-(JASON)-(ANNE)-(BRIAN)-(MATT)-(ANGIE)-(RAZ)-(GEROME)-(MACNEIL)-(VINCENT)-(HEERAL)-(LUKE)-(MARK)-(RYAN)-(RENEE)

ANDREW,

1. You did it. You tied Adam’s record from the prequel and made yourself immune for eight out of nine individual rounds. What are the factors heading into your decision tonight?

2. How do you think the jury will perceive your game?

1. You did it. You tied Adam’s record from the prequel and made yourself immune for eight out of nine individual rounds. What are the factors heading into your decision tonight?

The factors are simple. I had a deal with Clayton since early in the merge that we would take each other to F2. Unless Jessica can prove that Clayton was not on board with that plan, I will take Clayton to F2 & let the chips fall were they may.

2. How do you think the jury will perceive your game?

I genuinely believed I have destroyed this game in all aspects (socially, strategically & in challenges) & look forward to presenting my case with the jury. If they believe otherwise & vote against me then that is their prerogative. I’m happy with the game that I played.

Whilst I did lie & did screw two or three people in the process, I tried to be as honest as I could whilst trying to get Clayton & I to the end. Considering that I began on a tribe where I was in the minority, it’s a minor miracle that I stand before you with a 50/50 shot at winning this game & being the sole Survivor!

What I will find interesting is whether or not I would have been taken out if I wasn’t immune. Once I made my deal with Clayton, I always felt safe. It’ll be interesting to find out if I was would have been voted out if ever vulnerable.

CLAYTON,

1. Andrew spoke of a deal at the last Tribal Council with you. Do you think he’ll keep it?

2. Why should Andrew take you to the Final Two?

1. I hope he will keep it. I think he will because it would prove he is a good guy even more than he has up to this point.
2. I think he should take me yes. He has the absolutely clearest game. The most dominant challenge competitor in online and real survivor. I can’t even start to argue against that. And I think if he back stabbed the one person who was actually aligned with him he could lose respect. He has been a loyal person this whole game and I hope he sticks to it.

JESSICA,

1. Why should Andrew betray his pact with Clayton?

2. Why do you think you should be in the Final Two?

1. that is a personal decision that is up to Andrew and if he thinks the jury will respect that move or not, again its a personal choice
2. i should be in the final 2 in the same respect everyone deserves a chance. we all played the same game and we all participated and tried our hardest. its not my decision, andrew is going to do what is best for him and i cant fault andrew if he is respecting his final2 deal with clayton when i would do the same thing

When Andrew votes, please do so in the following manner:

VOTE: (Logan)
REASON: I’m the only one who can vote this round! If you somehow stay, I swear the game is fixed.

Alright. Clayton can’t vote for Andrew, Jessica can’t vote for Andrew, they can only vote each other. Votes cancel out. Andrew is the only one who will vote. It is time to vote. Andrew, you’re up.

ANDREW: I have now spoken to both of my competitors. May as well do this BB style again!

I have worked my ass off to get to this stage. I’m damn proud to be sitting here & so happy to have tied Racine’s record. That challenge was a lot of fun, as tough as it was. I’m still annoyed that I screwed up when I did!

Anyway, as I’ve made perfectly clear, Clayton & I have had a F2 deal since the merge & I have not seen anything to suggest that that wasn’t his plan. Given that, the decision is clear. I will be taking Clayton with me to F2. May the best man win. As such, my vote is for the effervescent Jessica Frey

JESSICA: thats fine, Logans Hosting-Org can i get my ice cream sundae at Ponderosa now…

ME: *changes Anglo-Saxon KIRO 7 correspondent for Asian costume and installs robot voice*

Andrew has decided to go against convention once again. It is official. Jessica, you have been evicted out of the Survivor House. Please say your goodbyes and walk out the front door. A large reception awaits at the Jury House.

Er, I went off script. Don’t divorce me, Les!

CLAYTON: Love u Jess! Good game third place goddess

ME: After over two months in this game. . .it’s down to two. You only have one opponent that stands in your way to the title. It is the final showdown. Winner take all.

This is one of your last nights in this game. I suggest you start figuring out how to deal with the jury. Nine people who will ultimately decide who is the winner of SCWL 4.
JESSICA: Clayton Spivey dont you have something to tell Andrew MacAskill now that im voted out????

JESSICA EXIT INTERVIEW


The last final exit interview before episodes are released. Let’s get to it.
1. On a scale of 1 to 10, 10 being the highest, what were the chances that you would consider betraying Clayton prior to the game? prior to the game, i would say about a 6, going into the game, i had really thought Clayton would be taken out before me. that happened in a previous game we played, thats why i tried to get close to Ryan so if Clayton left I could wiggle my way into another alliance. I didnt really see us getting anywhere close to the finals. I definitly got to know Clayton alot more and learned how scary good he is at this game. I definitly thought about it pre game alot more. just things happen in the game and friendships get strenthen. that is something i learned about myself playing this org. i learned about my flaw. i tend to play with my heart in that i form friendships with people and its hard to get the killer instinct but thats what i need in order to not get 3rd place again.

2. On a scale of 1 to 10, 10 being the highest, what were the chances that you would consider betraying Clayton on “day 38”? on Day 38, i literally had the message written out to Andrew on facebook, i had re wrote it a million times, i tried to figure out how to say it subtly say it to Andrew. So i would say it was an 8 in that i wanted to. I really wanted to send that message to Andrew. I just couldnt fathom someone like Clayton really throwing away a real life friendship over an online game. if i knew for sure he would get over it, i would have had the courage to press send. in addition, it wasnt until final 5 that i realized what the jury’s reaction would be to my game play, even if i was ready to explain myself. so i realized if clayton was mad at me for ratting him out, i would lose a guaranteed jury vote and the one person in the jury who would be on my side. it kinda was a lose lose situation. i made my bed and i kinda had to sleep in it.

3. I know you, Clayton, and Anne likely had a pre-game alliance. Were there more people in the pre-game alliance or did it expand to RHAPPERS after Opening Day?
first off, anne was never in the rhappers. we didnt really have a pregame alliance with her. Clayton and I had a pregame alliance and then when we saw the cast we knew anne would be loyal so we could string her along. However, she messed it up for herself saying she threw the challenge which she could have done. So basically it was me and clayton. anne was picked for our team to use then on the side, on the night 1 the 5 members of the rhappers had a skype call and cemented our alliance, anne was always on the outs.

4. Most people came to me and said they assumed every move you made was a subset of any action Clayton made. So let me ask you this: What moves did you make independently? What moves did you regret not making independently?
1. Well using my idol, that was a dumb move but none the less it was mine, that is a lesson well learned and it was in a moment of paranoia.
2. talking to ryan and making that alliance, i did on my own, i wanted him on my tribe.
3. i wanted to get the penality idol even without clayton, i was just lucky that clayton and the rhappers backed me. i remember saying to them “hey guys you know i could totally get the idol no one will suspect innocent ole me it was kinda like that scene from pitch perfect where fat amy asks for the solo non chalantly.
3. I definitly remember telling heeral and clayton hey we should use the buddy system. obviously a little naiive on my part. but i even gave u a confessional about it.
4. people dont get to see how Clayton and i would go over and over every move every night til late in the night. so i was definitly involved
5. yes i did make some social game mistakes in that I should have talked to more ppl and i know that. that is what i regret, i should have talked to more players and it would have cemented my game play and helped me
6. and ppl need to remember i was up there in challenges. that movie challenge, i got the answers quickly and sent them in, i actually sent the answers to Clayton. i almost had the word search challenge, just you know i searched on that thing even after my brain was fried from the lsat that day. that challenge with the animae, i got the answers before Clayton b/c of my friend. if it werent for Andrew, im pretty sure there was alot of challenges I probably could have won
7. Alot of plans i thought of just werent practical sadly.

5. Do you think a pre-game alliance with Clayton ultimately hurt you or help you?
a) i think it helped me in that it helped me get connected to ppl and it honestly helps soo much to play the game with someone you can absoultely trust and you know wont back stab me. i mean andrew and matt never wanted an alliance with me, they wanted one with clayton thats not my fault. i tried talking to them but it was like talking to a dead wall. Andrew never trusted me, why would i continue to talk to someone who complains to clayton the second i finish. which is another reason i didnt rat out clayton at final 3 b/c i knew andrew would go straight to Clayton and then my hopes of being sly about ratting him out would be done.

On the otherhand, i think having the alliance with Clayton made me feel safe but in the way that i didnt play to the best of my ability and i wasnt able to be as “stategybot” as i should be. At the same time, i think i would always choose to play with a pregame partner just to have that securty, i just would improve my social game and play the game i know i can and not play so safe. It just hurt me b/c Clayton plays so dominant that sitting next to him would not be good and the same time i never would have gotten that far if had not had that alliance.

6. Do you think there is anybody you could have beaten in a jury vote of those who made the top five?
-well i was kinda naiive, so if things went well and went the way i thought in my head the final 3 would be me ryan and clayton and either guy would take me and my strategy would be alot more clear i would have thought i had a good chance. Before the jury, i totally would think i had a chance against clayton and i actually thought i had a chance against Andrew b/c i use his horrible game play against him and say if you dont vote for me make it a vote against andrew.

7. How would things have been different if Clayton wasn’t on the Land tribe?
I think i would have had an uphill battle because the target would be on our backs and it would be easier to get rid of easier of us especially if Clayton was on upsa. If Clayton wasnt on the game i would have a better chance especially if i secured an alliance with Ryan.

8. What would have been the most critical moment in the game to deviate from your rock solid alliance with Clayton?
a) i would say there are two moments. it would have been easiest to do at final 5 but again play it out. i would be giving up a guaranteed final 2 deal. if i did turn on him there was a very good chance i was going next. that risk was too great. Im not going to give up a final 2 set deal for the rest that was soo muddy. if i could secure final 2 deals at 5 it would have been easier.
b) i think it would have been the best for me to get rid of Clayton at final3. Because if i got rid of him then blam im in the finals and i could play on everyone’s dislike for andrew.

9. You had two hidden immunity idols played in your favour throughout the game. Do you think you were more on other players’ radars because everyone knew you were in posession of at least one idol?
I think that wasnt why i happen to be on people’s radar. i think it was that combined with being in a pair with Clayton mainly the Clayton thing. He was the thorn in my side that wieghed me down but he also built me up. (he probably will hate that i said that). I think ppl targeted me to get to him or at least to get one of the idols gone not me in particular.

10. You wasted your own idol. Did wasting that idol really make any difference to the game? Would there have been any benefit to holding it for a longer amount of time?
it made a difference b/c i think thats what made my game less liked in the long run. Had i kept my idol, clayton and i both have idols at 4, there isnt no idol fuss and we just both play the idols and renee or andrew go depending on immunity.

11. If you won final immunity, would you have taken Clayton to the Final Two?
i would take clayton, i made a promise to him. i might make him sweat it out, but andrew was just a big of a jury vote and if i couldnt win i didnt want to see andrew win.

12. If it came to the situation where you were expected to quit for Clayton’s benefit at the Final Three. . .how would it have played out?
hell to no, clayton was crazy
i just said to clayton whatever he wanted to hear in order to get that idol
i would have let clayton beg me and beg me and just let andrew make his decision

13. If Andrew loses Final Four immunity, who wins this game?
Clayton still wins, i think he could still make the case against anyone to win especailly being on the jury. i think renee and clayton and i could have found a time to do the challenge and clayton could have easily won or i b/c i lost that challenge b/c i psyched my self out.

14. What are your overall thoughts on the overall twists involving hidden immunity idols and double immunities throughout the game? I like hidden immunity idols even when i wasted one, i always have liked idols. the doubler was questionable. it gave too much power to andrew,but hey if i had that power i might have liked it too.

15. Do you think there was anyone on Land who would have used the Mutiny Trigger?
i think matt or andrew would have definitly used it. ryan knew he had a pretty solid thing with his core ppl, thats why i agreed to let ryan get the mutiny trigger so i knew who had it. it was a decoy the rhappers came up with it so we could control who had it and if it was needed.

fun fact, ryan played clayton’s game and totally was on the outs on his tribe there and totally tried to use the mutiny trigger for this game before his boot in claytons game. funny story.
16. You pretty much shattered the record for most votes cast against for the season. You received SIXTEEN votes at Tribal Council. Why were you such a frequent target? Yes why

i dont think it was justified, but at least i leave this game with a title of some sort. if i have to be nicknamed “jessica penner”. i think they voted for me to get to Clayton. but it does seem justified persay when it came to getting me out to get an idol out thats smart. but i dont have any bad feelings about it.

17. Do you think all sixteen of those votes against you were justified?
some yes some no.
if it was for strategy then yes it was justified thats how the game is played

18. Which person in the game do you wish you would have made a closer strategic bond with?
i wish i talked strategy more with Ryan, and especially luke and heeral, i definilty could have tried harder to keep us tight.

I definitly wish i had a better social game with all of the upsas. social game to be is strategy. i think the game i wanted to play hinges on social game.

19. What was the biggest obstacle for you in this game? I dont want to sound repetive but clayton is the answer, he hindered me in that i was thinking of friendship and not strategy. when i should put strategy first.

20. What happens if Land loses that seventh tribal immunity challenge? Would the same endgame outcome occur?
different out come completely. it would be such an uphill battle for me. andrew would have left and andrew was the link that gave clayton and i knowledge from upsa and the other rhappers. clayton or i would have definitly been blindsided.

21. What are changes you wish could happen for next season?
maybe no doubler.
maybe a word box for the word search lol jkjk no make the next season suffer like we did lol

22. If you have any other thoughts, please share.
i like how you did tiebreakers
it was a fun game
On behalf of the production crew for SupaCooWackyLand, we thank you for playing this game!

MY FINAL PREDICTION BOOT LIST

2: ANDREW

1: CLAYTON

4.17 SCWL 4 Season Finale Part 3 (Not Yet Finished)

Date: December 8 2012 – February 18 2013/The Present

Immunity Challenge XVI: To receive the highest number of votes from the nine players who were voted out from the game. Person with the highest number of votes is immune and crowned the winner while the other becomes the 17th and final person voted out of this game.

Winner: ?????????????

Vote Count: ??????????????

PONDEROSA POSTS

JESSICA: can andrew post his opening, i have a very important question for him

HEERAL: I really hope it’s a video! Yeah yeah i know…I’m pathetic. lol u said it wrong in Clay’s video but it was close…just the last half was wrong

JESSICA: i guess andrew thinks watching die hard is more important than our votes

MARK: I’m amending one of my questions to ask ‘Why are you picking Die Hard over Survivor?”If you lose this final vote due to the delay in posting opening statement, do we have permission to refer to it in future ORGs as ‘Pulling a Die Hard’?’

JESSICA: andrew is going to have alot to catch up come his final speech…i want a live feed to see his reactions

***

MARK: Andrew just admitted to it and I just don’t see the strategy behind it. Why give Renee the answers for immunity then vote her out the next round? What was the strategic or social point of that?!

RYAN: He wanted me out…that bad.

MARK: You? What was special about you? I mean, you ARE special, but strategically?

RYAN: I think he was worried that I was too close to Clayton and Jessica, eliminate me and the clear target is Renee at final 4.

LUKE: Ryan had a huge hand in what was happening behind the scenes

MARK: You guys are all wrong. The catalyst was clearly Luke’s grandmother and her not having an internet connection.

RYAN: In an epic plot twist Andrew is in fact Luke’s grandmother and once again was the catalyst behind something.

MARK: If that is true then that would mean Andrew has no internet?

We just broke this game wide open!

RYAN: He cut off the internet so Luke couldn’t do anything.

MARK: Actually Andrew has internet but no wifi. He needs all the bandwidth just for himself.

RYAN: Andrew ctually is draining the worlds supply of bandwidth!

JESSICA: I heard Andrew was the catalyst behind the internet itself

LUKE: yes my grandmothers s—ty internets caused alot of stupid stuff to happen that shouldn’t have xD

MARK: I’m going to stab Angie in the back and tip off Andrew that she’s asking him about the catalyst! *darts across the tribal council set*

RENEE: I am addressing this question in my video for andrew, Mark.. made no sense to me either! LOL

JESSICA: thank you andrew for the laughter in his opening statement

MARK: Just to be clear, I didn’t stay with Clay at final 7 cause of Andrew, I stayed cause Clay won immunity. I only wanted to re-flip if it meant getting out that last idol.

***

JESSICA: Hey guys i changed my mind i might actually vote for a scotish guy to win a competiton….

oh wait..

wrong scotish guy. Terry Mcdermott ❤

***

MARK: ‘Personally, I don’t believe it’s close but that’s for you to decide.’ – Andrew

What do you think he means by that?

RITE OF PASSAGE

ME: Congratulations Final Two. You have done what sixteen others could not. Juggling six tennis balls at once and balancing a stapler on your nose.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hAo0gABaSyU

I know you’re getting emotional, but remember the production crew is here. You only have to hold out a bit longer until the end of the game. Tomorrow a topic will be posted for you to make your opening statements.

Take this time to reflect on your sixteen comrades. Think about the effect they had on you, the fond memories, taking the good, taking the bad, and there you have a frustrating Survivor player.

Woops. Getting off topic.
.
.
.
.
(UMUT)
.
.
.
(JASON)
.
.
.
(ANNE)
.
.
.
.
(BRIAN)
.
.
.
.
(MATT)
.
.
.
(ANGIE)
.
.
.
.
(RAZ)
.
.
.
.
(GEROME)
.
.
.
(MACNEIL)
.
.
.
.
(VINCENT)
.
.
.
.
(HEERAL)
.
.
.
.
(LUKE)
.
.
.
.
(MARK)
.
.
.
.
(RYAN)
.
.
.
(RENEE)
.
.
.
(JESSICA)
.
.
.
If completed by tomorrow, you will proceed to your Final Tribal Council. Good luck.

ANDREW:

(UMUT)

I was both sad & surprised to see you go first. Once I saw that you had assembled a ‘SurviveWar’ tribe, I was sure that the non-SurviveWar players would all go first. I was only able to speak to you a couple of times before you were voted out but we hit it off pretty well. Any fan of Manchester United is a friend of mine!

(JASON)

Fyke! Not a whole lot I need to say about you. We’ve been friends now for a couple years now & I’d have loved to have played with you but you, Matt & I were on the outs from day one & I couldn’t get the votes to keep you around. You are a top dude.

(ANNE)

I was genuinely pretty surprised that it was you that went home this round & not me. It was pretty clear from the get go that I was in the minority. I had to push really hard for your elimination & I figured it was going to get me booted. At that point though, it was a case of go big or go home. Thankfully it worked out for me. We never really spoke in the game. You seem like a sweet girl but you were in Clayton’s back pocket from day one so there was never any need to speak with you.

(BRIAN)

I can’t say I know you from Adam. All I remember thinking was that it was really unfortunate that you ended up on the ‘SurviveWar’ tribe because it put you at an immediate disadvantage.

(MATT)

I have a lot of time for you my friend. It’s just a shame that you didn’t heed my warnings that you were being lied to by Clayton. I really wanted to go as far as possible with you but it just wasn’t meant to be. We were pretty much damned as soon as Clayton was able to pick & choose his tribe. We both tried to switch it up but Luke chose to ignore us & that was that. Had we not won the rest of the tribal challenges, I think it’s safe to say I’d have been right behind you!

(ANGIE)

I have never had the pleasure of meeting you Angie so much like Brian, I have nothing to go off really. You do post some funny pictures on Facebook though!

(RAZ)

I was warned about you Raz! You were always perfectly pleasant to me whenever we chatted but I was always sceptical around you. I basically took the stance that anything you told me as a lie until I could prove it was true! From what I gather, it was a wise stance to take because you were causing all sorts of chaos on Upsa! I do think it was a mistake to take you out though if only because it sounds like you had an idol & that could have made all the difference given that Upsa knew they were going into the merge down in numbers.

(GEROME)

Another cat that I did not have the pleasure to get to know. You have a strong reputation in the ORG community though. I was genuinely shocked that nobody from Upsa approached me during this vote. Granted, I doubt I would have flipped but I’d made it perfectly clear that I was at the bottom of the totem pole yet no-one approached me at all. We decided to plump for you this round because we figured if an idol was played, it would be on Vincent or MacNeil. We decided it was therefore best to take you out.

(MACNEIL)

MACNEIL! I don’t know if I have enough space to talk about you! You are a fantastically weird & wonderful person. You have a joie de vivre that is just infectious. It was so much fun getting to know you & I look forward to having some fun times Skyping with you in the future! I would have absolutely loved to have aligned with you in this game but you decided to go the SurviveWar root. Once you did that, it left us on opposite sides & you became my number one target. Everyone loved you & I knew that a blindside of Clayton was planned. It was pretty clear that people wanted you around for that blindside & then you’d have been very dangerous. So I had to push hard for your elimination. And the fact that it was still a close vote is testament to just how much everyone liked you. You are a superstar MacNeil & I’m so pleased we got to meet.

(VINCENT)

You are quite the Vincent. We didn’t speak much but you always made me laugh with the random things you said. I knew that MacNeil was upset with you throughout the game so because of that, my intention was always to take you out. However, it wasn’t meant to be as soon! I knew that after this vote, Heeral, Ryan & Luke were going to try & blindside Clayton. I also knew that they wanted Mark involved. So I was planning to try & get Mark voted out but he won immunity & so it had to be. With the blindside around the corner, had you survived this vote, you would probably have gone deep!

(HEERAL)

Oh Heeral. You were one of only two people with whom I had previously played with in this cast. You said after the last game that you’d like to align with me in a future game. Then when the time came, you wanted nothing to do with me! I genuinely think you & I could rock a game together but it takes two to tango! You were the only person in the game that had me worried for challenges. I was actually surprised you didn’t give me more of a run for my money! Luckily, two immunities were available this round. So once I submitted, I helped Clayton & we were both safe. I knew the blindside was coming. It had to be you to go because you were the only one who could really do any damage if you stayed. This is when I found out about Jess’ idol. Mark made the smart move of realising he or Renee would be a goner if they attempted the blindside & so he & Renee jumped ship. I’d have happily worked with you in this game Heeral. You are a smart cookie & a lot of fun. Maybe next time eh?

(LUKE)

The other person I had played with previously. It was maddening play this game with you! You are a cool dude. I have no issue with you at all. But sweet fancy Moses was it difficult trying to get a hold of you. You were just never around, as evidenced by the fact you self-voted at one point. You were essentially a marked man for me when you chose to ignore Matt & I when we tried to speak to you before he went home. Had you just been straight up & told us your intentions, I’d have accepted that. However, to flat out ignore us just pissed me off. From then on, it was clear we were never going to be able to work together & so my intention at that point was to work elsewhere & try to oust you eventually, which I did. Clayton tried hard to switch the vote to Mark here but that made no sense because then Renee would have flipped to you & Ryan & we would have been unnecessarily tied up at three on three.

(MARK)

As I mentioned above, had you not won immunity in the round that you did, I was going to push to have you voted out instead of Vincent. I’m really glad you did because I enjoyed getting to know you. You have a great mind for the game & the kind of mind that I gravitate towards. It is such a shame that we again were on separate tribes to begin the game. I think we will have worked very well together. I was very impressed when you realised that if Jess played an idol (which she was going to) you would be in trouble. Unfortunately I had to sell you & Renee on a fake F3 deal to keep you onside for the Luke vote. I did genuinely struggle a lot with that decision. I was screwing two people regardless & Clayton’s selfishness with the idol was bugging me. However ultimately, I figured there was more chance of Clayton taking me to the end if he won final immunity than there was of you taking me over Renee.

(RYAN)

You are a great dude Ryan. You were a real help to me early on in the game when you were letting me know what was up. I had already worked out the majority alliance but it was a relief when you confirmed it. I would have happily gone forward in this game with you. However, whilst we are getting on really well, I was never really included in any plans. You told me early on in the game that there were plans to blindside Clayton & at merge, you wanted to keep Mark around. That wasn’t enough for me though. You’d usually come onto chat, ask me a couple things about my thoughts strategically & then you’d get off chat before telling me anything. So I knew I wasn’t going to last long if I went with you. Then when you did plan the blindside of Jess, you only told me a few hours before the vote that there would be a shift in the game. No specifics. The only person who was in constant contact with me was Clayton. So that’s why I moved forward with him in the game. At F5, since I was already immune so making Renee immune was the only way to ensure that she stayed. Otherwise it was conceivable that Renee would have ended up going home. You played well dude & if you had just solidified something with me properly, I would have happily worked towards us being at the end together.

(RENEE)

I have a ton of respect for you Renee. You should be commended for the relief work you do & I loved that Clayton used it for inspiration in a challenge. We didn’t start talking until late but I did enjoy our interactions. You are very different to anyone that lives where I do but I definitely don’t think that’s a bad thing. It sucked having to upset you when I made the fake F3 deal with you & Mark. I fully expected to get some flack from that which I did. I really wanted you to be in the F3 simply because it would eliminate the possibility of Clayton taking Jess if I screwed up the final immunity challenge. I’m writing this prior to Final Tribal so I don’t know for sure but my guess is that Clayton gave Jess the idol. He just voted for Jess to save face with me. If that’s the case, that was just smart on his part & dumb of Jess for not squealing on him! So I was sorry to see you but did enjoy our time together in the game.

(JESSICA)

I have to say, I was pretty stoked to be on a tribe with Jessica Frey, of RHAP fame! I really enjoyed talking to you too. You are such a bubbly personality. I remember losing the first challenge. It was almost entirely your fault but nothing could be done because you & Clayton has such a huge advantage by picking the tribes. You were completely set. You are a lovely girl though & once we hit merge, I was happy to have you on my side. It was clear on the very first call we were on, during the first challenge that you 7 Clayton were attached at the hip. As such, I had to be a tad sneaky at times. I tricked you into playing the idol when I knew fine well that Mark & Renee had flipped. However I couldn’t have you & Clayton continue with two idols. That was a crucial point in my game because dealing with both idols would have been a nightmare. The other was telling you I’d vote Renee. However as I stated above, I won’t be at all surprised if you were well aware of it & Clayton gave you the idol. That is why I still went all out in the challenge. I needed to win it to ensure I was in this position. A lot of fun to play with you Jess!

CLAYTON:

Umut:
Oh the dreaded first boot. I thought you would have a really good social game. But I think you were just the first victim of the dysfunctional SurviveWar players. Would have been interesting to see what you did if you had made it further in the game.

Fyke:
Dude! I was wary of you being with my tribe from the get go. “You were a lose cannon” were my pregame thoughts of you. And it proved true. Your open dissing of the tribes majority decision baffled me and created a nice little story for all of us early on. Maybe we will actually play together one day.

Anne:
OMG! I was looking forward to playing with u because I knew you would just do whatever. Haha. But you screwed up and didnt do the challenge. Ad hen had the NERVE to order me to save you? Nope. Nothing I could do even if I wanted to. Wish you would have been around longer for the ultimate final 3 situation.

Brian:
THANK GOODNESS you were not on my tribe. I figured you would get me out quick and I never could read you well. Which I why I urged my tribe not to pick you. And you left early as presumed. I hope one day I’ll actually get to know you. You were robbed in that BB game!

Matt:
Urm…. Awkward? Well you tried to align with me AFTER I already had an alliance. And your record proves you are threatening. I just wish you wouldn’t be so unnecessarily bitter and nasty in your exit. Oh and yah. I knew heeral would turn on me eventually. Didnt need the heads up…

Angie:
Hancock? Ohio? God if I know. But we never really interacted. All I know is you were yet another victim of the overplaying of the SurviveWar tribe. I PROMISE you it would have turned out better for you had you been on our tribe. I get along better with women in ORGs. Wish you could have played on my tribe so I got to know you

Raz:
I think you tried a lil hard. Your whole tribe with you especially. I remember you being one of the people that tried to throw us off the scent and confuse us with posts and comments on the tribe wall. I think you are a generally like able person and had a bunch of friends on Upsa. The stars just didnt align. GoodluCk in other games.

Gerome:
Oh you. The one juror I have failed to talk to. I blame this on the expediency of that round and the ease of the vote. You are the error in my game. I’ve heard plenty of amazing things about you but unfortunately I never got to see it. I suppose it’s a good think you left so easily.

MacNeil:
AMac of just Angie as I call you you are one of the biggest social beasts EVER. Which is why you had to leave. If everyone likes someone so much that’s the first clue as to why they have to leave. Your social game is impeccable and you are too like able for your own good. Oh and your ex? He can go screw himself.

Vincent:
You are a fighter. Even though you knew your number was up you still preceded to fight fight fight. I am however surprised how fast you and AMac turned on one another. Thanks for that though. I always appreciate playing with people that don’t just lay down and die.

Heeral:
Heeralzers!!!!!!! Oh I think we know eachother rather well now. Through The Shot and the BB game. I knew you knew you could never stick with me AND Jess to five so I don’t blame you. I suppose me knowing your tells helped me realize that. But hey. We are even now. You blindsided me and I blindsided you. Lets play again…. In a long time from now haha. My fav curry flavored friend (for others reading this… That was so not racist. Just a. Thing with us and a few others)

Luke:
Hey……. Idk why we never clicked. I feel like you were so distant with me, and not just geographically. I got the vibe from you from day 1. Some stems from my paranoia of the three of you branching off which proved correct. I am a social player on top of my strategy. And I feel like we never got to know eachother. I would try and talk to you each and every day but you just wouldn’t bite. Maybe you just knew you would never go near the end with me so you didn’t feel the need? Possible. But it didnt help our working relationship. I hope to see you play differently one day… But unfortunately I don’t think I would ever work with you since we didn’t jive. Good luck in the future

Mark:
The second to last Upsa. Your story is a great one. You were perceived to be bottom rung with all the SurviveWar people. BUT as I accurately predicted… You and Renee would be the last two standing. I think it’s your ability to actually talk to people regardless of your allegiances with them. Smart decision to not vote Jess at that all important vote. Preesh.

Ryan:
You have the mist. Do you know HOW MANY TIMES I have to metaphorically slap Jess out of it? I mean I’m sure it’s partly that Jess is just hyper emotional. But I knew from the get go you had a great social game. I’m sure you talked to EVERYONE even before merge. Unfortunately every move you attempted got preempted and I knew about it. I guess after you chose to vote against Jess that one round you were a sitting duck the rest of the time. But regardless of that… I thoroughly enjoyed every second I played with you.
Renee:
Yay for my fav new friend of this game. I think we view the game from the same lens. I told you many times I wish it had worked differently and that we could have worked together longer. But that wasn’t the cards we were dealt. I think Andrew faltered in not seeing you as the immense threat you were. You came into merge down numbers, played an amazing social game, wiggled your way into the final 4, and I would have voted for you in the end. But I knew I couldn’t go to the end with you. If Andrew didn’t win immunity I would have gone to 3 with you though. I feel sorry for doing my BIG idol move to get you out and preserve my goat. But hey. I’ll see you Saturday of Survivor finale weekend. PARTY!

Jess :
Dear Jess,
I couldn’t have asked for a better partner. Well I guess I could have but I wouldn’t do it any other way. I do wish you could have played a lil differently? Maybe helped me a bit more rather than me protecting you every waking moment? I know you will read this in anger. But we have talked about this. You can’t play this Amber like game if you don’t play an absolutely perfect social game. It won’t work, especially in ORGs. I know you hate that people think it was not an equal partnership. But can you really argue it wasn’t? I talked to you about everything yes. But I made every single decision on my own with you just saying “yes” to what I would say 90% of the time. What happened the one time you didnt listen to me? you wasted your idol and effectively ended your game and any amount of control you could possibly have.I love you for that though. I appreciated we could be 100% honest with one another. It somewhat made up for the added stress and risk I had to take on to make sure you were with me. But you were loyal. Nothing but loyal. Which is what I asked for. When you read this don’t get mad. You know Im good friends with you outside of this game and that won’t change. But take this as a learning experience. You get angry that people think you played a s— game. But think about it? Why do they think that? BECAUSE you never proved to them otherwise. Final tribal can help but if they have their minds set on the fact that they think you didn’t do anything then it may be all for not. People can say anything and try to act like its true on final tribal. Me and you have talked to eachother about this to no end but I wanted it to be part of my last words to you. Lol. I respect your game cause I respect your loyalty to me. I can’t wait till you win your first game and shove it in the haters faces… But read this again before you do. Love you JFrey! You will always be my number 1 ally EVER! B ready when I pick you up this weekend

CONFESSIONALS

JESSICA,

Confessional:
Idk if we r even supposed to do confessionals during final tribal but here one is anyways. This final tribal is brutal. I realize im not getting a beaten up as andrew is but he is getting on my nerves. He is literally lying out his ass. And its infuriating. He was so unaware of the social dynamics of the game and thinks he didnt even need immunity for much of the time. Fool. If i lose to him after the game he has played???? -_____________________________________-

Also. What is with people taking forever? I mean you only need one question. But i guess i understand. But andrew? Really???? Do we want this to take a week to do. I will go nuts if it takes that long. Come on now

As far as my winning prospects. I think i should win. Will I? Idk. I think i have the momentum but in an obvious last minute strategic move andrew decided to take forever to give sentiment some time to change. ANNOYING. IM worried about a few people in particular. Luke and me were never close and i dont think he looks at the game from a deep enough perspective (this game at least) to realize challenge wins are not enough. And he had a similar social game to andrew… none(at least from what ive seen and been told). THen Angie is giving each of us a fair shake at her vote which means she is swayable. Any vote could technically go any way. I hope they just go for me

Confessional:
I know I have prob been a bit harsh on Luke along the way. He is prob going to read my confessionals and HATE me haha. I do wish we had chatted a bit more. Cause I feel like I know him the least of the jury except maybe Gerome.

Also. I can’t wait till its all over hahaha. I have absolutely loved this game but its been a hard one. The cast was SO SO SO good. So many viable players. Great people. Which makes it hard as hell

So… I’ve answered all my questions the jurors asked me. Are final statements going to happen anytime soon? Since I’m on winter break ill be working ALOT more…. Starting 2moro. Is this going to go on indefinitely?

I mean Andrew has been on everyday for a couple hours at a time minimum, was on 6 hours ago even. And he has not even attempted to answer the questions. I feel like he was shocked he was getting beat up so badly that he just isn’t motivated to answer the questions. It doesn’t take THAT much time to do the answers, all together they prob took me around 2-3 hours to answer COMBINED after I started responding.

I mean can we move on? I just talked to him. And said he doesn’t plan on doing the questions right now. That it isn’t even on his radar. I wanted him to answer because if he doesn’t my win will always be in question should I get the votes. But I think I’m not the only person fed up with this amount of time.

I’m confident in winning even if he did answer. I hate that it would be questionable and a whole “what if” scenario. I just hope the jurors who do happen to vote for me, if they do, make it clear that they didn’t vote for me just because Andrew didn’t answer.

well this is ANNOYING. Andrew gets to sit back and answer every question after I answered mine…. Thus taking what i say into account to influence what he writes. Obnoxious. And I don’t have any more questions to address and defend any false accusations or misrepresentations made by him. Urgh…

Addition to my Rites of Passage for Jessica :
Excuse the previous paragraph. I was a lil pissed off at the moment… And I won’t confirm or deny any inebriation

FINAL TRIBAL COUNCIL

FINAL TRIBAL COUNCIL

(ANDREW)-(CLAYTON)
XXX
(UMUT)-(JASON)-(ANNE)-(BRIAN)-(MATT)-(ANGIE)-(RAZ)-(GEROME)-(MACNEIL)-(VINCENT)-(HEERAL)-(LUKE)-(MARK)-(RYAN)-(RENEE)-(JESSICA)

Alright. First things first. Andrew, I’ll take back immunity for the last time. Immunity no longer up for grabs. For the first time in over a month, Andrew is vulnerable at Tribal Council.

Okay. Andrew and Clayton, congratulations on making it to the Final Two. No easy feat after sixteen rounds of play. The power shifts this round to the jury–nine people you had a hand in either directly or indirectly voting out of this game. They will decide which one of you is worthy of the title of sole survivor and virtually nothing else that goes along with it.

We’ll start off with opening statements. In this topic, you’ll each make your first public plea to the jury as to why you should win this game. Once that’s done, the jurors will create their own topics and ask their own questions to each of you. Then we’ll have our closing statements. Then we will vote. ‘Cha.

OPENING STATEMENT:

ANDREW: OPENING STATEMENT PART ONE

Normally, I prefer to use final statements to close with a strong argument. Instead, however, I’m going to just go all out from the start. It’s an ORG. I’m pretty sure everyone will know who they are voting for by the time we post our final statements so here goes nothing. It’s a long one!

If you can’t be bothered, just read the last couple paragraphs where I sum everything up!

It has been a hell of a roller coaster for me. I am going to use this as a platform to explain why I deserve the win here over Clayton. Personally, I don’t even think it’s close but ultimately, that’s for you guys to decide. I’ve genuinely grown very fond of Clayton whilst playing this game. I’m very happy to be stood next to him at the end. He’s a good dude. I’d much rather have lost to Clayton than to have taken Jess & won. There’s no fun in that. I’m also well aware that he has friends on this jury that he speaks to on a daily basis so I understand what I’m up against. My hope is that you all appreciate just what I had to do to get myself to the end & see that my road was so much tougher than his.

Clayton will make the argument that he had this massive target on his back from day one. I disagree entirely with that statement. Clayton was not only essentially handed an idol, but he was handed one & afforded the opportunity to pick everyone in his tribe. Don’t be fooled into thinking that it was everyone picking who they wanted. Clayton hand picked the Land Tribe. Whereas Upsa ended up with six or seven people who all knew each other but knew they would have to split up, Clayton was able to pick his best friend, then able to have his best friend pick Heeral & Anne Curtis (who would never have betrayed Clayton). Clayton had Anne pick Matt & told Matt to pick Luke. Thankfully Matt bucked that trend & picked me anyway because I did not want to be one of the odd men out on the SurviveWar tribe.

So Clayton from the outset was essentially guaranteed to make the merge no matter what. He had an incredible amount of power from the get go. The first half of his game, he was to sit back & relax. He was able to get Luke on board & had a strong 5 person alliance set up immediately with Anne Curtis as someone he could carry as far as he could. That left me on the outs.

We lose our first challenge & the tribe targets Jason Fyke. I understand Clayton’s reasoning but keeping Anne around was always going to cost us down the road. I tried to save Fyke as he is a personal friend of mine but no dice. I knew that from day one, I was a marked man.

We lost the next challenge also & in exactly the way I predicted. Anne had single handedly cost us the challenge. I knew this was were I had to go big or go home. I pushed hard for Anne to get voted out. I knew fine well that she was attached to Clayton’s hip so it was a case of me or her at that point but I wasn’t going to sit around to be picked off. Luckily, I’d managed to have her voted off & survived the round.

Then the next loss, it was between Matt & I. I wanted to try & switch the game up at this point but I just couldn’t get the numbers. I was never going to vote against Matt so I made it clear my intention to vote out Jess. Thankfully, the tribe still felt I had value & kept me over Matt.

I knew I was next gone but thankfully I was able to bust my ass & we won immunity from the on in.

PART 2:

The game then gets interesting come the merge. That is when Clayton started talking to me properly about advancing in the game together. It was clearly a ploy just to stop me flipping but it was good to chat with him & get a feel for his plans. The one thing about Clayton is he is a horrible liar on call. During the first challenge we had, he pretty much gave away that he & Jess were BFFs & once we got towards the end of the game, I think he avoided Skyping with me for that very reason. So I had a good read on Clayton but he was the person telling me the most things so I was happy to stick by him.

It was around now that I advised Clayton that Ryan, Luke & Heeral were planning to blindside Clayton. Ryan had been feeding me the information but was not including me in any plans so I decided to hedge my bets with Clayton. Clayton still thought all of Land were going to the F6 together & didn’t believe me at first. I warned it would happen but not until F8.

Gerome was the first target for two reasons; he made the finals of his SurviveWar season (and my have won (can’t remember)) & I figured any idol would be played on Vincent or MacNeil.

The next vote was pivotal. I’d worked out that Luke, Heeral & Ryan wanted Mark & MacNeil as the two Upsas left at F8 to blindside Clayton. So my intention was to work on getting them both out. MacNeil had to go first because everyone would fall in love with her. So I pushed hard for MacNeil. Thankfully, Clayton was in my corner for this so we pushed hard. You could see that Ryan & Luke were dead set against it which is why Vincent almost went home instead. Thankfully enough votes were cast for MacNeil & she went home. That was big.

I wanted Mark gone next but he won immunity so that left Vincent as the only choice & so he went home in a pretty straightforward vote.

Then it was blindside time! What helped being really key here is that there was double immunity on the line. Once I’d made sure I was going to win immunity, I shared my answers with Clayton to ensure he did too. Otherwise he would have been the target & he would have had to waste the idol. Where we really lucked out here is Mark realised right away that if an idol was played, he or Renee would end up going home in a re-vote. So they switched & wanted to help us vote out Heeral. It was at this stage that I learned about Jess’ idol. That brings me to my next two pivotal moves!

Firstly, I made a F3 deal with Mark & Renee. It was one that I never intended to keep but it was vital to stop them both from flipping back to Luke & Ryan after the Heeral vote. I needed to keep them on side but I knew I’d be the only one able to convince them to stick with us.

Secondly, I realised that progressing in this game would be mighty tough if both Jess & Clayton kept their idols. Even though I was now absolutely certain Jess didn’t need to play her idol, I got on call with her & scared her enough into playing it. Clayton tried to stop her but I spooked her enough to play. This was huge for me because it left them both with one idol between us. Clayton was pretty much swearing on everything he held dear that he’d take me to F2 at this point. I was forever sceptical though so I had to do this to better my chances. And with that, Heeral was a goner.

The next round was frustrating. Clayton now wanted to take out Mark which was just assinine. Had he done that, Renee would have just flipped right back to Ryan & Luke & forced a tie. Again, I was the voice of reason & calmed him down. Once again, I got immunity & shared my answers with Clayton to keep him immune. We then took out Luke.

Now everyone started turning on each other!Mark wanted rid of Clayton & Clayton rid of Mark. Ryan was happy to take out Clayton but I couldn’t decide which route to take. Ultimately I decided that Mark & Renee would take each other. Whilst I was still worried that Clayton would take Jess, it was still the best option on the table & I didn’t think anyone was going to be able to beat me in the challenges. Even though they all tried to gang up on me & share answers!

At F5, already immune, I helped Renee win immunity. This was vital to ensure she stayed & to make sure to break up the possibility of a Ryan, Clayton, Jess triumvirate. It was important as well because at F4, I knew that once Ryan was gone, I could flush the idol or take out Jess.

At F4, Clayton pushed hard for Renee but I wasn’t budging. I needed the idol or Jess gone. I didn’t mind either way to be honest. So I was not surprised to see that Jess played the idol. Clayton swore she stole it. I played dumb to everyone but I was pretty sure he had just given it to her. Kudos to him for basically screwing Jess by having her agree to not squeal on him if he used the idol. He’d have used the idol regardless. I think that’s the one thing that disappointed me in this game, thst Clayton did that Jess. But he did. I couldn’t guarantee he did & taking him to F2 was far more exciting than either other option so I sent Renee home.

Then at F3, I took Clayton once Jess decided to keep quiet. Had she squealed, I’d definitely have considered it. I don’t know if I’d have been comfortable taking Jess to the end though.

So there you have it.

The key point I have is this, I would have made finals regardless. And until about F5, I don’t think immunity was a factor. From F5 onwards, it definitely was. Clayton on the other hand, could NEVER have made finals without me. He had no idea a blindside was in play until I told him. I gave him immunity at F8 & F7 to avoid blindsides. I made the F3 deal with Mark & Renee to stop them flipping.

Clayton made two key moves in this game; firstly he hopped on my back & listened to me strategically & secondly, when he screwed Jess at F4. He needed me to make it to this point. I had different options at different times. That’s why I don’t like the Cook Islands comparison. I definitely have a lot of Ozzy in me, but he definitely was not Yul!

Thanks everyone for a great game. Hit me as hard as you can with your questions & I’ll answer as best as I can!

CLAYTON: I will go ahead and break this stalemate of waiting for one another to post so we can play off each others openers. I don’t feel the need to change my opening statement once i see andrews. BUT Before I get down to my opening statement as a whole I think one thing needs clarification so we all view this final tribal through the same lens and not having a misconception about one of the biggest moves of the game.

-at final 4 Jess did NOT steal my idol. She was my partner the entirety of the game and I needed her with me at 3. It secures my finals spot. Andrew won immunity so it went from there. As Andrew aptly said to me at final 5, “your playing a very risky game with the idol” in one word or another. And I continued that at 4. I was confident in my ability to capitalize off of my strategic relationship I had made with Andrew as a safeguard. So I made the plan. I gave Jess my stipulations. She wouldn’t fight to stay should ANDREW win final immunity. I would vote for her as to not raise suspicion. I would use the strange idol code sharing rules of Logan to make a rational story. I would cry foul at Jess stealing my idol and that I didn’t think she would do that. Cementing a negativity from myself to her. Increasing the possibility that, should Andrew win final immunity, he would still be under the impression I was with him. I felt bad for Renee because i wanted her at 3 personally but she was the biggest threat. It was a big risk for me. But it worked as Andrew even told me he would take me as long as he thought i would have taken him. Which was the whole reason i made the move to preserve that idea with him. And I helped me get here.

Now that that is clear, even though I suspect some of you may have already deduced it, it’s time for my opening statement. This game has been an absolute whirlwind. From Day 1 I had a target. I was put in a position by our lovely host that even if I didn’t take the idol everyone would assume I did. This forced me to play the game like I never have had to before- from the front lines. I came into the game with an ally that was anything but secret and had to work each and every round to ensure both of us stayed but also make sure I specifically made it to the end and could win. I was put in a situation where I had to excel strategically and socially beyond what I thought to succeed. I took risks at all possible moments to ensure I would be in the best position moving forward. I didn’t join this game to get 5th, 4th, 3rd, or 2nd. I came to try and win. I was willing to make moves that could possibly backfire at the moment but if they worked it helped me that much more. If you don’t take risks what is your game? And more importantly, i didn’t have anything to lean on every vote.

This game, while it has been very hard, has been more than I could have asked for. I’ve made a great number of new friends. Real friends I think. While some didnt work with me truly in strategy of game I think I got to know alot of the people in this game well. I realize this will come off as jury pandering. But I don’t want it construed. The relationships I built with people were true. Yes they did happen to help my game at various instances. I think I had the privilege to converse with alot of people on a game level but it developed into me genuinely liking those people. That’s what makes this game so dang hard. But isn’t Survivor above all else a social game? This is something I realized and valued the entirety of this game. I didn’t just rely on one strength of mine. I believe I had a grasp of the people on the game and the game itself. This helped me get to where I am. I have a myriad of moves and few VERY key ones. But I will save that for your questions. I’ve been thrilled to play this game and can’t wait to see what you all have to say. Thanks

ANDREW: Mine is going to be LONG! Bear with me folks. I’m watching Die Hard so I’m a little distracted

LUKE: please please please DO NOT KISS MY ASS i have no patience for it…

MARK: Please please please DO KISS MY ASS! My ego needs stroking!

LUKE: stroking, really? couldn’t find a better word lololol

MACNEIL’S QUESTION: Asking Clayton about the idol, why Clayton lied to her about them, and why Fabio should have lost/won.

CLAYTON: AMac! (as i tribed to call you but it never caught on)
Thanks for the video questions. Ill go ahead and start with the first question.

THE IDOL STORY:
WOW. Haha. Thats a long one. Well you saw a lil bit about it with its penultimate move in the game but ill outline the whole thing for you. When i was elected to captain i got a clue to the idol. It said that the first person to cast two rogue votes will recieve the idol. But a little snipit that was unknown to most and could have been overlooked was the big part. After the first tribal council i went to Logan would reveal what the clue was. This infuriated me at first. I was put in a position as captain with an autotarget just like Umut. Then i was going to have my game blown up by the host himself! It was lose lose essentially. I take the idol and everyone thinks i have it. I dont take it and everyone thinks i have it and i am idolless on top of it.
SO then it was operation damage control. We also got additonal rules that were not known to the rest. That we could hand the code out to be used by anyone. Like a joint idol. Which is why we had to jump on Jess getting the penalty idol for out tribe. That way nobody else would know about the idol rule. And it worked.
As Andrew kindly told me, i was playing a very risky game with my idol. It put the biggest possible target on my back from day 1. But i didnt want to be that person that blew their idol or went one and done with it.Every round i took a big risk with my idol by not playing it. I could very well have gone home each and every time i didnt play it. But for me i weighed risk vs reward. If i use it then im idolless. And i showed i wasnt trusting the people who said they would vote with me. SO each vote i risked it. It wasnt that i didnt think i would leave. I knew it was a real possibility. But i also knew that it doesnt make a difference if i get one round further if i cant win. So i made sure to save it to ensure i could capitalize on it.
I think my game was ballsy with the idol. I didnt play it on myself. I concoted a plan to ensure myself a spot in the finals while saving my best ally in the game. That was my decision soley. I said it a bit above but it worked on all levels. I saved my ally. I preserved my image in andrews eyes that i was loyal to him when i voted for jess. It cemented Jess as almost indebted to me even though we are amazing friends. It also made andrew think i was a fool and make him that much more willing to take me. As he did call me dumb on multiple occasions for her stealing it when she didnt at all. This was my end move with my idol. It secured my game and continued to allow me to use Andrew for my game in the fashion i did all game.

WHY I LIED TO YOU:
That one is relatively simple. I knew where the idols were on my tribe. I had suspicions Brian had it on yours. BUT it was unclear because it was impossible to know who had it definitively. I could not risk the chance of you having an idol. Post deadline sure. Thats what andrew did. Kissed up at the last millisecond. But i would be a fool to tell someone they were leaving when i very well knew how powerful the idol could have been in this game. In the modern age of Survivor you just dont take that risk. How foolish would i have been if i had came to you about me voting you off if you did have the idol and i just tipped you off to play it?

WHY FABIO SHOULD HAVE LOST:
Oh i knew this one was coming Im not sure if there is even a right answer to this one when im saying it to the biggest Fabio fan i know. Well it is prettu simple. Through this game i have been able to analyze him from a different perspective. I had the…pleasure?… of playing with someone that immunity whored it to the end. Only when you sit next to someone like that can you gain perspective on Fabio. For me anyways. Why should Fabio had lost? Because the only reason he got to the end was whoring it up at the end. I only think someone should be awarded the title for winning challenges if and only if the people next to them lacked all strategic and all social game. And Sash and Chase did not. Sash was the brains behind much of the operation STRATEGY. Chase was in good with a good majority of the jury and made tough calls when they absolutely needed to happen. STRATEGIC AND SOCIAL. Fabio? None of the two. I think we have to look at where that person would have been had they not performed well in challenges. OUT THE DOOR. I think it is telling of a player when they HAVE to win immunities to be safe. It shows two giant gapping holes in their game. Also. Social is not just about being well liked or goofy. But managing your like-ability at a level you wont be taken out for it. The people next to him should be rewarded for getting to the end without the protection of that little necklace.

Thank you Angie for your questions. Now back to writing my final paper temporarily. LOL.

ANDREW: MacNeil,

To your first question, yes. You may not have been aware of who I was but I was aware of who you were because you played with LP3. And I knew he adored you so I absolutely would have made sure to speak to you in the game because we’d have a common bond right off the bat. I just didn’t even almost get a chance

I am to ignore your second question, as per your instructions

Not only have I Skyped with Lister Potter the Third, but I’ve also Skyped with Lister Potter Jr one time!

Anyhoo,

Yes, you are absolutely voting for Fabio to win. His story is excellent. You said it yourself, you’d have voted for Renee or Mark at the end as the ultimate underdog story. Fabio is in that same boat. He was looked at as an extra vote & then following some failed attempts to seize control of the game, he ended up in trouble & was down & out. Yet he was able to pick himself back up, keep fighting, win immunities & make it to the end, all whilst staying true to himself & with a positive attitude to boot. Fabio should never have made it anywhere near the end of that game. Yet he did just that & was absolutely worthy of the win. He was sat next to a guy who was too indecisive & another who couldn’t win because he had tried to split his prize money with another contestant. Fabio, is the only choice in that scenario

RYAN’s QUESTION: Who you expect to receive your jury vote from most to least? You’re on a date with a jury member. Who is that jury member? Where do you go? What do you do? What do you tell that person? And is there a second date?

HOST’S NOTE: Thank god I was never asked that second question. My word.

You asked for just a list with one person in each slot. As hard as it is for me to give no explanation ill bend to your will here

1: Jessica

2: Renee
3: Heeral
4: Ryan
5: Mark
6: Angie
7: Luke
8: Vincent
9: Gerome

For your second question i have to go with my org bff Jess. LOL. Seeing how i know her best. Well I’d have to go with a familiar situation. Haha. I would drive bats— crazy out of my way. Meet up at her apartment. Skype with semi-strangers for hours on end. Take shots of vodka till she passes out on the bed. And only wake her up at the sound of an Aussie and/or Canadian accent. Then be total dorky super fans and meet a bunch of Survivors the next day. Its like deja vu. ALSO will we have a second date? Well yes if you consider the friday, saturday, sunday, and monday a different date

Thanks for the questions Huckla. Just remember… you could have been the one waking her up last night

MACNEIL’S QUESTION: What do the people on the top, the people who finished in the middle, and the people on the bottom all have in common?

CLAYTON: Hey Angie sorry I couldn’t respond. I was driving hahaha

The explanation is simple. The people at the very top are either friends outside of the game or people who expressed explicit opinions. The middle ground are people, like yourself, that have made a conscience effort to give both of us a fair shake (not that the ones in the top have not). The bottom half… er bottom two… Just don’t have as much of a personal connection to me even though they could still very still vote for me. I make no assumptions about the list haha.

CLAYTON: I meant nothing by that placement. Simply asked a question and someone had to be placed in that position

RYAN: Wait so the placement menat nothing to you Clayton? So you just kinda threw some names up to answer my question?

CLAYTON: No. I meant it wasn’t supposed to be mean. Lol. Marty just had to come on here and try and sway the jury do I needed to say something. I don’t want it misrepresented like I hate Gerome and Vincent or something

RYAN: Well they should know that without having to be told that correct?

CLAYTON: Well yes I would hope so Ryan. But when we have a Nonjuror coming on telling people who to vote for on ur question I felt the need to clarify

MARK: I still have absolutely no idea what the question is but you seem completely indifferent to me whatever it is. Please explain. I’m sorry if its actually a compliment and completely obvious!

RYAN: At the top of the list are people who Clayton expects to get a jury vote from, the more you go down the more iffy he feels about getting that persons vote.

CLAYTON: Yes. For various reasons. Obviously too because of personal relationships with. Bottom because some of them left a lol earlier and we didn’t have time to cultivate as much of a relationship naturally

MARK: That’s cause he can only afford to personally call the Americans by phone to canvass for his vote. Canadians he has the next best chance of fitting our calls into his Scwl budget.

MARTY: Other nationalities… Lol… Both Vincent and Gerome are from the Philippines… Like season 1 winner Mervin.

RYAN: Yes but Luke is from Australia, so other will have to do or Not North American.

RYAN: I just noticed he put all the Canadians in the middle of the pact. Then he put the 3 Americans at the top, and the other nationalities at the bottom.

ANDREW: Thanks for the kind words dude.

Just an aside, had you been more open about what was going & included me more when we merged, I would have loved to have gone the distance with you. You just didn’t include me & I had to look elsewhere.

And that’s the difference right there between you & Clayton. He did. And he swore blind he’d take me to F2. So I went down that avenue.

And I was waiting at F5 for you to come to me & rat Clayton out. I figured this was my last chance to find out if he was with me or not. And then you didn’t even broach the subject! You just wanted me to reveal my plans. So when you didn’t, I figured I had to then stick with Clayton.

Anyway, to your questions.

First, my list from most likely to least likely (which is a lot tougher when it turns out everyone was trying to get rid of you! Thus, it’s pretty much based on how I’ve been received at FTC):

– Luke.
– Ryan.
– MacNeil.
– Heeral.
– Vincent.
– Gerome.
– Mark.
– Jess
– Renee.

As to why Clayton & not Jess, I’ve kind of explained it but shall do so again.

I had made a promise to Clayton. I figured he gave the idol to Jess & I knew I had to win immunity to guarantee my place, which is why I stuck it out for so long. I knew Jess would go out quickly. I didn’t know about Clayton.

However, I will not take out an ally without definitive proof that they are coming after me. At F5, you said nothing, at F4, Renee said nothing & at F3 Jess said nothing. So if I take out Clayton & I’m wrong & he was with me, the game is meaningless to me because I turned on my friend. It’s just something I feel strongly about. I won’t jeopardize my integrity for an ORG.

Had anyone told me he was coming after me, I would have taken him out. Of course I would. I saw plenty warning signs but nothing definitive.

So I was always going to take the person I felt was loyal to me, or in this case, that couldn’t prove was disloyal. I genuinely did almost vote for him at F6 but I couldn’t risk being wrong & taking him out.

Taking Jess just to win doesn’t interest me in the slightest. I prefer to stick to who I am as a person than do that for a game. I worked my tail off from being waiting to be picked off to getting to the end. To then take the easy win would just be shallow to me. All that hard work just to take the easy route. That’s not a proper victory in my eyes. I play so that I can leave with my head held high. I can now say I did that regardless of what happens

RENEE’S QUESTION: Clayton, how did you convince both Andrew and Jessica to take you to the Final Two? How did you position yourself to get so far? And how did you convince Andrew to take you to the Final Two without him knowing your true intention?

Andrew, what was your strategy? If it’s not well-rounded, you’re not getting my vote.

CLAYTON: ok thanks. I will watch and respond after i finish the next section of my death of a salesman paper. Damn you Ben Loman!!!

Renee!:
Hey girl. I absolutely LOVED your question and was waiting to answer that one. haha. Well im sure once these are read by my opponent, since no opening statement has been made yet, it will only be used to act as if he knew about all my plans and that he knew i wouldnt take me. But thats the pickle of an online non-live tribal right?

Well. Your analysis was dead on. I had absolutely no intention of bringing Andrew to the finals. I was taking Jess 100. Early on i got to know him quite a bit. My relationship and faux finals deal with him was 100% strategic. If you know me personally you know i dont like making fake deals. BUT i saw this as a grand opportunity for my game. Andrew was always on the peripheral of the core to a certain extent in theory. So i appealed to him. I talked to him even pre-merge. I knew i could benefit from him. I consider playing andrew as the biggest move in my game and likely in this game as a whole this season. I knew his challenge prowess. My whole game with andrew was saving the possibility for him taking me to the end. As ive had told to me on a myriad of occasions… Andrew would be stupid to take me. he told me after he won final immunity that the only way he wouldnt take me is if he was told by Jess that i didnt plan on going to the end with him.
But being so close that me and jess are she didnt as i asked her not to. The idol deal was the penultimate part of my game. it was fulfilling the play i invested in the entire game. Fool Andrew into trusting me. I dont like playing like that persay but it was a necessity and i had the forethought to realize that. Its that strategic move to get him close to me that secured me. That idol play i made at 4 was to preserve that work i did to ensure myself the finals and an added possibility to give my best friend the shot at getting to the end with me also. I kept that leash on Jess strategically yes. it ultimately benefited me but i saw it benefited her chances to get to the end game also so it was reasonable. I was not shocked Andrew fell for it. He gave me information on multiple occasions that most would think as suicide. The fact that he told me he was voting for jess and tried to get me to shows to me that he was not keyed into the social dynamics of even me, when i was supposed to be his one ally. You said yourself you may have taken me come finals. My strategy with Andrew payed off so big i could take the biggest risk of the entire game and it WORK. I think as a juror i would look at who got the better end of the deal. Me who was secured the finals even though i was a percievable threat from the beginning like Angie said OR Andrew who only stayed around cause he won challenges (winning the all important doubler by having someone outside of the game give him our answers… borderline cheating? I guess it will slide) and took someone to the finals for little logical reason? I like to think i had the better bite of that sandwhich

ANDREW: Thanks Renee & fair points as a whole.

You essentially attack my game in two parts (socially & strategically) so I’ll deal with both separately.

From a social standpoint, I am very much the kind of guy who if you want to speak to me, I can happily speak to you for hours. I have no issue with it at all. I definitely don’t go out of my way to message people though. At the same time, I’m not going to pander for jury votes & treat people differently for the sake of a game. I mean with say Gerome, we couldn’t reveal our plans as to who we were voting off & I’m not going to talk to Gerome just to lie to him. That’s just flat out mean!

Ryan & I talked at the start of the game but once merge hit, he would just disappear mid-conversation!

Luke just ignored me whenever I tried to speak to him

Vincent I kind of began to build a rapport with but then we had rto vote him out.

Mark I began to really like which is why I became conflicted at F6. We were talking & I enjoyed his company. But again, it’s hard for me to make someone feel comfortable with me when I know I have to vote them out. It’s just not worth it to me to do that to someone.

With you, I didn’t really get a chance to chat with you until you got back home & then by that point, I knew that I was going to have to lie to you. It’s something I hate & so I had to try & back off a bit. Once I sent Mark home, I could never properly share stuff with you because you had every right to try & do the same to me.

Ultimately, I love getting to meet & know new people. I’ve met some of my best friends in ORGs. I don’t feel right pandering to people for jury votes though.

Strategically, I thought my game was excellent. I truly did. I was a dead man walking at the start but that’s because Clayton hand picked the tribe. I started with a major disadvantage. Once I made the merge though, I was able to take control & decide what was going to happen. I was fully aware of what was going on. Again, Clayton gets blindsided at F8 if not for me. I had options.

What needs to be made clear here is I never fully trusted Clayton would take me to the end. However, say there is a 10% chance that he does & i know that everyone else combined is 5%, then I have to take the chance at 10%. He was my best chance at being taken to F2. I don’t think anyone would have because I’d be too big of a threat. So you have to make the best play on the information you have. The moves were all dictated by me though. Had Clayton gone to you & Mark with a F3 deal, you wouldn’t have bought it. I ensured Jess lost her idol, I dictated who went in each round. Had Clayton pushed for Mark to go at F7, then you would have flipped with Luke & Ryan & he would have had to use his idol at F6.

I think you can make arguments for deficiencies socially but that is in almost every case because they were about to be voted out & I wasn’t willing to hurt anybody for the sake of it.

Strategically, I feel I hit the nail on the head & went from no-hoper to a finalist. I don’t doubt that immunity helped me massively.

But imagine if we know everything we know now, & we go back to the first vote at the merge. No immunity, no idols. Who is the target? It would be me. For a variety of reasons. I’d be the biggest threat to win the game because you can get rid of Clayton at any point.

I honestly feel I played very well strategically. If you feel differently, that is your prerogative. I can honestly say that I’m happy with how I’ve played, I’m satisfied that I played the best game & I’ve met some great people. The chips will fall were they may

JESSICA’S QUESTION: okay i’ll post my Clayton question next b/c i really should get back to studying
Hi Clayton, long time no talk
***Since I know you are a very good social player and i know you got to know people very well, your task for me is to compare each of the jury members to a movie of your choice im giving you a fun question b/c im sure everyone else has game related questions and well frankly i know everything you did and i know you will explain all your strategy b/c you were always thinking and you deserve the chance to relax.
I just want to finish with I’m really proud of how you played the game and that you are really an inspiration in the game and a true friend thanks

okay i have to ask my questions for andrew

first, if you want a chance at my vote, b/c im giving you a fair chance, answer with complete honesty and not from reading clayton’s answers..i

number1-did you actually think clayton was taking you at any point in the game, like really, b/c honestly i think you were dillusional in your game, you are there strictly b/c you won immunities and Clayton choose to keep you in the game. obviously you can read what Clayton has said in his previous statements, but i want to know honestly what you think


number2-do you really not credit, Clayton at all for you getting there. b/c he is the real reason you have had the chance to be there, besides you winning immunity.

thanks good job in the challenges, b/c those were crazy hard.

ANDREW: Thanks Jess,

To your first point, I thought he was as good a chance as anyone else. Everyone was gunning for me by the end. The whole reason I went after you at F4 is because it would either get rid of you or the idol. It was just the smartest play.

I think towards the end of the game, every sucker was gunning for me. There is no benefit of getting rid of the only person who is swearing he will take you to F2. It just makes no sense. Are you suggesting I get rid of Clayton & just hope someone else decides that late in the game that they want to sit next to me? I think not.

Secondly, Clayton & I talked strategy constantly & it was always fun chatting with him. He would have been blindsided at F8 had it not been for me. How is he the real reason I’m sitting here? Nothing he did kept me safe from the merge onwards. If anything, I kept him safe by handing him immunities & stopping him from taking Mark out too early. He needed me. I’d love to hear you disprove what I’m saying

JESSICA: that wasnt really my question since i asked you if you really honestly throught clayton was taking you to the final 2 but thats okay good luck..

CLAYTON: Jess:
Haha. Leave it to you to ask this question

Gerome: You are Slumdog Millionare. I have heard amazing things about this movie but never ever got the chance to see it. Just like you in the game. I’ve heard you are a beast player but I never got the privilege to witness. I’ll be watching you in more games now

Angie: You are The Notebook. This movie has a girly outside. Overall very like able in actors and script and was a heart string puller. But it also had alot of depth to the script. Chick flick haters may disagree but this was more than a chick flick. Your game was like that for me. You were a social beast inside and out. Everyone likes you. You have pulled at my heart strings some. But I know your more than just that. Your strategic in your game and a major threat t the box office… urm for sole survivor.

Vincent: You are the Die Hard series. This series has had amazing longevity. But it kept on going and going and going. It keeps churning stuff out and will continue to until it really dies hard. That’s your game for me. You knew your back was against the wall but you persisted with me. You kept pushing and strategizing until the last milisecond. You are Bruce Willis’s character and the the franchise.

Heeral: You are Good Will Hunting. I know u thought I would give you Slumdog millionaire but its not time for jokes. Lol! My rational for Good Will Hunting. Maybe not the movie as a whole but certain instances and Will. In the movie Will is misunderstood. He is wildly talented but is somewhat stuck in a rut. Will went with his heart in the end. And for this one it’s not really about ur game. Bt u as a person and a lil bit of advice. I hope you go the way of Will and follow your heart to do what you want to make you happy in life Heeral. And I can’t wait for it to happen

Luke: You are Elf. In the beginning Buddy was misunderstood. But in the end we all realized how like able and truly a good guy he was. This was me and u. U know I was always a bit skeptical. But in the end over Skype calls and getting to know you a bit I realized you wee a good guy and naturally funny. Respected u even more as the game went on.

Mark: You are totally Bourne Identity. I never could quite grasp all the intricacies of you but I knew you were a threat. Same with Jason Bourne. Even he wasn’t quite sure what he was and them SHEBAM!!!! He kicks your ass. You were a pleasant surprise in that aspect

Ryan: You are American Pie. The movie seems like a non-threat. But was a juggernaut. It ultimately was an absolute genius movie. It was able to get people into it even though they may not think about it. And more importantly… its an absolute PARTY! That’s you. You were able to mist people will ur social skills. I swear this cast was heavy on social beasts. You got into their heads, specifically Jess (love u Jess), and made them doubt even rational things. And of course… You are the party

Renee: You are Spider-Man. Peter Parker was a masked hero. A person that on first look alot of people wrote off. But in reality he was absolutely amazing. This is you. I feel that your skill set was not accurately determined by some. You played a game that I would vote for. You came from behind, played socially, and managed to keep that identity under wraps. Mad respect.

Jessica: You are Toy Story. Random right? But seriously. That movie was about friendship. Great friendship. Best friends. About Woody and Buzz willing to die for eachother. That’s how you were with me in the game. My confidant. You were undeniably loyal to me and I will always appreciate that. Don’t let Andrew act as if I screwed you to mess with your head. You know ur my bestie

DAYUM. That was alot but I actually enjoyed thinking about it haha thanks for the question

LUKE: ohhh i love elf xD

LUKE’S QUESTION: Andrew, my friend i have had the pleasure of playing with you twice both times we’ve made the merge together… and everytime you have taken me out… firstly i would like to know do you have something against me (i’m joking…..but still answer the question o.o) and the next part of my statement/question you played an amazingly dominant challenge whore game… winning all but one of the merge challenges is this the type of game you respect when you are on a jury or do you respect the more strategic and social players(not saying you aren’t either) all in all you have played a fantastic game and deserve the win as much as anyone else if not more than anyone.

Clayton, my land brother we technically did it we got land to the end although it didn’t go to plan exactly i’m happy land is at the end. ok i have a few things to ask you in regards to the game. 1. you said on many of time you were not going to win… why should i vote for someone who never thought they would win. 2. was your intention really to get rid of the idols at final 6 if we stuck to the original plan. 3. why was it not opportune to take out andrew when he hadn’t won immunity… look where it has left you against a seemingly impossible task of out talking a scotsman LOL 4.would you vote for andrew if you were on the jury give reasons for your answer anywho good luck with the answers i hope you think really hard about what you are going to say and i wish you the best

CLAYTON: Hey Luke. I’ll answer all your questions in order. I like when I get to spout off for 4 questions lmao
1. you said on many of time you were not going to win… why should i vote for someone who never thought they would win.
– I never believed I could not win. This was simply to downplay myself as a threat within the game. If you thought I thought I couldn’t win then why not take that person? It wasn’t a big part of my game saying that at all. But I never for a second thought I couldn’t do something to wins.

2. was your intention really to get rid of the idols at final 6 if we stuck to the original plan.
-Of course not. I realize that might not sit well. But as we all knew… The rappers were not going to stick together. Mostly because I knew you three wouldn’t want to go to final 5 with such a pair and have us have two idols. Haha. I knew I couldn’t blow my idol like that especially since I took heat for it.

3. why was it not opportune to take out andrew when he hadn’t won immunity… look where it has left you against a seemingly impossible task of out talking a scotsman LOL
– oh like the one time? Well that is simple. Had I taken out Andrew at that round then I wouldn’t have him to use. I would be put in a position where I didn’t have that person that foolishly told me things. I would open myself up to getting taken put by u three had me and Jess been with u guys at 5. We all knew the Rappers would end. And I just made sure I had worked it enough to where I would undoubtedly find out if you guys tried to make the move first. And you did.

4.would you vote for andrew if you were on the jury give reasons for your answer?
– Would I vote for Andrew? No. I saw Andrews game more than everyone else because I has the closest association with him. And I know his game. Pre-merge and possibly early merge he has a social game. But he got so cocky it went out the window. Telling the person who was supposed to be his number 1 ally that he was dumb. Really? Lol. The challenge wins got to his head. Majorly. His ego never deflated. He was borderline rude and egotistical especially as the game went forward. That wasnt the Andrew I knew in the beginning. Do I really think he deserves to win because of challenges? Not a chance. Andrews game was shallow. He can say what he wants how. Playing Monday morning quarterback and rationalize things now. If anything I believe his challenge wins are a case against voting for him. He was not vulnerable. Which screwed up his game. He never got to prove anything other than being a challenge robot. I think I played a better game hands down. I wasn’t immune so I actually had to prove myself and make moves and build relationships to keep me safe. He didnt. And he wouldn’t have been here if it wasn’t for having a member outside of the game steal our answers and give it to him. Sure he will argue he helped me with a challenge. So what? He helped out arguably the biggest threat to him win immunity? I don’t think that qualifies as a good move. I said in an earlier answer to someone else. I played him like a fiddle. He is now trying to appear he knew my intentions but that is blatantly false and obviously so. He wouldn’t have chosen me, which was a horrible move, had he known my moves and my intentions. Point blank period. I may be sounding heated hear but it’s cause I think I deserve this. I took risks and wasnt immune the whole time. I had to work hard to get here and didnt have a pretty little necklace making me safe every vote.

Thanks Luke and I’m glad u asked that last question.

ANDREW: “Andrew MacAskill my friend i have had the pleasure of playing with you twice both times we’ve made the merge together… and everytime you have taken me out… firstly i would like to know do you have something against me (i’m joking…..but still answer the question o.o) and the next part of my statement/question you played an amazingly dominant challenge whore game… winning all but one of the merge challenges is this the type of game you respect when you are on a jury or do you respect the more strategic and social players(not saying you aren’t either) all in all you have played a fantastic game and deserve the win as much as anyone else if not more than anyone.”

I have nothing against you at all. I actually wanted to work with you in this game but you ended up not being receptive to the idea. I actually felt bad that you went when you did in CDI. I did want to take you further but the rest of my alliance was against it. As such, I was hoping to make it up to you in this game but you were just so damn unreachable!

In a game, a strategic/social game far outweighs a physical one. I would never deny that. Only a fool would. My game normally centres around my social & strategic standing. In this game however, I was fighting an uphill battle from day one. I went into a tribe with what was basically a pre-made alliance. And then come the merge pretty much every single jury member was gunning for me! I had to dominate challenges to keep myself afloat. I would have dominated regardless because I can’t help myself but it was necessary in this case. I do think strategically, I played a great game. I zigged when I needed to zig & zagged when I needed to zag. I was the one who ensured your blindside wouldn’t work but still made sure Jess wasted an idol & I created the deal with Mark & Renee to stop them flipping back to you. It’s created animosity & I get that. But these were moves that were necessary to try & get myself & those I wanted at the end, further.

When you have everyone dead set against you though to the point where they are teaming up in challenges, there’s only so much you can do! Would anyone really have genuinely worked with me at any point from F8 onwards if I wasn’t immune? Everyone was gunning for me so I just had to do what I could to survive!

Thanks for the kind words though dude. Much appreciated

CLAYTON: Just out of curiosity… What alliance on our tribe, besides me and Jess, were pre made?

MARK’S OPENING STATEMENT: Opening statement:

Ladies and gentleman of both the jury and the not-jury, this has been quite an adventure, played out in front of my MacBook screen. I hold each and every one of you in the highest respect, and have not an ill word against either one of you.
However, I am also aware that this is a television show, (or some facsimile of some) and that what IS television if not full of DRAMA, and CONFLICT? So I start my speech with what the viewers want to hear (okay read), VICIOUS INSULTS! Please know that I mean not a single word of them, and that they are strictly for the cameras. (i.e. Logan)
* Ahem *
I can’t BELIEVE the gall of you guys, vote me out! You two are the most wretched leeches upon society I have ever encountered on the internet. What kind of sick souls spend countless hours on facebook, on laptops and iPads playing stupid phony SURVIVOR? Go out and get a life! Go outside! Go enjoy the environment while we still have one!
Oh and about that vote out, yeah it DID hurt. It scared me for life! If you and I are the last people on earth after the eco system collapses and the future of the human race depends on me and you having sex for procreation, (I know I know, just, play along okay?!) I would REFUSE just so you and the remnants of humanity knew how deeply my disgust with you two went.
Okay…. That’s enough! Please take my sincerest apologies for those horrible statements. I mean not a syllable of them!

LUKE: love cat fights make it good boys i like it rough xD lol

MARK: Can I request a point of clarification though? Who or what exactly are the rappers?

MARK’S QUESTION: Andrew Questions

Andrew first off I want to thank you for making me feel fine about being voted out. I’m not referring to anything you said to me, but to the fact that your strategy in voting me out was as flawed and inane as I suspected it was at the time. Lisa Whechel said it herself, if someone has an idol, you expose the idol and get rid of it at first opportunity. Now for some reason you felt your bogus alliance with the guy holding an all powerful idol granting him an advantage at the final 3, was more important then MY possibly bogus alliance with you, where I HAD no idol, and GAVE you the opportunity to knock out the last idol. Now I’ve read your explanation about the final 6 vote, (and revised my questions accordingly) and it still doesn’t make sense. You voted me out cause you knew me and Renee were a tight unit (which was true), while KEEPING both CLAYTON and JESSICA who were ALSO a tight unit, and ALSO had an idol! I mean, if you KNEW Clayton’s final 2 deal with you was bogus, what difference does it make that he’s given you his word? Do you know what game this is?
Let me make this clear, I never expected loyalty from you or from Clayton or anybody. I’m fine being lied to. I expect that. I ALSO expect everyone to do the thing that is in everyone’s best interests. At final 6, that move was to get rid of Clayton and hope he doesn’t play his idol. Ryan flipped on me, but it WAS, underline WAS in his best interests. I UNDERSTOOD that move.
You?! Protect the strategic and social threat WITH an idol?! Unfortunately, due to winning all those immunities, you never really had to test any Yawkc alliance the way the rest of the oh, 10 of us had to. I don’t expect an apology, I don’t require one.
I don’t know HOW you have the time to give to all those challenges. I was going to ask if you if you had a job or something else going on in life but I thought that would be too vicious of me. (Instead I wrote silly insults!) Still I can’t help but think that I would have had a better chance if I wasn’t employed and paying off a mortgage.
My vote MAY be made up, but I believe in a fair game, or at least as fair a game as is possible, so I give you five questions to sway my vote, plus a BONUS question for extra credit!

1: Part of playing Survivor involves knowing yourself, and knowing how people perceive you. What do you think are your chances of winning this game?

2: I have a problem here in that I may come out of retirement and be on SCWL All Stars and you’ll likely be there as well. Since I feel your strategy was seriously flawed, dependent entirely upon winning challenges and a final 2 deal EVERYONE knew was bogus, I don’t think I can align with you ever again. I don’t think your votes were in your best interest, and therefore I can’t trust you to make the best moves for yourself again in a future Survivor ORG. So tell me, why should I ally with you in all stars?

3. If you were on the Cook Islands jury, who would you have voted for? Ozzy or Yul? (And do you think Becky was robbed?)

4. We had a chat a while back, where I mentioned that Jerri in Survivor 2 was right in saying that Survivor is an unfair game, always has and always will be. I wasn’t saying that to denigrate the game… I do LOVE this game, but it is a perspective I have on it, that the inherit nature of the game is unfair to the individual player. You disagreed with me at the time. I want to ask you again after 16 rounds, do you think Survivor is a fair game, and do you think THIS game was a fair game? What in your opinion could I have done differently to avoid your vote at the final six? (Okay that’s two questions! But hey, I’m the juror, you’re the cross examined. So answer them anyways!)

Finally, 5. Andrew, your campaign seems to have the momentum of a runaway freight train. Why are you so popular?

Oh and BONUS QUESTION: If we can prove that you modified your opening statement in reaction to Clayton’s, can we call that move ‘pulling a Die Hard’?

Clayton, I have less to say to you. As I said to Andrew, my mind is pretty well made up. I believe in a fair game though, even if this is in essence an unfair game. You lied to me… I lied to you that very same round! It’s just part of the game. I give you the same thing I give Andrew, five questions plus a special BONUS question to score extra Kalzer jury points. (Tragically, redeemable only for a SINGLE jury vote.)
1. Same question I asked Andrew, do you think Survivor is a fair game? And do you think THIS was a fair game?

2. You mentioned to me before this game is mostly about luck. What lucky things helped you to get to this stage?

3. You posted a rather underwhelming 38 minutes on the final immunity challenge. THIRTY EIGHT MINUTES versus a guy who posted a time longer than the extended cut of Return of the King. You knew he’d compete that hard. Question is, did you deliberately throw it? And just so it’s in writing, who would you have taken to the final 2 if you had won?

4. The merged tribe was rather dead quiet. When I left I think there were maybe one or two threads that weren’t Tribal Council threads. The jury camp was active and lively, the Upsa tribe doubly so. Question is, why was the Land tribe so, quiet?!

5. Why do you think Barack Obama is the greatest president in US history?

BONUS: Where the hell did the Upsa idol go? Do you know?!

LUKE: can i has bonus points i know the answer mark

MARK: That’s it for me here! Tons of respect to both of you! Learned a lot of things in this game, mainly that tribe pick-ems suck real bad when you don’t know anybody, and that trying to walk away from ORGs is a futile endeavor. Who’s got a new ORG coming up?!

LUKE EVERITT FOR THE STEAL! GO!

CLAYTON: 1. Same question I asked Andrew, do you think Survivor is a fair game? And do you think THIS was a fair game?
– That is really dependent upon the people that play it. But Survivor ultimately doesn’t have many rules other than things like idol possession and you have to vote and what not. It’s fair game for people to do anything you want. We all signed up for the game knowing we would have to take what was thrown at us. That’s what makes it fair. We knowingly put ourselves up to possibly get massacred. Some people do dumb, b—y, horrible things but didnt we all sign up with that being possibility? I think so.

2. You mentioned to me before this game is mostly about luck. What lucky things helped you to get to this stage?
– Haha. Well luck. I don’t like to day anything I did was luck strategically at al. But I do think the cast as a whole was luck. I got put in a cast that adequately suited me. It allowed me to play my game in a way I thought was played well. I’m not saying this cast was easy. Cause it was NOT easy. But I am saying that had the cast been different no way would it have played out like this exactly. That’s where I got lucky.

3. You posted a rather underwhelming 38 minutes on the final immunity challenge. THIRTY EIGHT MINUTES versus a guy who posted a time longer than the extended cut of Return of the King. You knew he’d compete that hard. Question is, did you deliberately throw it? And just so it’s in writing, who would you have taken to the final 2 if you had won?
-LOL. Okay the first part. Thank you for reminding me because I forgot to bring up that challenge. Well I got screwed. Big time. My ipad has always been a lil iffy on Skype. And this day was no less. I had a 5 second delay occasionally on Logan’s messages. My messages would also say “pending” and would take at least a couple second to send who it did that. Suckage right? Well he said I was out and I was like “your kidding me! I sent that a millisecond after I saw it!” So he let it slide becaue of technical difficulties. In that frantic freak out about getting out I had sent another “here”. But it showed up a minute or two later on Logan’s side when I sent it beforehand. Bad luck. I was mad but I was still comfortable with my position.
– I would have taken JESSICA NICOLE FREY! I thought that was blatantly obvious haha. But I had the privilege that Andrew was unaware of this… (Que. him saying he wasn’t unaware.)

4. The merged tribe was rather dead quiet. When I left I think there wermaybe one or two threads that weren’t Tribal Council threads. The jury camp was active and lively, the Upsa tribe doubly so. Question is, why was the Land tribe so, quiet?!
– why was land so quite? Well we had a couple of soft spoken people on land which could be a factor. For me I tried to scale back that kind of public messaging I suppose? I kept it in message threads with everyone. Plausible deniability was key! Haha. U can always say someone photoshopped what you said to them personally but can’t pull that off it it’s public.

5. Why do you think Barack Obama is the greatest president in US history?
– Haha you do know me a bit don’t you? I know you knew this would be painful but ill play along. I’ll tell you some things Barack Obama is the greatest at out of all presidents ever Adding national debt. Being kind enough to let 2million more people take a vaca from work durin his admin. Kindly letting the middle class make approx $4000 less as a household so we can all be “fair”. Oh and of course he was the greatest at being kind enough to take more of our money to other people. Those are his greatest accomplishments! Was that what u were looking for? Haha. I’m to to sure….

BONUS: Where the hell did the Upsa idol go? Do you know?!
– i believe Brian had it and it died when he got voted out. But he may have had a fake and Raz could have had the real one? But I would think Brian

Thanks for the questions and don’t take number 5 to seriously haha. Just poking some fun.

MARK: Oh I just want to add one point of clarification to Andrew’s story. Me and Renee didn’t stick with Clayton at F7 because Andrew made a final 3 deal with us. I was %100 ready to flip again on Clayton… except Clayton won immunity. If I was going to jump in with Luke and Ryan, I needed it to be a clean blindside against Clayton and his immunity idol. Booting Jess and leaving Clay behind with his idol would have made it even harder to get it out. So please don’t go taking credit for keeping me on board with you and Clay/Jess at final 7!

CLAYTON: Word Mark. That’s why I knew u wouldnt do it it wasnt logical which is why I told Jess not to use her idol. But people r emotional I suppose lol. Okay I’ll be quite until I’m asked a question now…

MARK: Since Andrew hasn’t yet answered my question, I just want to add one more simple (edit after finishing it, LONG) question. Andrew, I was just re-reading your opening statement to try and make some sense of it, and the thing that continues to bother me is the hidden idol. I don’t know if I stressed this enough in my statements, you KNEW that idol Clayton had could be used at the final 3 immunity challenge for a significant advantage. You also claim to have known that Clayton was BFF with Jessica. You also claim that at final 4, you WANTED that idol out. Well, if you WANTED that idol out, your opportunity to do it was at final 6. Clayton DIDN’T play it. If you had voted for him, Ryan would flip at the re-vote, and Clay and his rogue vote idol is out! Now your explanation is that me and Renee were clearly tight to the final two. This, I admit was 100% correct! But so were Clayton and Jessica right? I mean, we ALL saw that! So explain this plot hole to me. You knew Clayton’s final 2 alliance to you was bogus, you knew he had the last idol, and you had the chance to boot him at final 6. Why did you waste that opportunity?

HOST’S NOTE: Phil Keoghan hosted a show called No Opportunity Wasted that did not survive its first season.

JESSICA: ya its not like we were trying to hide it and Andrew even admitted to facebook stalking and telling Clayton how he saw Andrew was friends with my real fb account and stuff so Andrew knew

CLAYTON: Idk how he wouldn’t know me and Jess were so close. Which is why I’m also confused how he thought I wouldn’t go to the end with her

ANDREW: “if you KNEW Clayton’s final 2 deal with you was bogus, what difference does it make that he’s given you his word? Do you know what game this is?”

It wasn’t that I knew Clayton’s deal with me was bogus. I never knew for sure it was. The signs were there that it may have been but I could never confirm it & without proof, I would never have taken him out. I can leave this game without a single regret. Had I ever taken out Clayton & ended up being wrong & he was loyal, the game would have ceased to be any fun for me because I’d have screwed someone who had no intention of screwing me. That plays a much bigger factor in games for me than most other things do.

I was going to ask if you if you had a job or something else going on in life but I thought that would be too vicious of me. (Instead I wrote silly insults!)

Haha ten hours a day, 5 days a week job. I work damn hard. I also just love testing myself in challenges so it comes naturally. It’s simply my competive nature!

1: Part of playing Survivor involves knowing yourself, and knowing how people perceive you. What do you think are your chances of winning this game?

Always asked when someone is a dead cert to win eh?

It’s not looking too good right now although I’m just going through the questions one by one & answering. I can deal with that though.

2: I have a problem here in that I may come out of retirement and be on SCWL All Stars and you’ll likely be there as well. Since I feel your strategy was seriously flawed, dependent entirely upon winning challenges and a final 2 deal EVERYONE knew was bogus, I don’t think I can align with you ever again. I don’t think your votes were in your best interest, and therefore I can’t trust you to make the best moves for yourself again in a future Survivor ORG. So tell me, why should I ally with you in all stars?

You & anyone should align with me in AS because I’m fiercely loyal & immune or not, I’ve never not made at least jury in a game (pretty Sure SCWL AS would be the end of that streak though). I will always do everything I can to get to the end with the people I’m aligned with. I’ll go down with the ship rather than truly flip for the sake of a game. You are looking at me in a game where I started in the minority & then early on in the merge, everyone wanted me gone

” a final 2 deal EVERYONE knew was bogus”

See now you say this but not once, in this entire game did anyone ever tell me that Clayton was gunning for me. I had the opportunity to take Clayton out at any point from say F7 onwards. I would just have needed proof. However no-one, even when scrambling told me that. The best I ever got was Renee saying no-one would take me. Well if no-one is taking me then I see no reason to turn my back on Clayton. Especially when everyone is gunning for me.

3. If you were on the Cook Islands jury, who would you have voted for? Ozzy or Yul? (And do you think Becky was robbed?)

Becky wasn’t robbed. Becky got what she wanted from that game; Yul winning.

I think it’s one of the most fascinating FTCs ever. When I was young & I watched it for the first time, I was hardcore in Yul’s camp. It was the first or second season I ever watched. However, having gone back & watched it all, I believe Ozzy was actually the more deserving player & should have won. Had Yul not made the deal with Adam, Ozzy would have won. So kudos to Yul for that but if I was out there, I’d have voted Ozzy (who I would say is one of the most underrated players ever).

Of course, we are seeing an heavily edited TV show & nothing even remotely similar to what actually happened on the island so it’s not like it can be said with any real conviction. I think if anyone looks at it at first glance, it seems clear Yul should have won. Delve a little deeper though & the case for Ozzy grows stronger & for me, surpasses the case for Yul.

4. We had a chat a while back, where I mentioned that Jerri in Survivor 2 was right in saying that Survivor is an unfair game, always has and always will be. I wasn’t saying that to denigrate the game… I do LOVE this game, but it is a perspective I have on it, that the inherit nature of the game is unfair to the individual player. You disagreed with me at the time. I want to ask you again after 16 rounds, do you think Survivor is a fair game, and do you think THIS game was a fair game? What in your opinion could I have done differently to avoid your vote at the final six? (Okay that’s two questions! But hey, I’m the juror, you’re the cross examined. So answer them anyways!)

Yes I still disagree. Ultimately, it is in your hands what happens. It is what you do in all aspects of the game that determines your outcome. I appreciate your points & I believe a great discussion can be had of it but I think it is a fair game, as long as it’s run properly.

As far as this game goes, I’d be lying if I said I wasn’t peeved by time based challenges being posted at times when players are asleep. I thought that was ridiculous & a real shame. It basically left me needing to beat everyone outright each round whereas everyone else was just aiming to tie with me, knowing they had the tie-breaker over me.

At F6, you absolutely could have changed your fate. Indeed, once I knew that Clayton, Jess & Ryan had colluded, I almost flipped. I would then have had to trust Ryan that he would have flipped over had I forced the tie. Again though, I had no definitive proof that Clayton was trying to take me out & again, if I had taken him out & ended up being wrong, I’d have felt awful. So I decided I couldn’t flip.

Had you at any point provided proof Clayton was coming after me, I’d have flipped at that point. So had you done that, you definitely would have survived the vote. I genuinely enjoyed talking to you & would have happily continued with you in the game but I couldn’t justify screwing Clayton at that point.

Finally, 5. Andrew, your campaign seems to have the momentum of a runaway freight train. Why are you so popular?

I’m popular? If that’s the case, this is some tough love!

Generally, I go out of my way to be nice to folk. I try not to lie if possible. If someone can’t save themselves & asks me if they are going home, I tell them. I appreciate that because I’m busy, I don’t reach out to people all that often but I don’t think any ORGer you meet would ever say that I don’t go out of my way to make time for anyone who approaches me.

I play these games to make friends & test myself in challenges & try not to hurt people if at all possible. I do find people in general respond to me positively as a person. I imagine that any goodwill I do have from those in this game comes from the fact that people know me & how I am as a person. People in the ORG community generally like me, which I have to say, is far more important to me than whether or not I actually do well in games.

Oh and BONUS QUESTION: If we can prove that you modified your opening statement in reaction to Clayton’s, can we call that move ‘pulling a Die Hard’?

Haha. Must say I like that! Would my statement have been the exact same had I gone first? No, of course not. I was always going to go through the game step by step but in any debate, the successor always addresses the predecessors points. So I’d have followed the same path in general.

I think my final words (written prior to my statement) will show that I genuinely thought that Jess was given the idol by Clayton. It was not a shock to hear he would have taken Jess at all. I was just happy the idol was out of play for the challenge.

Was I actually watching Die Hard? Yes.

Had I even started my statement when Clayton has posted his? No

So by all means, call it ‘pulling a Die Hard’. Yippee ki-yay, motherf—er!

“Since Andrew hasn’t yet answered my question, I just want to add one more simple (edit after finishing it, LONG) question. Andrew, I was just re-reading your opening statement to try and make some sense of it, and the thing that continues to bother me is the hidden idol. I don’t know if I stressed this enough in my statements, you KNEW that idol Clayton had could be used at the final 3 immunity challenge for a significant advantage. You also claim to have known that Clayton was BFF with Jessica. You also claim that at final 4, you WANTED that idol out. Well, if you WANTED that idol out, your opportunity to do it was at final 6. Clayton DIDN’T play it. If you had voted for him, Ryan would flip at the re-vote, and Clay and his rogue vote idol is out! Now your explanation is that me and Renee were clearly tight to the final two. This, I admit was 100% correct! But so were Clayton and Jessica right? I mean, we ALL saw that! So explain this plot hole to me. You knew Clayton’s final 2 alliance to you was bogus, you knew he had the last idol, and you had the chance to boot him at final 6. Why did you waste that opportunity?”

Missed this

I did want the idol out at 6. I just didn’t want Clayton out. I’m not saying I knew for sure that he wouldn’t take me to the end. Nobody else would even realistically suggest it though so you have to play the percentages.

I was banking on the fact that Ryan would vote with you guys & force a split. He came up with the smart plan of flipping at the revote. So I knew then getting the idol out but keeping Clayton was a non-starter. If I take him out, I then still have to get out both you & Renee but have to hope that Jess would still work with me, which is no guarantee after taking him out. With double immunity & thus safety at F5,

Given that I knew there was collusion to stop me winning immunity at F6, had that happened & I’m not immune, it’s very possible I flip on him that round though because I was not a happy bunny about it!

At F4, my ideal scenario happened. Go after Jess & hope the idol gets used. If it doesn’t, I still like my chances in the challenge. If it does get used, idol is gone & then I’m left with everything in my hands to make this point.

I was absolutely aware that they were very close. I just didn’t ever need to break them up until F4.

HOST’S NOTE: If Yul doesn’t have the super duper idol and Penner wasn’t a fool by voting Nate on day 27, Yul goes home that round followed by Ozzy on day 30. If Yul still has the idol AND Penner isn’t a fool, we go to rocks. Then it’s all a mystery. I won’t go into my discussion of Cook Islands being the most influenced season of Survivor thanks to production today, though.

MARK: I need to rise on a point of order here. Andrew’s answers don’t make quite sense to me and maybe one of the fellow jurors can clarify for me. Angie, are there actually improv shows in New Brunswick? Right, but are there actual improv shows we could go to right now in NB? I think it’s clear that the outcome of SCWL 4 depends on this!

RENEE REBUTTAL: Playing a social game, Andrew, is not about lying necessarily.. it’s about building relationships with people and strategizing with them for various reasons but mostly to get to know the people your playing with but also to get yourself information to ultimately get further in the game and most importantly to remain likeable. You missed every opportunity to do this with me and you seem very self unaware of how it could play out with myself & others. I had nothing to lose by talking to anyone so it was all I had.. and I still made it pretty far into the game. Never underestimate the social part of this game love.

LUKE: brian died with it i thought we all knew this lol

MARK: That’s what I figured… only thing is Raz pulled out an artifact from his appendectomy that was the exact idol code Brian had, and Brian claimed he never shared it with anyone but me. I didn’t even get to see that code until after Brian was booted. Luke gets half a jury vote. For the other half…explain how Raz had that code.

LUKE: …. that i cannot do but i do know fake idols could be hidden for people to find…maybe that is what happened

MARK: You must be right Angie. If Raz had the real idol and hid a fake one for Brian, it doesn’t explain why Raz never played the real one. He tried playing the code Brian had I guess, and it was considered expired. But Brian never told ME he shared it with Raz… even after being voted off. Oh yeah… what are we doing here again?!

LUKE: i was hoping thatt mutiny trigger was gunna be used but it never did

ANDREW: “Playing a social game Andrew MacAskill is not about lying necessarily.. it’s about building relationships with people and strategizing with them for various reasons but mostly to get to know the people your playing with but also to get yourself information to ultimately get further in the game and most importantly to remain likeable. You missed every opportunity to do this with me and you seem very self unaware of how it could play out with myself & others. I had nothing to lose by talking to anyone so it was all I had.. and I still made it pretty far into the game. Never underestimate the social part of this game love.”

I know Renee but in your case, we aligned shortly after you came back from your relief work, I then had to propose a fake deal & then take out Mark. You were furious & made it known. At that point, I truly didn’t believe you’d ever honor anything with me. Considering I wanted to take Jess out before you, if I give you information & you tell Clayton, he has the impetus then to come after me. (I appreciate he was anyway but no-one ever came to me with that info & I had to trust someone). It was you who kept telling me no-one would take me to F2 so I had to keep my intention to take out Jess to myself.

As I’ve stated before, I am not going to just strategize with someone just for s—s & giggles if I’m going to vote them out. When I told you at F5 that I wasn’t going after Clayton & to vote Ryan, you chose not to. Which is your prerogative but it just shows that anything I did tell you was never going to be beneficial to me. That’s why we didn’t strategize. I basically had my plan in place before we ever really spoke unfortunately & I pl;anned on sticking to it

VINCENT’S QUESTION: Hello Clay and Andrew!

Congrats to both of you for reaching this far! Been quite sometime and I must say i’m not that surprise to see you both now. As a matter of fact, after I got voted out, I thought about seeing you both in the FTC but until now, I haven’t figured out who played better. I think you both suck. Big time. No kidding. Naaah. Kidding. I think you both played really well and yeah, i’m think both of you are the most fitting to win this season (other than me of course)

Clay.

You’re a very cool guy and right after the game started we had a couple of good talks and random stuff. Even though I know we can never align together coz I just know that we can never align together, I still enjoy our silly chats and you’re really fun to talk with outside the game. (even though we don’t talk that much) I think you played a great game because you’re really social and you haven’t gotten a lot of people hate you. HAHA. (see bottom of this thread for question)

Andrew.

Hey I just met you.
And this is crazy.
But you’re in FTC.
Vote for you, maybe?

Haha. We haven’t really spoken AT ALL until merge – When I asked you about the challenge. After that I thought you were really cool. I like talking to you most coz I like cutting the crap right away most of the times – and so do you. You’re always direct to the point and you always set the right expectations. What I like about you is that you’re the most consistent with being the challenge whore, and really indifferent with what’s going on with everyone. I don’t know i just kinda like that.

————–

So my questions to you both:
Imagine you’re A and other finalist is B.

1.) Why do you think B should win the game?
2.) What was B’s biggest move?
3.) If B is in the F2 with someone else not you, who should that someone else be and why does someone else deserve to be in the F2 with B?
4.) It’s almost 12/21/12. What’s your ideal apocalypse and how prepared are you to face your ideal apocalypse?
5.) What’s your least favorite pokemon and why?

GOODLUCK GUYS!

CLAYTON: I knew this question was coming! Hahaha. Thanks for the questions.

1.) Why do you think B should win the game?
– Andrew should win the game because he won immunities. That was his game. Nobody can take away that he was better at immunities. So if you vote solely on people win immunities he 100% deserves to win.

2.) What was B’s biggest move?
– His biggest move was taking me to the finals. Was it a good move? That’s up to the jury to decide. But it was def a big move though.

3.) If B is in the F2 with someone else not you, who should that someone else be and why does someone else deserve to be in the F2 with B?
– I know people will expect me to say Jess. But I would say Renee. I thought Renee played a great game. She was in the bottom. Played a good social game. Worked her way up. Got to 4 and became the biggest threat to the jury. I appreciate her game greatly and would have voted for her if she was sitting next to him.

4.) It’s almost 12/21/12. What’s your ideal apocalypse and how prepared are you to face your ideal apocalypse?
– My ideal apocalypse would be zombies OR just all of us to disappear so we don’t have to go through the hell of it all. And yes I’m prepared to face it. I’m prepared cause I’m content with the way I lived my life this far. So if I died I would be a okay! Too depressing?

5.) What’s your least favorite pokemon and why?
Totally Krabby. I mean he is a crab. He looks like a crab. Most other pokemons are interesting and have some dif characteristics. It’s power is that if he loses a pincher it grows back??? What is it a lizard. Haha.

VINCE: thanks! i enjoyed playing with you a lot and goodluck!

i don’t like the disappearing part though it’s as if we die too easily. HAHA. and Krabby! that pokemon never interested me. i almost forgot that there’s a pokemon as such until you mentioned it.

thanks again!

ANDREW: Imagine you’re A and other finalist is B.

I’m not going to do what Clayton did & just come up with nonsense answers Well except for Q4, even though it’s nor redundant!

1.) Why do you think B should win the game?

Clayton should win the game because he was the only one who properly went down the avenue of including me in what was going on in the game, thus securing my loyalty. Had he not had me on his side, he doesn’t get anywhere near the end. He did explore that avenue though & when no-one else really did (with the possible exception of Ryan), it kept him safe. When everyone else was focused on getting rid of me, he made sure that if I was immune, he wouldn’t become a target.

2.) What was B’s biggest move?

Tricking Jess into agreeing not to rat on him at F3. You have to figure he uses the idol on Jess regardless. Yet he got her to agree to not rat him out if he used it, thus ensuring his place at F3.

3.) If B is in the F2 with someone else not you, who should that someone else be and why does someone else deserve to be in the F2 with B?

Ryan. He was well connected with everyone pre-merge & well connected with everyone post-merge. He had a good idea as to what was going on almost every round & always had options.

4.) It’s almost 12/21/12. What’s your ideal apocalypse and how prepared are you to face your ideal apocalypse?

We talking time machine here?

Zombies is really the only answer here. It means that the world itself keeps turning but that you have a say in how it ends. You can do everything you can to keep yourself safe & it would test you to the limit. There was a show on over here recently where someone was tricked into believing it happened. It was an incredible two hours as you watched this guy grow from quite a timid & lazy guy into someone ready to do whatever he could to survive. Not going to lie, there was a tear in my eye… OK I sobbed. Leave me alone!

5.) What’s your least favorite pokemon and why?

Now here’s a good question. I’ve always meant to watch every season but I can only claim to have seen all of season one & some of S2. So it’ll be old school for me. I actually love most of them so this will be tough. What makes it difficult is that none of them on the show are inherently evil.

I have decided to go with Kangaskhan on the basis that they are nigh on impossible to catch in the Safari Park in the regular game. I’ve wasted many a Safari Ball trying to catch the damn things! The legendary birds are easier to catch for crying out loud!

Damn you Kangaskhan!

GEROME’S QUESTION: Howdy Finalists.. Congratulations for making it to the top. I think you’re both awesome and played a great game.
You guys managed to outlast every player from Upsa aka “the survivewar tribe” Renee almost made it though
Kudos to you guys.. but for the sake of having a winner.. I’m gonna ask some question.. this is fill in the blanks..

1. I badly need to win this competition because…

2. If I will equate my gameplay or my experience in this game into a song.. the song would be… (State your reason)

3. The best move I did that greatly affects the outcome of this game is…
Now, this is just a bonus question.. because Christmas spirit is in the air (forget about the doomsday thingy) XD

If you can give every juror a special gift, what gifts will you give? (This is not meant for bribing.. ok? just for fun)
You can also add a gift to your co-finalist and for yourself if you want.

That’s it guys! Thanks for the wonderful game and goodluck!

CLAYTON:
1. I badly need to win this competition because…
– I worked so hard for it. I rarely had the cushion of safety and had to work it strategically and socially each and every round to ensure I was safe and would be in the best possible position moving forward. But I also was doing that not just for me but my partner in crime Jessica, doubling its difficulty. If I don’t win this competition I will be very disappointed. If I lose I’ll feel like I don’t know what Survivor is about since I believe I played the most well rounded game out of the finalists.

2. If I will equate my gameplay or my experience in this game into a song.. the song would be… (State your reason)
-Some Nights by Fun. oh this is a hard one haha. But I went with to a song that can reflect the frustrations of the game and the successes. If u have seen the music video it is civil war. Much like this game with the interalliance fighting. But a few key lines hit home with how fast this game can change and the ups and down…

“Some nights, I stay up cashing in my bad luck
Some nights, I call it a draw
Some nights, I wish that my lips could build a castle
Some nights, I wish they’d just fall off”

Don’t we wish our social game could build a whole damn castle sometimes? Haha. This next set of lines is very close to my game. Very specific to Andrew. I’ve struggled with the viewers, almost shallow perception sometimes, that he deserved to win solely on immunities even know they don’t see anything else.

“This is it, boys, this is war – what are we waiting for?
Why don’t we break the rules already?
I was never one to believe the hype – save that for the black and white
I try twice as hard and I’m half as liked, but here they come again to jack my style”

This next part reminds me of Jess because she was undeniably loyal to me. Almost to a fault. But it was nice to have someone that wanted the best for you in such a brutal game. The bed part is not meant literally

“And that’s alright; I found a martyr in my bed tonight
She stops my bones from wondering just who I am, who I am, who I am
Oh, who am I? mmm… mmm…”

This next set of lyrics is my last one for you tonight.l.

“Well, some nights, I wish that this all would end
Cause I could use some friends for a change
And some nights, I’m scared you’ll forget me again
Some nights, I always win, I always win…”

I hope that last line in this quote comes true tonight. Thanks for the question Gerome

3. The best move I did that greatly affects the outcome of this game is…
– playing Andrew. On all accounts. I have outline this in previous questions but I feel it was so important to my game I’ll do it again. I saw value in him. I built this relationship with him strategically. Not for him to carry me as he like to think, because that is the furthest thing from the truth. But to afford me options and makes sure I had an extra set of ears. For specific move that solidified my spot in the finals? My idol play at 4. It was complicated and risky but it followed through with my plan I had of using Andrew in the way I did. It sent me into three with assurance of the finals even though I’m not too sure it would be smart for either of them to bring me- especially for Andrew. I’m sure you have read all the details about that move above in my opening speech and subsequent questions so I won’t make u read it all again. BUT thanks for giving me the chance to highlight it again

Now, this is just a bonus question.. because Christmas spirit is in the air (forget about the doomsday thingy) XD

If you can give every juror a special gift, what gifts will you give? (This is not meant for bribing.. ok? just for fun)

Gerome: I would give you a lil mic that you would tuck under your shirt. That was I could listen all the time… Totally not creepy…. And get to know you more

Angie: oh gursh. I would give Angie a plane ticket to California. Not sure if she has ever been but I know she wants to meet a bunch of ORGers and there are quite a few of us here so we would have a blast!

Vincent: I would give Vincent a…. zombie survival kit. Help him outlast the impending apocalypse haha.

Heeral: I would give heeral some freedom. Maybe a house and an internship on the west coast to get out of the watchful eye of her parents. And let her be free to Skype openly with white American boys again LOL.

Luke: I would give Luke a big ole basket of cookies. Random right? But he is always at his Nan’s house so kill two birds with one stone right?

Mark: OH! I know exactly what I would give Mark. I would give him unlimited amount of NON-TIME BASED CHALLENGES. Best Christmas ever? We will see.

Ryan: I would give Huckla one thing. It’s a great thing. Prob the best gift he could ask for. What is that? Well who it is is StephKatz. Not in a creepy way… Unless that’s cool with both of them. Happy Hanukkah to the new couple(?)!

Renee: I would give Renee… A million dollars. Since that what she may have gotten had she not left at four

Jess: I would give Jess…. A big fun weekend in LA! Well wait…. I think that’s already happening so I guess she is getting this see ya soon.

Andrew: He has got enough of his share of Christmas presents this year. I’m sure he is using them as ornaments on his tree this year also lol

Me: well I won’t give myself anything. But I would love if you did when you cast your vote haha

Thanks Gerome and goodluCk with your decisions. !

ANDREW: 1. I badly need to win this competition because, well actually, I genuinely don’t & I’d be lying if I said otherwise. These are just games to me & a way to meet different people from all walks of life. I only play when someone pushes me into it basically. I had a blast playing (although playing two games at once totally sucked. Don’t know how anyone can do it!) & I’m happy knowing I got to the end, worked my tail off & I have no regrets.

Not what you probably want me to say but I’m not going to sit here & talk nonsense for the sake of it.

2. If I will equate my gameplay or my experience in this game into a song.. the song would be ”Ali in The Jungle” by ”The Hours”

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LPGYAbAFP0g

This song encapsulates my game. I started from nothing & went from being the next voted out of the Land tribe to making it to the end. No matter how many times it looks forlorn,there is never a reason to give up. I went out there & did what I could to get myself to this point.

3. The best move I did that greatly affects the outcome of this game is taking out Mark at F6. At that point, it was a case of Mark or Clayton so if I ended up siding with Mark, Clayton is gone, = & then I’d have probably tried to get to the end with Ryan. Once I took out Mark, the end game was set for me so that’s what I would say was the move that greatly affected the outcome of this game.

Now, this is just a bonus question.. because Christmas spirit is in the air (forget about the doomsday thingy) XD

If you can give every juror a special gift, what gifts will you give? (This is not meant for bribing.. ok? just for fun)
You can also add a gift to your co-finalist and for yourself if you want.

Clayton – Top of the range laptop so he wouldn’t use his iPad all the time. Oh & some truth serum
Jess – A house next door to Rob Cesternino
Renee – I’d donate money to a charity associated with some of the disaster relief work Renee has done.
Ryan – A book of chat up lines.
Mark – Tickets to go to New Brunswick to catch an improv show with MacNeil
Luke – a blink 182 t-shirt
Heeral – A how to speak Spanish CD, narrated by a guy!
Vincent – a Hey Arnold DVD boxset
MacNeil – Soccer goalie gloves to help improver her goalkeeping
Gerome – Some outfits & body paint in case you choose to do another ANTM ORG!
Myself – I’d go to a bar & order a drink to relax after my hard day’s shopping!

HEERAL’S QUESTION: Congratulations boys! You did it! I’m going to make some comments about both of your games and some of the answers you’ve given that I may disagree with. Some of these are because my view on what happened was completely different, but it may or may not be what happened but I think it’s important to get it out. (also make sure to check the bottom of this post to get a combined question that I always ask.)

Congratulations boys! You did it! I’m going to make some comments about both of your games and some of the answers you’ve given that I may disagree with. Some of these are because my view on what happened was completely different, but it may or may not be what happened but I think it’s important to get it out. (also make sure to check the bottom of this post to get a combined question that I always ask.)

Clayton,

First off, congrats! I’m really glad one of the Rhappers made it into the finals! YAY! ( I like to credit myself for that alliance completely! Just so you know! mainly because I wanted to align with both sides…ryan and Luke and you and Jess) Clay you say you had a tough game from the beginning of the game and that you had a HUGE target on your back because of the whole idol thing. I have to disagree. Post merge yeah it was a target but I think before that you had the Rhappers protecting you. Sure the final 5 was probably NEVER going to happen but pre-merge, I don’t believe any of us would have really done anything that drastic to take out that idol.

I like to take credit for things that are not always mine to take but…I like to think I was the reason you are in the position you are. Luke wanted to make a move two rounds earlier, but I refused, had I made the move, Angie would have stayed and Vincent would have gone, and then Mark and Renee would have been more willing to take you and Jess out rather than flipping on us. It was in the end the decision Ryan and I took that pretty much kept you in the game…do you think that’s a correct statement or incorrect and tell me why.

Andrew,

Congrats! Both finalists are a Land member and I’m so excited about that! (I may also be excited about a certain video but shhhhh! Don’t tell Clay!) I hope everything is okay at home and I’d understand if I don’t get to hear that accent Anyway to your comments! There seems to be a lot that you’re mistaken about (at least from my viewpoint). For example, you say you were the reason Anne got voted out, but that really had nothing to do with you. The Rhappers (Myself, Ryan, Luke, Clay and Jessica) knew we needed to keep the tribe strong and her excuses were unreal. The Matt vote was mostly all me. I saved you because I figured Matt was more of a flight risk at merge for flipping if he realized he was on the bottom. I’ve never had any problems playing with strong players and I really wanted to play with you. You say you were the reason Angie got voted out too, but to be honest, Ryan and I could have EASILY flipped and voted out Vincent, BUT again, I didn’t want to cause havoc that early and so that was all Ryan and I. Do I think you’ve played a phenomenal game? Yes, you’ve won a bunch of immunities, and I probably would have EASILY handed you my vote if you were against Jessica (no offense girl).

Now that I’ve said that, it doesn’t mean you can’t get my vote. What happened after I went out, I have no idea, until then I had a pretty good idea but after, I have no idea there were so many moves that you could have made to take Clay and his idol out, but you didn’t, and that is what is so mindboggling. You’ve played maybe the more “honorable” game by taking Clay, but does that constitute me giving you my vote? Defend my allegations against you and explain why your “honorable” game should get my vote.

For the BOTH of you, rank the jury members in order of MOST deserving to LEAST deserving of being on the final two. And don’t give me the “the bootlist” is what the order should be crap. (and no…putting me at the top of the list does not guarantee my vote Be honest and do NOT include yourselves.)

CLAYTON: Hey Heeral and thanks for the questions
I have been upfront about my strategy. And I do not entirely disagree with that statement. U can’t play Survivor on your own unless you play a shallow game dependent upon one particular factor. I would be dumb to act as if other people’s moves or lack of moved didn’t have an affect on my and everyone’s games. I could, however, argue that it’s how I set myself up throughout the game that lead to u making the decision in the end. Everyone, me included, benefits from mistakes people make. That’s survivor. And I think I adequately adapted to all those things, including that very move.

And for the jury ranking. While I don’t think u can really rank people in this format here it is. All this is based of course upon my interactions or things I witnessed with those people. So naturally people I interacted with less are nearer to the bottom because I can’t have as good a read on them.
1: Renee
2: Jess (her loyalty was undying and deserves recognition in the game to an extent)
3: Huckla
4: Mark
5: Heeral
6: Angie
7: Luke
8: Vincent
9: Gerome

Thanks for the questions

VINCE: why u hate me? :c

ANDREW: Congrats! Both finalists are a Land member and I’m so excited about that! (I may also be excited about a certain video but shhhhh! Don’t tell Clay!) I hope everything is okay at home and I’d understand if I don’t get to hear that accent Anyway to your comments! There seems to be a lot that you’re mistaken about (at least from my viewpoint). For example, you say you were the reason Anne got voted out, but that really had nothing to do with you. The Rhappers (Myself, Ryan, Luke, Clay and Jessica) knew we needed to keep the tribe strong and her excuses were unreal. The Matt vote was mostly all me. I saved you because I figured Matt was more of a flight risk at merge for flipping if he realized he was on the bottom. I’ve never had any problems playing with strong players and I really wanted to play with you. You say you were the reason Angie got voted out too, but to be honest, Ryan and I could have EASILY flipped and voted out Vincent, BUT again, I didn’t want to cause havoc that early and so that was all Ryan and I. Do I think you’ve played a phenomenal game? Yes, you’ve won a bunch of immunities, and I probably would have EASILY handed you my vote if you were against Jessica (no offense girl).

The Anne vote I agree with. I’m not trying to suggest that I single-handedly got her voted out. Far from it. I had no power in the tribe. What I did do was vigorously fight the case. I knew I was at the bottom so I really pushed for it to be Anne. I know it was all down to you guys who went home. I just had to make a compelling case because otherwise, I was not long for the game.

The Matt vote is much the same. I just pleaded my case. Not much else I could do.

With MacNeil anyone COULD have flipped. That’s a redundant point. The fact is that no-one did. I knew both you & Ryan were wanting her around. MacNeil always talked about speaking with you. That’s why I pushed it so aggressively. Go check the thread in the group, I kept pushing despite Luke already voting Vincent. I needed to get her out because people would flock to her if they needed an extra vote. If you ever have watched my other games, once I hit merge I always target the player that I think people will flock to when they want to flip the game. If you have numbers & can eliminate all shades of gray, it makes life much easier. I had to trust that you wouldn’t want to create havoc. That’s why I was so bullish about it!

Now that I’ve said that, it doesn’t mean you can’t get my vote. What happened after I went out, I have no idea, until then I had a pretty good idea but after, I have no idea there were so many moves that you could have made to take Clay and his idol out, but you didn’t, and that is what is so mindboggling. You’ve played maybe the more “honorable” game by taking Clay, but does that constitute me giving you my vote? Defend my allegations against you and explain why your “honorable” game should get my vote.

I play honourable. Every game I play I stick by my guys. I have no interest in pointlessly screwing people & orchestrating blindsides. I gain absolutely no pleasure in hurting other people. I would disagree with anyone who uses the ‘it’s just a game’ moniker. Ultimately, we play with real people who immerse themselves in these games. It hurts when you get lied to & voted out. That’s something I want as little a part of as possible.

I messaged you around the Matt vote & said I’d work with you if you wanted me to. You never entertained. Had you have, I’d have backed you to the hilt. It was the same with Ryan. Ryan & I chatted a lot early on & he confirmed a lot of what I suspected. However, he basically went AWOL when we chatted around merge. He would ask me something then leave. I liked Ryan a lot but he wasn’t cluing me in on stuff & once Clayton did, I swayed towards him. You guys had first crack though!

I have far more interest in enjoying these games with people I like than winning this game. I would never screw a true ally for the sake of a game. It’s just a game for crying out loud. So many things in life are far more important. I pride myself on my honour, loyalty & treating people with respect (sounds like I’m a pageant girl but it’s true!)

I’ve stated it constantly but taking out Clayton without being 100% sure he was against me could just result in me making a huge mistake. I don’t constitute taking Clayton to the end as a mistake at all. I did the right thing in my mind. I owned this game. I worked my ass off & I had a great time. In my mind, I’ve won. That’s enough for me. If people want to vote for the lesser player in Clayton, that’s their prerogative. I’m OK with that & I’ll be happy for him.

I absolutely could have taken him out at any point. No-one ever gave me a solid reason to do it. I don’t care if he is a bigger threat to win. If I take him out for that reason, I’m a fraud. If I had the decision again & every jury member tells me they’ll all vote me if I take Jess, I still take Clayton. I am happy to do that. I’ll always choose to be honourable over hurting someone.

For the BOTH of you, rank the jury members in order of MOST deserving to LEAST deserving of being on the final two. And don’t give me the “the bootlist” is what the order should be crap. (and no…putting me at the top of the list does not guarantee my vote Be honest and do NOT include yourselves.)

1. Ryan

Had most bases covered & was in communication with everyone. Everyone likes him & he was actively trying to makes moves throughout.

2. MacNeil

Everyone loves her & I think she is a shoe in to win if she gets to the end. I also think she had a strong chance of getting to the end if she was kept around much longer

3. Mark.

Has a great head for the game & a likeable guy. He managed to infiltrate the SurviveWar tribe & was constantly looking for the next move.

4. Renee.

Was kinda MIA at start of the merge (albeit for a good reason) but fought hard once she came back

5. Heeral

I was expecting you to be a lot more active in the game than you were. You can be such a handful when you are on fire! Which is why I wanted to work with you!

6. Vincent.

He seemed like he was on the outs of both his tribe & at the merge.

7. Gerome.

Went to early to really gauge his game but he seemed to go home without much scrambling going on.

8. Jess

Didn’t really do much of anything

9. Luke

He was the least active & even missed a vote or two

LUKE’S REBUTTAL: ryan heeral and i [were a pre-made alliance]

CLAYTON: Ya I know Luke just wondering what exactly HE as referring to. Lol.

ANDREW’S RESPONSE TO MARK’S STATEMENT:

ANDREW: “Oh I just want to add one point of clarification to Andrew’s story. Me and Renee didn’t stick with Clayton at F7 because Andrew made a final 3 deal with us. I was %100 ready to flip again on Clayton… except Clayton won immunity. If I was going to jump in with Luke and Ryan, I needed it to be a clean blindside against Clayton and his immunity idol. Booting Jess and leaving Clay behind with his idol would have made it even harder to get it out. So please don’t go taking credit for keeping me on board with you and Clay/Jess at final 7!”

I was absolutely fine with Clayton not being immune that round. I have a feeling you mentioned to me the possibility of taking Clayton out at 7. What happened that round is I submitted my answers. Two people were going to be immune. I then gave you my answers but you didn’t submit them for some unknown reason. Then an hour later or so Clayton asked me for my answers so I gave them to him (at least I think that’s how it went down). You were meant to be immune that round Mark but because you didn’t submit, Clayton ended up immune. It was most likely another attempt by me to get the idol out of his hands. So I doubt Clayton goes home that round regardless

GEROME: Thanks for the nice answer Andrew.. but I didn’t join any ANTM org LOL.

ANDREW: Haha. Motherf—er! That’s right. It was Bijo! Well you can share your present with him

HOST’S NOTE: Gerome’s self-confidence gained fifty percent? Perhaps he did a strut afterwards? I dunno.

MARK: Just to be clear the reason I didn’t submit the answers you sent me was that I was at work! Yes I can copy and paste but when there’s stuff to do at work I just cannot stop to do org things! I mean, I was lucky just to be able to solve two of the three puzzles at work

CLAYTON: If I was playing a drinking game where everytime Andrew wrote my name i take a shot of vodka, I would die from alcohol poisoning in record speed! Haha. Not a criticism. Just an observation

CLOSING STATEMENT:

CLAYTON: I’ll once again break this waiting game. Andrew has gotten the pleasure of reading my answers and statements before he did his the whole time so why stop now
This game has been an absolute pleasure to play. Ive made alot of great friends here. The cast is beastly and it was a real challenge to get here and I don’t underestimate the challenge to actually win it.

I believe my game sets me apart as the person who deserves to win this game though. Compared to the person sitting next to me I didn’t play a shallow game. I didn’t rely on one ability of mine. The person sitting next to me won challenges. I can’t attempt to take that away from him. But I don’t think we are voting for who was best at challenges. If your voting to nominate someone for the Heisman Trophy of word puzzles and guessing anime/wrestling characters then give it to Andrew. But I think Survivor is more than that. It has evolved even more than it was in the beginning. This is a social and a strategic game. And you only need to win challenges IF you fail in those two areas. I didn’t have to win every single challenge to get here. I got here because of those chief areas of the game.

I always had my finger on the pulse of the game. A big part of my strategy was knowing what the heck was going on, and having enough influence in different circles within the game to thus capitalize on it. I’m not going to lie or embellish my game. But I’m also not going to discount the importance of Andrew to my game. What I did with Andrew was key to my success. BUT it was MY move. My play over Andrew was something some may say could be dirty. But I knew it was necessary. And it put me in a position that I never thought was possible. He willingly sat in the end against me instead of Jess. Which again shows who was really aware of what was going on. As I said in previous questions. Who got the better end of that long standing move? I think it is clear it was me.

From the get-go I had to play forward. I had to take risks. I made a series of moves to get me to the end and win. I didn’t play the game safe. Each and every week I maintained my idol in my pocket I knew what I was risking, but I knew that if I kept it it would pay off and not just be a get out of jail free card. And my move at four solidified the work I had done with it the whole game. And guaranteed my seat here. I won’t go over details of every one of my moves since you already read all that. Not gonna insult your intelligence thinking you need to have a laundry list around every corner. But I want to leave you with a quote by Bill Cosby before you vote.
“In order to succeed, your desire for success should be greater than your fear of failure. ” That is how I played the game. I took huge risks that would ultimately pay off and hopefully, with the help of you all, will win me the game. Thanks Logan, the Jurors, and everyone that played. It has been a blast and I won’t forget this game ever

ANDREW: Hurricane here last night. Doing my closing statement now.

And Clayton, I found a lot of what you were saying to be negative & just plain false so I gave up reading your answers after the first couple, nor will I read your closing statement so you can breathe easy

ME: CLOSING STATEMENT

Hey folks. Thanks for all your questions & for sharing with me in this incredible game.

Thank you to Logan for a great game. I appreciate everything you did & all your hard work. Thank you to all the players also. From Jason all the way to Clayton. I think we all worked towards making this a special game & I’m happy to have been a part of it.

I want to start off by directing you to this 45 second clip from one of my favourite movies. I think it sums up how I feel at this point & is the basis to a lot of what you are about to read (and if you don’t watch it, a lot of the ends of my paragraphs won’t make much sense to you! :D):

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CFh5FzXIeBg

I stand here proud. Proud of my actions. Proud of my game. Proud of how I handled myself. And most importantly, proud of who I am.

I started the game with the odds heavily stacked in my favour. Pre-made alliances in both tribes came together leaving me in no mans land & with very little chance of doing much in this game. I was able to turn that around & get all the way to the end. I had to scratch & clawe my way to find any sort of foothold.

I’m not going to pretend like immunities were not important. I eventually had every single one of you gunning for me. So I needed immunity to stick around. Given my dominance, I don’t think any of you can honestly say you wouldn’t have targeted me regardless if we had a strong relationship or not. I can’t really think of any instances in this tribal of any of you saying anything against me personally. I think anyone who I did speak with a lot enjoyed my company. I can honestly say I liked everyone I conversed with in this game. Yet, everyone focused on taking me out & I had to battle in these challenges so as to keep myself safe & then dictate who went home. Heeral mentioned that anyone could have flipped or changed their minds at a vote. Of course they could, but importantly they didn’t. Every round from the merge onwards, the vote went exactly as I wanted (that includes at F4. The idol being used was the perfect situation for me). No-one else in the game can say that.

I appreciate that I’m the reason each one of you is sat there. I don’t make any apologies for that. It’s the game. I made the moves I had to do get myself to where I am. I did everything I could do handle each situation as delicately as I could & to not hurt anyone in the process. As the video says, I don’t like hurting people. I will go out of my way not to hurt people. It can absolutely be taken advantage of. So will I change that to better my chances in games? No. I like me & I stand by my values.

To anyone who felt I was rude to them (no-one has come forward as of yet), I sincerely apologise. I did go out of my way to provide exciting answers at every TC I was at but that was for Logan’s benefit. When someone is going to the trouble of writing a blog about your season, I feel as a player I have a responsibility to provide material for them. If however I was rude to anyone out with that setting, then I was absolutely in the wrong & hold my hands up.

To clarify once again, because so much of my FTC has surrounded it, I did not know Clayton’s deal with me was bogus. If I knew for sure that he was coming after me, I’d have done something about it. The warning signs were absolutely there, that I don’t doubt. However, I was genuinely hopeful that he would honour it. Somewhere around F8 or F9, I made him swear he would take me, which he did. At that point, I did the same with him & I intended to honour that. I’m not willing to go back on that just to win a game. So will I change that to better my chances in games? No, I like me & I stand by my values.

Ryan hit the nail on the head when he stated that Clayton never had the chance to prove his loyalty to me. That’s very true (and thank goodness he didn’t or he’d have stabbed me right in the back!). Yet despite warning signs, I never had any proof of any real disloyalty. I will always stick by my guys in these scenarios. It’s something I take pride in. That I won’t back stab or hurt someone for the sole purpose of a game. I still have no regrets that I took Clayton with me to the end. I stuck by my principals & did right by him, even if he had no intention of doing the same for me. I can say I did the right thing & that’s enough for me. I can live with that. I cannot live with treating people poorly just to win an online game. I’ll never understand how anyone can. Each of us are dealing with real people in these games, with real thoughts & feelings. I don’t doubt I’m soft or that I have a conscience. So will I change that to better my chances in games? No, I like me & I stand by my values.

I will repeat, I’m proud of what I did to get here. I have faith in both my ability to think strategically better than most & to dominate physically. I basically rose from the ashes to get myself to the end. I was able to manufacture the moves I wanted to see happen. I had everybody wanting me gone & I still stand before you.

Winning this game will not make or break me. I am happy with what I did. I can leave with my head held high & no regrets. I had a lot of fun, I felt I dominated the game & did all I could do get to the end, all the while staying loyal. I met some great people. I think it’s a shame Clayton chose to handle this FTC in such a negative way. In saying that, he is a great guy & I will not be at all unhappy if he wins. It won’t take away from me how I played this game & what I did. I came through a lot of adversity to sit here. Adversity that I don’t think anyone else had to go through.

I stand here proud, my friends. Proud of my actions. Proud of my game. Proud of how I handled myself. And most importantly, proud of who I am.

You wanna hurt me? Go right ahead if it makes you feel better. I’m an easy target. I can be a cold-hearted cynic like you, but I don’t like to hurt people’s feelings. You think what you want about me; I’m not changing. I like me. My family likes me. My friends like me. Because I’m the real article. What you see is what you get.

RENEE: I voted already.

ME: Oh. Then you can take a seat on the bench with Katie, Edna, Janu, and Abi. Well if you’ve already voted. Unless you intend to pull a Chelsea and make it look awkward on camera.Granted we’ve been in a sitting position longer than the model who had to pose for The Thinker painting.

MARK: Allright voted. Can we go home now? I think this Tribal Council set is starting to sink. Did you build this on a swamp?

HOST’S NOTE: The revamped series will be called YodaSkywalkerLand.

ME: *grabs the urn*

ME: Well everyone. I’d LOVE to read these votes now. Thanks to everyone for a superb rebound season for SCWL. And you know what? I’ll just read the votes right now.
.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
EVIL KANYEVIL: Logan, I’m real happy for you, Imma let you finish, BUT CAPTAIN CAVEMAN IS ONE OF THE BEST HANNA-BARBERA CHARACTERS OF ALL TIME!
.
.
.
.
ME: What?

EVIL KANYEVIL: *shrugs*
ME: Can I just read the votes, Kanyevil?
EVIL KANYEVIL: You’re no longer a Super Host, now you’re just Super.
ME: I never talked about retirement. You must be thinking about Jay Z for the tenth time.
EVIL KANYEVIL: Nah, you man. You don’t need to call yourself a host, man. You’re just super. Can I keep the mic for a while? It’s the only thing I care about.
ME: You can keep the mic, just don’t pull at my Hart Strings.
*KANYEVIL looks up*
KANYEVIL: This white string?
ME: Yeah, don’t pull–
*KANYEVIL pulls the string hanging above him*
KANYEVIL: Imma touch the sky!
.
.
.
????: AHHHHHHHHHHHH
.
*Man falls on top of Kanyevil. Both have collapsed. Man on top turns into Chicken McNugget.*
.
ME: Oh, so that’s what he meant by saying he was not a nugget. Ronald MacDonald must have done that to him. And what is with this ridiculous outfit?
*Bullet fires just above my head. The next bullet blasts through the urn. It shatters everywhere along with the votes.*
ME: What is this?!
BRET: That’s what you get for making a joke about my brother. Now I’ll finish the job!
ME: SHAWN! Help me!
BRET: Dammit, I’m gonna lose no matter what.
*BRET scampers away*
ME: Phew. I managed to get away with that bluff. Ugh. It’s going to be such a pain to glue these broken bits of parchment together. Oh well. Time to get crackin’. It’s gonna take a while. Probably about a month.

HOST’S NOTE: Surprisingly, The Hart Foundation has not Sharp Shooter’d me since.

4.18 BONUS STUFF

FINAL TC VOTES

GEROME,

I’ll vote for Clayton right now.. I might consider voting for Andrew but this is too much. I think he’s just making excuses and that’s very disrespectful to the players who are waiting for him. Clayton answered his questions ASAP and he answered them really well. My vote goes to Clayton hands down

MACNEIL,

My vote is for CLAYTON
I really respect your well-rounded game and I believe that you deserve this win. Congratulations

VINCENT,

my vote is for… Andrew.

F— YOU DUDE for throwing that grandma crap in the FTC. can you not take at least 10 minutes to answer those questions? you’ve been winning challenges now you can’t deal with answering questions?

*sighs* i was THIS close of voting Clay but then i realize i haven’t gotten over our chats(even if they’re simple and short, i had fun) and your honesty of voting me off. may the best man win. but dude that grandma s— is just out of this world.

anyway…

one of the best games i’ve played so far. i had fun meeting new people and playing with some org friends. raz is just impossible he needs a doctor jacket asap. taking out brian was definitely the smartest move he made all through his life. macneil on the other hand, was a sweetheart but after throwing off Umut i have to work with her and at the same time watch my ass out from her. Gerome, Renee and Ohio – definately the best people i’ve interacted with. yeah, Matt – although his time ran out shot. Fyke was LOL. Brian and Mark would’ve been with me if it wasn’t for Raz’ brilliant move. Andrew is definitely my favorite to win, but Clay wouldn’t be that bad. both of them deserved it. i thought i was cool with Luke until Ponderosa. Heeral i tried to talk to her and get to know her more but we definitely don’t have the hots for each other. Anne – still the same incompetent player. Ryan was my darkhorse didn’t now if i have to trust him or not but I guess he saved my ass one round – in a not so conventional way – throwing off Angie. Jessica – uhm. i guess we only had one exchange in the whole series so yeah there.

and YOU LOGAN. thanks. you were fun. although i usually think i’m talking to a bot everytime i chat with you. other than that, you have great challenges, you made me play with great casts and definitely gave me a run for my money this season. happy holidays. thanks!

HEERAL,

Vote: Clayton

Reason: Andrew didn’t give me the accent! jk. No but seriously, you killed it. Good luck!

LUKE,

urmm logan im going on holidays for the next week so im gunna give you my vote now cause i have no access for the next week

VOTE: CLAYTON

MARK,

JURY VOTE

Clay Jordon

Oh uh, *scribbles out Jordon, pencils in S*

To Clayton, you played a dozy of a move at final 4 and tricked Andrew. There is NO REASON you should have been taken to final 2. I give you respect for that. I also respect your for your answer to the Obama question. I didn’t want to you to tell me what I might want to hear (not that I’ve ever voted in an American election) but to be true to yourself.

To Andrew, I am glad you feel good about how you played, but the things you talk about, honour, loyalty, they frankly have NOTHING to do with Survivor. In the game where you write down people’s names and vote them out, lying often in the process, you cannot claim to have honour just cause it the first person that said ‘final 2’ to you.

I never lied to you. Clayton did. I’m not voting against you cause you lied to me though, but because you call it honour. Every single one of us could see that the deal you had with Clayton was bogus, AND he had an idol. Social game is great, but your strategic game was seriously flawed. That’s why I can’t vote for you. It’s easy to look back and say you did all these strategic things well, but when you only lost one (otherwise rigged) immunity challenge, you didn’t have to really ‘play’ Survivor. You didn’t play the way the rest of us played, forming alliances, and TESTING them at tribal council. You never had to test anybody’s allegiance to you on Yawkc. All I do know is, you worked damn hard to bring to the final 2, the absolute one guy that you should not have. You seem proud of it though.

I don’t know why it’s honourable to show loyalty to him, yet lie to me and Renee. Like I said, I’m fine with the lying, but there’s no honour to be had in that. You calling yourself honourable, frankly I think you’re just lying to yourself, and until you learn that, I don’t think you can win virtual Survivor. Embrace the game for what it is, cause we’re all here to scheme and lie. Do not place yourself above us cause you didn’t like it while doing it.

“I’m finished.” – Daniel Plainview

RYAN,

My vote is for…Andrew: I think he played one hell of a game, and in the end he was doing everything else better than everybody else but with the added touch of immunity. He played me good, and to not vote Andrew would me just being all sour grapes about the fact he outplayed outwitted, and outlasted me. Good luck in the vote friend

RENEE,

FYI I’m sure you probably already knew this but I’m casting my vote

VOTE: CLAYTON
WHY? because he deserves it and was respectful enough to at least answer our questions at FTC. Oh.. and he played a fanf—ingtastic game! YAY CLAYTON!

JESSICA,

also just going to submit my vote tonight: im voting for clayton. he kinda owned this game

FANTASY POOL

LISTER POOL POINTS:
1 + 16 + 14 + 3 + 12 + 8 + 12 + 4 + 9 + 9 + 6 + 6 + 4 + 4 + 5 =  113

BRIAN POOL POINTS:
8 + 12 + 7 + 8 + 10 + 3 + 1 + 11 + 9 + 8 + 1 + 7 + 3 + 4 + 4 = 96

Congratulations Lister you win. . .NOTHING!

ANDREW EXIT INTERVIEW

1. So Andrew. . .truth be told I have forgotten everything that happened. Just kidding. You start off in the game picked by Matt. You picked Luke who picked Ryan who picked Jason. Was there ever any thought that those picked at the end of a tribal pick em could align?

Not overly to me. The way the pick em’s work, the order as a whole is pretty much set. It can absolutely be penetrated but you are fooling yourself if you think that when you get picked towards the end that you aren’t already fighting an uphill battle.

2. Pre-game, I thought you would be the one to take it all. Do you think there is something about you that made you stand out from the rest of the cast pre-game?

I would almost say the opposite. I’m not quite sure how you assessed that I could win when you knew next to nothing about me. Usually, my aptitude for these games is an unknown to everyone at the beginning because I rarely play. I pretty much have to be badgered by my friends to play an ORG.

3. Do you think pre-game alliances helped you or hurt you in the game? Because there were major pre-game connections on both tribes.

Both.

The fact that the SurviveWar alumni all got together definitely helped my game because it allowed me to end up on a tribe with the only three people I had played with prior (Luke, Jason & Heeral). So I had at least a foundation with all three.

Conversely, when you go into a game by yourself & you have people who have already teamed up, that’s a big disadvantage. It’s much harder to find crack’s in pre-existing relationships than it is with people who are new to each other.

4. Pre-merge I never thought of you as a dominant challenge participant. I thought you would be strictly strategic. Was I the only one who didn’t catch onto you as a challenge beast? Or you were a leader in the pre-merge challenges?

Anyone who has played with me before would be aware of my challenge prowess. Heeral in particular was well aware of my reputation. The team was thankfully strong in challenges as a whole. Jess took control of the first challenge but she completely screwed up & was the reason we lost. After that, I made sure to take a large role in future challenges. Clayton & I were very much the fulcrum of the tribe when it came to challenges.

The issue we had, an a big issue I had with the pre-merge as a whole, is that the tribal challenges were rarely about your tribe. The challenges were designed so that it was less about teamwork & more about collective individual efforts. I hated that. That’s not what pre-merge challenges should be about in my book & it truly limited what I could do in the challenges. I got my stuff sorted but then needed to rely on others doing their part. The abandoned challenge is a perfect example of that. I was able to come up with a phrase that was impossible to decipher accurately & would require guesswork to solve. Getting other people to do the same though was not easy. Then, no matter how much advice you give, you can’t control what people do. That’s why I didn’t properly emerge until the game became individual.
5. What made you fall to the bottom of the totem pole so quickly at the beginning of the game?

It was a combination of pre-existing relationships & I the time difference. That first night, I stayed for the opening festivities then went to bed. If my memory serves me correctly, by the time I woke up the next day, a majority alliance had been formed.

6. You tried to save Jason, but that failed. How come you couldn’t convince anyone to keep him? Was there any way he could have stayed?

Jason is a friend of mine. I like him a lot. In games however, he is sneaky, a liar & will cause chaos. He enjoys to play the villain. Unfortunately for him, his reputation preceded him. Between that & an early lack of activity, the majority of the tribe wanted him gone. I pushed hard to have Anne voted out. I had already sensed that Clayton & Jess wanted to keep Anne around for a long time but it was clear to me that she would be a major liability in challenges & I knew Jason could hold up in the challenges. He was a dead man walking from day one though. It’s a shame because he’d have added some spice to the game.

7. Did you have to approach people to take out Clayton/Jessica at the beginning or were people like Ryan and Heeral approaching you at first?

I had no intention of losing strong players early on so Clayton wasn’t on my radar at all. Jess was a different story but there was no point in going down that avenue because it would never have worked & I was just trying to keep my head above the water. I could tell on the Skype call at the very first challenge that Jess & Clayton were super close. Heeral was very quiet with me in the game. Never really committed to anything with me. Rysn on the other hand, I was talking to & genuinely enjoyed his company. If you had asked me early on I would have told you that I wanted to end up with Matt & Ryan either side of me at F3. Ryan was receptive to us working together but didn’t have the pull to give us a majority. Matt was convinced that he, Clayton, Luke & I were a foursome. Having spoken to Ryan, I knew that wasn’t the case so I just hoped to keep talking to Ryan & try to find some manoeuvrability.

8. What was the relationship between you and Matt? Because you two never went against each other at any of the three Tribal Councils. Did you two work together much more than what was observed?

I gave Matt my word on day one that I’d work with him & never go against him. So yeah we were working together. The issue really was that Matt just didn’t have his pulse on the game & was being led down a stray path by Clayton. I tried to set him on the right path but he chose not to believe me. I knew he was a trustful & honest guy & so I was happy to work with him. There was no way I was ever going to target him after that. I campaigned hard to keep him when he went home, knowing fine well it could end up being turned on me. Still, he was my ally & so I had to do everything I could to keep him in the game.

9. Anne goes. Clayton and Jessica have come out to say that Anne was not aligned with them, regardless of what Anne said in her exit interview. What was your perspective in terms of Anne’s position and allegiances in the game? Because nobody seemed interested in using her as part of a majority alliance or counter-alliance.
Clayton told me shortly after the Anne vote that he wanted to keep her around for a long time but after she no-showed the challenge, he had no choice but to cut her loose. Had she participated in that challenge & Land had still lost, I don’t think Anne goes that round. So whilst Clayton & Jess can say they weren’t directly aligned with her, they definitely wanted to bring her as far as they could.

As such, I was not confident at that TC that Anne would go home. I had again campaigned hard to have her sent home so at that point, I felt it was 50/50 at that point. It was going to be either Anne or I. I had to push for it though. Otherwise I would just be sitting back, waiting to be picked off.

Shortly after that vote, once I saw she voted Jess (I think), I realised that she would have voted with me had I approached her. However, whilst I would have had Anne, Matt & I voting Jess, I don’t think we would have been able to get enough votes because Ryan isn’t flipping without Luke (and unbeknownst to me at the time, Heeral) & Luke was pretty steadfast in his belief that he should stick with Jess & Clayton at that point.

10. You requested the penalty idol after Jessica claimed it. What was your intention behind requesting it? Was that to claim it for yourself or to confirm that it had already been claimed?

I knew I was in the minority at this point. I was also worried that Ryan had picked up a stray vote. Even though it was cast in an attempt to secure an idol, I was worried he would be targeted down the line & wanted to give him the penalty idol if necessary.

I requested the idol about two minutes before the challenge ended. I knew by this point that Anne wasn’t going to submit & as such we were almost certainly going to lose. So it was a free shot at the idol & I went for it, hoping to claim it.

11. Once I told you it was officially claimed at the end of the round, what did you do with that information?

I told Matt & Ryan almost immediately. I’m sure that then spread to Luke & Heeral & so they must have figured it was with Jess or Clayton. Personally, I initially suspected Luke or Heeral to have it. It was definitely good to know that it had been claimed because it was something to game plan against. Had I not known that, I could only game plan with it as a possibility. Knowing it was definitely out there helped. I’d rather have had it myself though!

12. In round four, you and Matt seem to be on the bottom. I don’t know if you remember, but that was the round where choosing individual immunity increased your chances of your tribe going to TC. Nobody on your tribe picked immunity while everyone on Upsa chose to go to TC. What made you and Matt resist the temptation? Because you guys must’ve known that you two may already be dead pre-merge.

I wasn’t resisting the temptation. I wanted to go for it. I was only willing to do it though if Ryan & Matt both followed suit because otherwise I was sure one of them would just get picked off meaning I was just surviving one round. I wanted Ryan, Matt & I all immune. The thinking for me was that it would force Luke to vote with us & the four of us could take out Jess, Heeral or Clayton (who I thought were as triumvirate). Unfortunately, once more, Matt felt secure in the bogus Clayton, Luke, Matt, Andrew alliance & wouldn’t budge. Saving myself for one round would have just made me a huge target the next round so there was no point in taking it. Had I convinced Matt & Ryan to take it, there would have been a big shift because someone in power would have gone home. Again, I was willing to make moves but convincing others that they’d be better off listening to me was proving much more difficult!

13. Do you think players were willing to trust you more after you declined to take individual immunity?

Yes, that’s precisely why I didn’t take it for myself. Taking it only made sense if I could get everyone I felt was in danger to take it also. Otherwise I still lose an ally. I think not taking it definitely helped my case. Not so much for staying in the game. I was next gone if we lost regardless. What it did do was set me up for later. As far as those left on Land come merge, I was just bumbling along trying to do right by the tribe so they were more inclined to keep me around once merge hit.

14. You guys lost round five. You and Matt started the first of a very long line of those targeting Jessica with their backs against the wall. You said you called out Jess/Clayton/Heeral as an alliance. I’m guessing you were unaware how close Heeral was to Luke and Ryan?

Yes I was. I had pegged Jess, Heeral & Clayton as a threesome & thought that Luke & Ryan were the two on the bottom. Heeral even hinted that that she wasn’t with Clayton & Jess to me. I just figured she was trying to throw me off. I’m not really sure how I’d have approached things had I known that Luke, Heeral & Ryan were tight. If I had to guess, I’d have tried to see if I could join forces with them but hard to say that with any real confidence now that it’s several months later/

15. Why did Matt go instead of you? Because you seemed to cause more waves to disrupt their alliance that round, and people knew you had tried to claim the penalty idol earlier.

Great question! Again, I went into that round fully aware that I may be the one going home because again, I was pushing hard for Jess. I had to do what I could to try & save my ally though. Everyone was telling me I was safe so I told Matt it was likely going to be him. It was then he finally realised his trust was misplaced & you all saw his reaction.

I think I ended up safe for three reasons. Firstly, I was more valuable in challenges. Secondly, Heeral knew me & what I was like & I think she wanted to keep me around for a while. Thirdly, Ryan wanted me around too because he, Heeral & Luke were already putting plans in motion to take out Clayton & Jess further down the line.

16. After that you suddenly found yourself in the vulnerable vs. valuable position. Ryan, Heeral, and Luke were aiming to claim you while Jessica and Clayton wanted you as well. If Land went to another pre-merge TC in those two rounds, who would you have sided with? Would Jessica or Clayton use/lose both of their individual idols?

I think as far as Jess & Clayton were concerned, I was the next target if we went to another TC. I honestly don’t know if Ryan, Luke & Heeral would have wanted to keep me around if we had lost again. Hypothetically, if both sides wanted me, I’d have absolutely sided with Ryan, Luke & Heeral. Ryan had given me no reason to distrust him & so I would have gone with him. I’m honestly not sure if it would have come to that though. I think I’d have been next at that point.

17. Heeral chose not to merge in round seven. Wouldn’t you want a merge because you knew there was still a very good chance you could be eliminated?

No I definitely didn’t want a merge. Even though we were even at that point, I felt we were a far superior tribe. We lost the first challenge because Jess was left to her own devices & we lost the second because Anne didn’t submit.

Merging at twelve would have been short-term thinking on my part. I had to look long term. If we go into the merge at twelve, then it’s going to be tied up & it left everything up in the air. If an Upsa goes first, then Land is good for a while & I’m secure with a shot at making the end. If a Land goes though, then I will be lucky to finish seventh. So it came down to either going in with everything tied up, or delaying merge one round & trusting that the Land could beat Upsa one final time & have a significant advantage going into the merge. I trusted that we could win as a tribe & I knew that if I could play a big role then we would likely win (of course once again, it wasn’t a tribal challenge at all but an individual challenge masquerading as a tribal challenge). So I was dead set against merging.

18. Did you interact with anybody from the opposing tribe pre-merge? How come you couldn’t follow through with any of those bonds despite knowing you were in peril at your own camp?

No I didn’t really interact with people from the other tribe. I was focusing more on my own tribe. I spoke briefly with Umut at the start of the game, Raz too. The only person I spoke to a lot was MacNeil but that was never about game & more just because I thoroughly enjoyed her company. I knew she was dangerous & that I would need to take her out early after the merge so I didn’t really want to talk strategy with her.

19. The merge in round eight must have been your dream scenario. Everyone appeared to need you. Did you decide who you would side with at that point?

I was pretty much a lone wolf by this point. Ryan was barely talking to me. He would stop by for a chat, ask me what I was thinking about the game & then leave before telling me anything. Land was trying to keep me sweet by saying we were united. I wouldn’t have switched to Upsa regardless. Not only would I be screwing over my whole tribe, but I’d be switching to a tribe that had had a crazy pre-merge & I only trusted MacNeil. So going over there would have just left me working with irrational players. I prefer dealing with rational players. They always have self-interest in mind & I can work with that. Better the devil you know.

What did surprise me was that no-one from Upsa even approached me in that round. I even stated I was glad to have immunity because I felt vulnerable & still nothing. I didn’t actually feel vulnerable but I did want to put across that I wasn’t in a secure place. Upsa trying to swing me would not have worked but I’m surprised they didn’t even try.

20. Or did you want a merge? Because if Upsa had the numbers, you probably would’ve been very safe as Clay and Jessica were targets while you would have won your way until a fragile Upsa would have splintered.

I’d have been safe initially. I knew Heeral & MacNeil were talking a lot though so I figured I’d be targeted sooner rather than later if we were down in numbers, particularly once people realised that I was smart & so strong in challenges. So again, it was a case of trying to get as far as I could with Land & try to open doors. I knew Clayton was Ryan’s target at F8 so I had that to hang my hat on.

21. You won the first individual immunity. Did you go for the endurance challenge win because you needed it, wanted to defend others from reciving it, or because it’s in your nature to compete?

The latter. I didn’t need it nor did I care who got it. There were options regardless of who had immunity. I just wanted to win. I can’t help myself. I was really busy that night. I think I had a meeting or something so I didn’t have long to do it. So I just did what I could. I honestly didn’t expect to win because I half-assed it so it was a pleasant surprise.

22. Luke jumped ship in the following round. You had been recruited by Ryan and Heeral too. There was a clear plan to use Upsa once their numbers were down to oust Clayton and Jessica. Were you worried that their idols would bounce back and take you out of the game? Or do you think Upsa people would have taken the fall if Clayton and Jessica used their idols?

Clayton & Jess were both fully aware of the coming blindside attempt as soon as we merged. Ryan was only contacting me to find out what I was doing strategically by this point. If I asked him a question he would just log off & not answer it. I knew he was just trying to keep me sweet until he didn’t need me any more. I had started talking to Clayton a lot more by this point. He was far more receptive to talking strategy with me. Had Ryan kept proper contact with me & we were talking properly, I’d have had his back. Once he became distant, I decided to try & work with Clayton. So I told Clayton they were coming for him at F8. He was adamant at first that they wouldn’t & it wouldn’t break down until F6 but I think he eventually realised that I knew what I was talking about.

So I wasn’t worried the idols would come back at me at all. As far as I was concerned, I had manoeuvred myself into a much better position. I knew Heeral et al. wanted to take out the remaing Upsa’s & then use Mark & MacNeil to blindside Clayton. I was just being strung along for the ride.

So I knew fine well that I was safe & that an Upsa would have been safe too. Had Clayton not been immune at F8, Heeral would have been sent home after Clayton played his idol.

23. Gerome went. MacNeil went, Luke had jumped ship, but Vincent jumped ship too. In the following round Vincent went home. Clayton and Jessica wanted to break up Ryan/Heeral/Luke. Ryan/Heeral/Luke wanted to break up Clayton and Jessica. Mark and Renee were swing votes. Your winning streak starts, and people learn you will be at the centre of who goes home. Did you intend to fully commit to Jessica and Clayton at this point? And everyone asks. . .why choose them?

The reason I chose them is simple: Clayton was the only one who was properly talking game with me. He deserves credit for that. He saw there was an opportunity to use me & did so whilst the rest thought I was just treading water. Again, had Ryan not distanced himself from me, I’d have committed to Ryan. He didn’t though. Heeral wasn’t talking much, maybe because she was sure she was sitting pretty. Luke was MIA a lot of the time & flat out ignored me when I did try & talk to him. So I committed to Clayton. I made him swear he’d take me to F2 & I did the same. I never filly trusted him but I had to hang my hat somewhere. I was always wary & waiting for evidence Clayton had turned on me.

24. I know you wanted to make Clayton and Jessica paranoid so that they’d dump their idols before Final Four. You succeeded with Jessica, but didn’t succeed with Clayton. How did that affect your game?

Clayton knew I wanted his idol gone before F4. I wasn’t shy about telling. He could tell me until he was blue in the face that he was taking me to the end, I was never going to fully believe it because I knew he was really close to Jess.

Tricking Jessica into playing the idol was huge for me. Otherwise, Jess uses her idol at F4 to save herself & then Clayton has the idol at F3 for the challenge. It also left them without as much security which was important. I didn’t want them having so much power. Ultimately, I’d have won immunity even if Clayton had used the idol at F3 but I wasn’t to know that at the time.

25. The situation doesn’t change until it gets down to six. You have double immunity. Ryan is alone. Mark and Renee are a duo. Clayton and Jessica are a duo. If you vote Clayton out you flush out his idol, and Land will have no choice but to reunite and take out the underdog Upsas. So why Mark at six?

I had a master plan at F6 that didn’t come to fruition. I was so angry when it came to light that Ryan, Clayton & Jess were working together to try & stop me. At that point I was losing faith in Ryan, who had tried to rekindle our alliance at F7. It was bad enough that the challenge could be won on who submitted fastest when the challenge was posted when I was asleep. Ryan had already submitted by the time I’d woken up. Thankfully, they all made it blatantly obvious what they were doing so I was able to beat them at their own game.

Once I had immunity at F6, I was in two alliances; a true alliance with Jess & Clayton & a ‘faux’ alliance with Renee & Mark. After the collusion to stop me winning immunity, I very nearly ended up taking out Clayton. However, still by this point, no-one had come forward & told me he was coming after me. I didn’t want to take him out & then find out he wasn’t trying to take me down. So I simmered down & came up with a plan.

I wanted the idol out of Clayton’s hands. So I wanted to do the following:

Mark & Renee were voting Clayton. Clayton & Jess were voting Mark. That left Ryan & I. I wanted Ryan to vote Clayton, me to vote Mark. Then Clayton either plays the idol or it goes to a tie-breaker challenge. If idol is played, it’s gone & Clayton, Jess & I have majority at F5. If it goes to a challenge, Mark likely wins. I was just going to feign that I voted with Mark & Renee. If Clayton didn’t play his idol, then that was his problem. I was going to send a fake vote in case I was asked to screenshot. Mark & Renee were expecting me to vote Clayton so I would just claim Ryan voted out Mark.

Unfortunately, Ryan came to me & explained that he had a more foolproof plan. He would vote for Mark, I’d vote Clayton then he would flip & vote out Clayton in the re-vote.

That plan was far sounder except I’d have to screw Clayton which I didn’t want to do. Also, with Ryan having just colluded with Clayton & Jess, I couldn’t trust that he’d flip on the re-vote. That would leave me either left with Renee against the rest or with Mark & Renee against Ryan & Jess. Except going to the end with Mark or Renee was suicide.

So Ryan’s foresight foiled my plan & I had to just vote out Mark. What I wanted was Clayton in the game sans idol or Mark in the game with Clayton out.

26. By the way, Clayton dumped the double immunity reward while you used it on yourself and was victorious. If you lost that challenge do you think you would have been screwed no matter what? And what are your thoughts on the double immunity twist?

Oh by that point, I’m pretty sure I was a goner if I ever wasn’t immune. I was everyone’s focus by this point. Everyone wanted me gone. I needed immunity badly.

I’m not a fan of the double immunity twist. I don’t believe someone should be immune for two rounds because of one challenge, particularly so deep into the game. Two people immune at F5 with the potential of an idol being played on top of that, is too much.

27. At the start of the merge you had worked out numerous deals. But Heeral, Luke, and Mark all felt that not only you betrayed them, but for reasons that weren’t in your best interest. What was your perspective on your chances of swaying the jury by this point? Because before that you had zero enemies, and were succeeding the honourable way through immunity wins rather than the less popular way of scheming and betrayals.

I completely understand why Mark felt I betrayed him. I did do that. At the same time, going to the end with Mark would have been suicide so keeping him was hardly in my best interest either.

I have no idea how Luke or Heeral could possibly feel like I betrayed them. I hardly spoke to Heeral at all during the game. I tried to talk game a couple of times but she was non-commital. Luke ignored me constantly thoughout the game. I basically never said a word to him all game. He purposely ignored me when I wanted to see if he would save Matt. Once he did that, I had no interest in working with him & I didn’t. I should make it clear that I really like Luke. He is a good guy & we get on perfectly fine. We just didn’t gel in this game.

28. So Mark is gone and we’re down to five. Amazingly, regardless of the dark cloud hanging over you, your chances of winning are still really good. Ryan still fully trusted you to help him, but yet that round you helped Renee to win immunity. Renee assumed you did this so you, her, and Ryan would wipe out Clayton for good. But you added a deception in there by eliminating Ryan. Out of everyone, Ryan seemed to be counting on you the most. So what was the whole thought process for that round? It seemed very complex because you wanted to get Clayton to play his idol too.

By this point, I had confirmation Ryan, Clayton & Jess worked together on challenge to stop me getting immunity. So I was definitely worried that they would again work to get Ryan immunity so that Renee would go home. At this point, Ryan was the only one who worried me from a challenge point of view. I could see him beating me in a challenge. Clayton, Jess & Renee were all poor in challenges.

So I looked at the situation. I still didn’t trust Clayton fully. Again though, I wasn’t willing to vote him out without definitive proof he was coming after me, despite the warning signs. So I figured that if I could give Renee immunity, that would mean one of two things; either my biggest immunity threat in Ryan goes home, or Ryan scrambles, shows me Clayton was coming after me & we blindside Clayton.

So I gave Renee my answers. She didn’t take one of them, thinking hers was better & nearly lost the challenge. Thankfully though, she won.

I didn’t deceive Renee. I told her outright that my target was Ryan. What I didn’t tell her however was that I was willing to switch to Clayton depending on what Ryan did.

Eventually Ryan contacts me. I’m interested to hear what he has to say. Unfortunately, instead of scrambling, he just attacks me & demands to know all my plans for the rest of the game. Plans I refused to divulge. So once Ryan made no effort to have me switch to Clayton, I stuck with my original vote for Ryan. Great guy though & good enough to have been in F2 if you ask me.

29. Final Four and your double immunity is worn off. Four members of the jury are all pissed because they tried to take you to the end but have been eliminating them and tricking them over the past four rounds. But you are still in a prime position to win this game. Nobody has respected Jessica all game. Renee is the biggest jury threat but is the weakest in challenges. Clayton is the most popular and is the only one capable of beating you in final immunity challenge. Plus if he carries his idol one more round he will have a huge advantage over you in the challenge. So it should be Clayton gone followed by Renee. But you chose to target Jessica. Why? Did you think you could beat Clayton or Renee?

No, they didn’t try to take me to the end. Ryan flipped back to me after losing his true allies but also tried to work against me at F6. Mark had no intention of standing next to me at F2. Luke & Heeral barely spoke to me all game. They weren’t trying to take me to the end at all. They all viewed me as a stepping stone & I simply beat them to the punch.

The reason I targeted Jess was simple: Clayton’s idol. I needed to get it out of his hands. If we take out Renee, Clayton has his idol for the challenge advantage. Targeting Jess ensured one of two things happen; either Jess goes home & then I know there’s a good chance Clayton takes me to F2 if he wins, or ideally, Clayton uses the idol on Jess, the idol is gone & then I should be able to coast to F2.

Winning these games are meaningless to me. I play to meet people, enjoy myself, play hard & ultimately leave with my head held high. Not to slaughter someone in a final just because I can.

30. But Clayton gave his idol to Jessica without telling you. You have the choice to eliminate Renee or Clayton. Why Renee?

Again, it was simple: I was not going to vote out Clayton until I had definitive proof he was gunning for me. Staying true to what I said is important to me. If I send him packing & I’m wrong, the game is ruined for me because I screwed up. Renee did not offer up anything to suggest Clayton was after me so I voted her out.

31. It’s final immunity. You end your enormous winning streak by implementing the biggest slaughter of all. Now it’s more clear cut than ever. You vote out Clayton and you will win this game 9-0. You vote out Jessica and you enter FTC down 4-0 automatically. I know you know that you would have won against Jessica in F2. In a game where winning is the only goal, why make FTC ten times tougher on yourself? Did you think you could beat Jessica?

Winning may be the only goal for you. It’s not for me, as I explained above. I knew I’d destroy Jess in at FTC. That wasn’t even up for debate. It’s just not worthwhile to betray who I am to win an online game. I don’t need ORG wins to validate who I am. It wasn’t about winning. It was about keeping my word to someone who I couldn’t be sure was lying to me, despite the warning signs.

32. At FTC you find out that Clayton and Jessica were trying to round up everyone to take you out since there were seven players. Did you sense Clayton coming after you?

The signs were there. The collusion at F6 almost got Clayton sent packing. I think what happened was that everyone became so focused on taking me out, that they didn’t stop to see that if they couldn’t get me, they should be telling me that Clayton was gunning for me so I’d go after him. Had anyone forwarded me a message showing he was, I’d have taken him out. I didn’t believe that Jess stole his idol at F4 either but I couldn’t prove otherwise so I stuck with it. So yes, I had strong suspicions but refused to act on them without discernible proof. Put me in the same situation again, I’d do the exact same.

33. And how did you feel knowing you picked to stray true to the ONE guy who wanted to eliminate you after the merge? Because everyone else had no desire to eliminate you until F4 where Renee felt screwed over by you on numerous occasions.

I’m happy with my decision. Absolutely. I stayed true to my word to Clayton & will never regret that. Whilst you say everyone else wanted me around until F4, none of them were giving me the time of day as far as talking strategy. They can’t just expect me to sit there & hope to magically land in a F4 spot. I moved through the game with the one person actively wanting to talk about the game with me & it got him carried to the F2. Had others chosen to include me, things could have been very different. I’m happy with how it played out though.

34. As if Luke’s grandmother didn’t influence the game enough, your grandmother had to suffer a serious illness. Viewers may not know this, but it triggered a three-week delay. Everyone thought you were attempting to delay the inevitable loss, but I think it was clear you were telling the truth. Do you think that three week delay was the difference between you winning and losing this game? Or would that 7-2 vote happen no matter what?

The three week delay didn’t matter. I was well aware going in that Clayton had several friends on the jury that he spoke to on a daily basis. I was happy that I was at the forefront of the game post-merge & went in hoping that the jury would see just how tough I had it whereas Clayton was able to sail through & was by & large protected by me throughout the post-merge game.

What sucked was the players trying to push me into getting on with the game. There were a couple of instances during that two weeks were I genuinely thought I was going to lose her. To then be getting told by jury members to hurry up & answer questions, it was disappointing. As if I was going to sacrifice what could be my last few days with my grandmother for an online game. People get too wrapped up in these things & have to remember that people have real lives that can come into play.

In keeping with that, I’d just like to offer my condolences to Umut at this time, given his current circumstances. If you read this Umut, thinking of you buddy.

35. Besides the delay, were you trying to answer those FTC questions honestly? Or were you attempting to get away with lies? And how do you feel you answered the questions compared to Clayton? Would you like to take on Clayton in another debate?

I don’t think I lied at all in my answers. People may well have different opinions but I can’t think of anything I said that wasn’t true. I answered honestly & left it all out there. Clayton chose not to do that. That’s his call. He’s a good guy. I have no ill feelings towards him at all. I just won’t sit there & sell myself out to win a game. Stick me in there against anyone & all you can deal with are cold, hard facts & I’ll mop the floor with anyone!

36. You are receiving perhaps the most unique questions of anyone thus far. If you hadn’t won any immunity challenges, would you have played the post-merge portion of the game differently?

That’s simply conjecture at this point. I’m sure different people winning immunities would have radically altered the game & how everyone was playing. I wouldn’t have been looked at as such a huge threat & maybe parleyed that into a F2 deal with someone but it’s impossible to say.

37. In the prequel, Adam won seven immunity challenges and took the lone goat he could beat to win 5-2. You matched his immunity record, but lost 7-2. Why do you think you lost in such a blowout?

I believe I lost because people were annoyed that I never let myself be vulnerable at any vote & thus never had to scramble. That & people were annoyed that I wouldn’t take out Clayton.

38. If your brain isn’t dead, please share any other thoughts you may have.

Great game as a whole Logan. I thoroughly enjoyed it & thought you were a great host. Your post-merge challenges are great. Two bits of advice: sort out pre-merge challenges so they are more team-based & for the love of God, stop putting time-based challenges in when there are major time differences amongst the cast!

I had an absolute blast playing & genuinely enjoyed the company of everyone I spoke. I leave with my head held high & can honestly say I like everyone I interacted with. Now then, I’m in the mood for a good movie. Where did I leave my copy of Die Hard?

On behalf of the production crew for SupaCooWackyLand, we thank you for playing this game!

CLAYTON SPIVEY

  • 1. I’ve been asking you to apply for SCWL for a while now. What compelled you to finally sign up?
    2. In the days leading up to Opening Day, were there alliances that you formed beforehand? Because pre-game alliances were a huge subject of this season. Other seasons there hasn’t been as much familiarity between players.
    3. Believe it or not, you had been voted as a winner back on Opening Day. People trusted you and elected you to be captain. Do you think this was a sign that you were already in everyone’s good books to make it far into the game?
    4. You picked Jessica first. Were you surprised that there was never the majority to split you two up all the way to the end until Andrew was forced to vote one of you out?
    5. RHAPpers was the initial alliance of you, Jessica, Luke, Ryan, Heeral, and not Anne. Were you surprised to find out how much she would have had your back?
    6. I should let you know that you’re the first captain to win SCWL. All other captains have finished 3rd, 2nd, 5th, 4th, 17th, 7th, 3rd, 17th, 10th, 9th, and 18th respectively. Why do you think captains always have such a big target? And it appeared you would’ve been gone a few rounds before the end if anybody else but Andrew made it to merge with Land.
    7. Normally I would grill everyone about the voteouts pre-merge, but it’s tough to do so with you because all of your votes went according to plan pre-merge. And you stuck to your alliance. You and Matt clearly had a falling out in the fifth round. So I suppose I’ll just ask what happened with Matt.
    8. You kept saying before how you can only win if you merge in the minority. Why have you been successful with that in the past? And I’m certain you were preparing for it once your tribe was down 7-6 with a merge creeping on Land.
    9. You had four people on the bottom pre-merge. Why was Andrew the one that was ultimately spared?
    10. I know you overall hate any twists in the televised version of Survivor, and as for most of the twists seen since Vanuatu, as do I. So let me ask you this: Were there any twists in SCWL that you approved/disapproved of overall?
    11. Speaking of twists, let’s talk about a twist (although now a Survivor staple for 16 seasons) that you were involved with from day one to day thirty-nine: The hidden immunity idols. If anyone besides you and Jessica had them, how would the game have played out differently? I know that’s impossible to figure out, but I’m curious if you felt screwed if you didn’t have two of them.
    12. You had a strong leadership role within Land. In fact, it seemed like you were a leader for any of the alliances you were apart of for the whole game. Do you think there’s some part of your game that makes you stand out as a leader?
    13. Your alliance decided not to merge at 6-6. But you knew you had two of the three idols, and Raz had the other. If there was a merge at 12 do you think the outcome would have been no different? Knowing now that Raz brings an idol with him into the merge.
    14. Just before the merge you guys were preparing for one more Land TC. You must’ve had plans if you lost the final tribal immunity challenge. What happens there? Would your idols be used and Land would be sitting ducks upon the merge?
    15. Now let’s talk about the one guy who was certainly not a sitting duck in this game–Andrew. Andrew was the sixth man on the roster but it seemed everyone post-merge viewed him as the key to their game. What was the value you saw in him?
    16. Did you or anyone expect Andrew to go on the immunity streak that he did? Would he have been tossed pre-merge if you had known that he would pretty much be undefeated post-merge?
    17. The round of ten (where MacNeil goes) has always been interesting to me. On one hand Luke jumps to Upsa but on the other hand you pick up Vincent. And it seemed Vincent aligned with you specifically. How did you get Vincent to be a turncoat?
    18. Heeral saw through you and you saw through Heeral that once eight players remained that everything changed. And the funnier part is that all eight of you knew the move would happen at that round. Is that a sign of how advanced Survivor gameplay has come?
    19. The reason why you voted out people in the order that you did is very straightforward. But what isn’t straightforward is getting people to avoid voting for somebody who is a leader, controls two idols, presents a jury threat, and has a clear cut F2 ally. So how in the world did you get Andrew to join your side permanently?
    20. At six I thought you would be dead. Ryan, Mark, and Renee joined forces as underdogs. Jessica ditched an idol and Andrew won double immunity in a round where he was supposed to go. Mark has offered to solidify an endgame deal with Andrew. And we all know people were considering to take Jessica to the end for the easy F2 win because nobody had respected her game. So my question is. . .how the heck did you survive that round and not use your idol?
    21. Mark is gone. Andrew is helping Renee win immunity. Ryan is still with Renee. You and Jessica are the only duo left and it is common knowledge you have an idol. Everyone knows that if you survive this round that you can idol + immunity your way to F2, or at least give Jessica an immunity so she avoids past votes, but then again you’d be screwed for past votes too. So we get to TC. . .and Ryan not only goes home, but you still have your idol? Again, how’d you survive that?
    22. What round was it when you were dead set on eliminating Andrew? And how come absolutely no one was able to convince him that you were orchestrating his elimination from the game?
    23. Now let’s talk about the round where your heart was beating at 200 kilometres per hour for three days straight–Final Four. Renee was pissed off to the point that a California Alliance was formed between you, Jessica, and Renee. In most circumstances, that challenge would’ve been a dream scenario for a group to team up against a lone target. But this is Andrew we’re talking about. How come nobody could ever beat him in challenges?
    24. And the co-main event of the round. Jessica is about “this” close to jumping ship with Renee to eliminate you from the game. She realizes she cannot win if she doesn’t make a move. Andrew however is preparing to vote Jessica. Renee even paints the idea that Andrew will be more loyal to you than Jessica could. You were certain to receive the votes. How did you avoid this?
    25. Then of course your play with the idol (which I’m sure you reference in your previous answer). You play your idol on Jessica. . .but forget to not vote for her! In turn Renee would have been saved if she voted for you that TC, and you would’ve automatically been eliminated. Remind us again of your thoughts for playing the idol on Jessica and your thoughts on it now.
    26. So after playing the idol it turns into a game of Andrew Votes Out a Player. You or Renee. If he votes you out, he will have zero competition for the final immunity challenge, will win the challenge and take Jessica with him to the F2. How in the world did you convince him to keep you?
    27. Were there any moments where you thought you slipped up in a conversation with Andrew that had shown your true intentions to eliminate him?
    28. In my mind, somebody from Upsa was going to win this game. Whether it be the numbers advantage pre-merge or when it got down to six players where challenge threats and idol holders needed to be taken out, I thought an Upsa member would win. And for me at Final Four where you guys targeted Andrew is where I thought Renee would win this game. Andrew loses immunity and he’s gone. At Final Three, Renee probably would’ve lasted longer than you and Jessica to claim immunity and take Jessica to Final Two. Do you agree? Does Renee win this season if Andrew loses the word search challenge?
    29. We’re off to the Final Immunity Challenge. It appears to be a contest for who can take Jessica with them to the Final Two. If you remember, you guys could not agree on a day and time for the challenge. Was that intentional to ensure nobody could meet at the same time? lol
    30. Andrew played Oath of Silence before you and Jessica. When he finished 4 hours and 27 minutes later I wanted to tell you and Jessica to not bother participating lol. Did he ever tell you that he lasted that long?
    31. You as well as a couple of other previous people had issues with the challenge because of a poor Internet connection. Any recommendations you would make to ensure that doesn’t happen to Oath of Silence in the future?
    32. The weight of Jessica’s hand + your keyboard + Andrew’s addiction to winning awarded him immunity. 99% of the time I would have assumed you would be eliminated. But because of Andrew’s willingness to protect you for three rounds, I knew there was suspense to this decision. Did you know he would take you to the end? And did Jessica try to tell him that you had been targeting him for nearly a month by this point?
    33. Do you think Andrew knew that if he took you to the end that he would have a tough time beating you at Final Tribal Council? Or did he truly believe you would have been the easier opponent?
    34. Andrew takes you to Final Two. Shocked he followed through?
    35. We have to address Final Tribal Council. We’ll get to a certain incident in a minute. What was your strategy for FTC? And do you think it succeeded in terms of earning jury votes?
    36. By the way, did you have an overall strategy in this game? Or were you adjusting from round to round?
    37. Now let’s discuss Andrew’s grandmother incident. You were promoting the idea of advancing the game forward. How much do you think the incident was sincere before Andrew returned and how do you feel about it now? Do you think it affected the outcome of the game or would it have ended 7-2 regardless?
    38. There’s one last thing I’d like to bring up. People who have the idol have finished 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 1st, 2nd, 8th, 2nd, 8th, 11th, 1st (Medallion of Power), 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and now with this season, 1st (you), 3rd (Jessica), 12th (Raz). Every winner except David has had an idol or MoP. In the televised version of Survivor, people with idols don’t win as frequently. What is it about holding an idol that helps a person win the game? Or is the fact that they have the smarts to get the idol and therefore have the smarts to win?
    39. If you have any other thoughts somehow, please share.

    On behalf of the production crew, we thank you for playing AND winning this game!

  • April 7
  • Clayton Spivey

    CLAYTON EXIT INTERVIEW

    After interviewing seventeen losers I now get to interview the guy who actually won! First off, congratulations Clayton. You get the final word on the season.

    1. I’ve been asking you to apply for SCWL for a while now. What compelled you to finally sign up?
    – I honestly have no idea. I just use my gut when I sign up for a game, and when I play it. It just felt right. When it doesn’t feel right I don’t wont do good.

    2. In the days leading up to Opening Day, were there alliances that you formed beforehand? Because pre-game alliances were a huge subject of this season. Other seasons there hasn’t been as much familiarity between players.
    – Oh beegezzes. This “pre-game” alliance bull during final tribal by Andrew was aggravating. I only had Jess. Heeral I knew but we had a rocky past where we never trusted each other. And Anne was useless, and I proved I didn’t have a pre-game when I willingly voted her out. This pre-game crap is just an excuse for people to try and rationalize where they landed. The Survivewar tribe had more pre-game problems than we did. I had never talked to the majority of my tribe and only one was a pre-game ally.

    3. Believe it or not, you had been voted as a winner back on Opening Day. People trusted you and elected you to be captain. Do you think this was a sign that you were already in everyone’s good books to make it far into the game?
    – Eh. I think it was rather arbitrary. The only think it tipped me off to was that I would be in their thoughts when thinking about making alliances.

    4. You picked Jessica first. Were you surprised that there was never the majority to split you two up all the way to the end until Andrew was forced to vote one of you out?
    – Absolutely. Me and Jess would talk on the phone and I wold just laugh. I was in shock they let us stay together. They could have at point done it… But I could see a scenario where a tight pair is beneficial. So much in Survivor is unpredictable. And if you can be with that pair, but still have some leverage, it’s amazing cause you can count on them voting the same. But I’m sure they weren’t thinking that way.

    5. RHAPpers was the initial alliance of you, Jessica, Luke, Ryan, Heeral, and not Anne. Were you surprised to find out how much she would have had your back?
    – How much Anne would have my back? Nah. All you have to do with her is get to her first and give a commitment, false or not. She isn’t active socially or strategically enough to make independent decisions so if u can get her to just work and keep her spot viable she is REALLY loyal. She just didnt pan out.

    6. I should let you know that you’re the first captain to win SCWL. All other captains have finished 3rd, 2nd, 5th, 4th, 17th, 7th, 3rd, 17th, 10th, 9th, and 18th respectively. Why do you think captains always have such a big target? And it appeared you would’ve been gone a few rounds before the end if anybody else but Andrew made it to merge with Land.
    – People on these games are big game hunters. They get a thrill out of taking out someone who has any type of stature so that’s probably why. Oh and the Andrew thing. Andrew was essential to my game working so I’m not surprised.

    7. Normally I would grill everyone about the voteouts pre-merge, but it’s tough to do so with you because all of your votes went according to plan pre-merge. And you stuck to your alliance. You and Matt clearly had a falling out in the fifth round. So I suppose I’ll just ask what happened with Matt
    -Ugh… Matt was just being a bitter betsie. I hear he does this whole “honor and integrity” card more than Coach does. Lol. But the creation of the Matt think coincided with the forming of the RHAPers. And Matt wanted an alliance of Andrew plus Ryan/Luke. And I hate nothing moe than a sausage fest. Lol. But in all seriousness… Matt has no reason to be mad at me. He treks forming this alliance but didnt follow through. Maybe, but probably not, I would have thought about keeping him should he had actually put something together.

    8. You kept saying before how you can only win if you merge in the minority. Why have you been successful with that in the past? And I’m certain you were preparing for it once your tribe was down 7-6 with a merge creeping on Land.
    -oh yes. I’m successful at it because I’m great at finding the cracks. And I can approach things with irrefutable rational, or at least make it sound that way. If you can convince someone they are in a bad position on the other tribe you are golden. It also helped that, in those past games, the people had previous relationships with people and I was able to exploit the past in that instance. Ad we can’t forget that I didn’t have a reputation so I could make myself fit in and not stick out.

    9. You had four people on the bottom pre-merge. Why was Andrew the one that was ultimately spared?
    – Simply put, I wanted him to be. I had established a friendship with him and saw him being valuable in the future to the obviously unstable rhappers. And the others seemed to like him too.

    10. I know you overall hate any twists in the televised version of Survivor, and as for most of the twists seen since Vanuatu, as do I. So let me ask you this: Were there any twists in SCWL that you approved/disapproved of overall?
    – I hate it in the televised version cause I feel it should be more more pure. But in ORGs I think the hosts have free reign. But I think the doubler was stupid. Rewarding someone twice for one win? Strange. All it did was facilitate challenge whoring and enable certain players to not play strategically or socially.

    11. Speaking of twists, let’s talk about a twist (although now a Survivor staple for 16 seasons) that you were involved with from day one to day thirty-nine: The hidden immunity idols. If anyone besides you and Jessica had them, how would the game have played out differently? I know that’s impossible to figure out, but I’m curious if you felt screwed if you didn’t have two of them.
    – Oh of course it would have went differently! That’s a silly question. By I don’t think I was screwed. I adjusted my game around the idol. In ways the idol made my game harder. I know you may say “bulls—” when you read that…. but it’s the truth! I had a larger target and even Heeral said herself- she wouldn’t have targeted us if we didn’t both have the idols. And your stupid revealing of me having the clue made it impossible to hide hat I had it but it did make it an interesting and harder game for me so all is forgiven lol.

    12. You had a strong leadership role within Land. In fact, it seemed like you were a leader for any of the alliances you were apart of for the whole game. Do you think there’s some part of your game that makes you stand out as a leader?
    – It was just the people I was playing with. Jessica is the opposite of dominant in our relationship. Luke was pretty inactive to me. Heerals personality isn’t conducive to it. Ryan is more of a big personality not leader IMO from what I’ve seen of him in other games- you don’t follow the smart joker. I don’t think it’s the way I play particularly… But in this game if what I wanted didnt happen, it would have not worked. Everything that I wanted NEEDED to happen for my long term game so I had to take a more leading role.

    13. Your alliance decided not to merge at 6-6. But you knew you had two of the three idols, and Raz had the other. If there was a merge at 12 do you think the outcome would have been no different? Knowing now that Raz brings an idol with him into the merge.
    -Different of course. But drastically? No. I see a scenario where we actually have more UPSAs flipping to us if he was there. They were so damn dysfunctional I doubt an idol would be played correctly.

    14. Just before the merge you guys were preparing for one more Land TC. You must’ve had plans if you lost the final tribal immunity challenge. What happens there? Would your idols be used and Land would be sitting ducks upon the merge?
    -Thats where luck helped my game. I was honestly going back and forth on playing my idol on Andrew to get out one of the people who would surely flip. But then they would have just flipped at merge so I doubt I would have done it. I suspect my name would have been coming up also. But I think they would have chosen not to do it… In fear of the idol and the looming merge would mean a clusterf— with no unity. You never know though… People do the most dastardly things.

    15. Now let’s talk about the one guy who was certainly not a sitting duck in this game–Andrew. Andrew was the sixth man on the roster but it seemed everyone post-merge viewed him as the key to their game. What was the value you saw in him?
    – I disagree the statement that he wasnt a sitting duck. He absolutely was. If he didnt win immunities he was probably gone. I saw his challenge prowess. And I saw the potential of needing him come the rhappers disbanding. As a loyal “player” he was valuable. And knowing he would likely stick around cause of liking anime, wrestling, and random s—- better to have the sitting ducks vote on your side.

    16. Did you or anyone expect Andrew to go on the immunity streak that he did? Would he have been tossed pre-merge if you had known that he would pretty much be undefeated post-merge?
    – I expected him to do very very very well. But I never expected him to win every single one. And yes he probably would have been voted out pre-merge for that reason. It’s hard to wrap your mind around keeping someone that will prevent you from having safety at any given round.

    17. The round of ten (where MacNeil goes) has always been interesting to me. On one hand Luke jumps to Upsa but on the other hand you pick up Vincent. And it seemed Vincent aligned with you specifically. How did you get Vincent to be a turncoat?
    – I approached him with his distaste of Angie. I talked to him with blunt honesty and admitted his bottom placement in one way or another. But the thought of being included in the vote off of Angie probably calmed him a bit.

    18. Heeral saw through you and you saw through Heeral that once eight players remained that everything changed. And the funnier part is that all eight of you knew the move would happen at that round. Is that a sign of how advanced Survivor gameplay has come?
    – Yes i think its a sign. But I don’t think it’s advanced. I think it’s amateur. People want to flip on a moment notice and creat instability that ruins their own game. If Heeral would have intended to be loyal I would have too. We all knew people would flip cause nobody has any real loyalty- I did… As I proved with my undying effort to get me and Jess as far as I could.

    19. The reason why you voted out people in the order that you did is very straightforward. But what isn’t straightforward is getting people to avoid voting for somebody who is a leader, controls two idols, presents a jury threat, and has a clear cut F2 ally. So how in the world did you get Andrew to join your side permanently?
    – Lmao. Well it was simple. I “committed”. I could read how he played. He would drop little hints that showed his thought process. Promising Final 2 put him on lockdown. I have NEVER made a fake finals deal cause its messy… but with his challenge whoreness and the necessity of me reigning him in I had to do it.

    20. At six I thought you would be dead. Ryan, Mark, and Renee joined forces as underdogs. Jessica ditched an idol and Andrew won double immunity in a round where he was supposed to go. Mark has offered to solidify an endgame deal with Andrew. And we all know people were considering to take Jessica to the end for the easy F2 win because nobody had respected her game. So my question is. . .how the heck did you survive that round and not use your idol?
    – This is where my play of Andrew payed off greatly. Ryan f—ed up by trying to be all sneaky and do a split vote plan…. I LOLed at that one. BUT he had Andrew as the lynch pin vote. If Ryan had been the one placing the vote on me instead of Andrew I may have worked. He had to rely on Andrew voting its him..which wasnt happening. Oh and I didn’t play my idol… Cause I believe in risks. And I wanted to win… Not secure my spot at 5. And if I played my idol I loose leverage, show I don’t trust Andrew, and am crazy vulnerable and I leave next round. It was a simple decision for me.

    21. Mark is gone. Andrew is helping Renee win immunity. Ryan is still with Renee. You and Jessica are the only duo left and it is common knowledge you have an idol. Everyone knows that if you survive this round that you can idol + immunity your way to F2, or at least give Jessica an immunity so she avoids past votes, but then again you’d be screwed for past votes too. So we get to TC. . .and Ryan not only goes home, but you still have your idol? Again, how’d you survive that?
    – Hahahaha. That round I feigned that I would possibly play the idol. And Andrew had blinders on again. He was so focused on wanting me to use my idol so he could get his precious challenge record- short sighted right? Also… That was the round I started talking to Renee so she saw me as a friend and apart of the anti-Andrew coalition. Oh and Jess wasnt ever voting me. It wasnt logical to use my idol.

    22. What round was it when you were dead set on eliminating Andrew? And how come absolutely no one was able to convince him that you were orchestrating his elimination from the game?
    – I lost respect for him when he did the doubler. Just showed how shallow of a game he was playing and was later focused on challenges. And it was just irritating that nobody else could win one. Well the only ones who knew I wanted him out was Renee and Jess. Renee, I believe, never said anything cause she was apart of the plans and would risk me flipping and voting her out. And Jess would risk some real life anger

    23. Now let’s talk about the round where your heart was beating at 200 kilometres per hour for three days straight–Final Four. Renee was pissed off to the point that a California Alliance was formed between you, Jessica, and Renee. In most circumstances, that challenge would’ve been a dream scenario for a group to team up against a lone target. But this is Andrew we’re talking about. How come nobody could ever beat him in challenges?
    – The b—- isn’t human. Lmao. But seriously. He was focused like a damn later on those challenges and nothing else anywhere near that level. I’m not a challenge person. I don’t play my game with that as the driving force. ALSO… I know some may think we had a time advantage. But… He was on vacation during a chunk of the game. And the challenges would be posted just a few hous before we would go to bed OR go to work OR school. So we never had a huge chunk to do it. He would have a big chunk of time when he got up to do it and focus.

    24. And the co-main event of the round. Jessica is about “this” close to jumping ship with Renee to eliminate you from the game. She realizes she cannot win if she doesn’t make a move. Andrew however is preparing to vote Jessica. Renee even paints the idea that Andrew will be more loyal to you than Jessica could. You were certain to receive the votes. How did you avoid this?
    -Im assuming u mean at final 4? Well it’s cause everyone as going to the end with me in their eyes. Me and Renee never committed but she worked with me more than anyone else and “hated” Andrew/Jess. And Andrew still didnt realize, lmao, that I wasn’t with him and was with Jess instead.

    25. Then of course your play with the idol (which I’m sure you reference in your previous answer). You play your idol on Jessica. . .but forget to not vote for her! In turn Renee would have been saved if she voted for you that TC, and you would’ve automatically been eliminated. Remind us again of your thoughts for playing the idol on Jessica and your thoughts on it now.
    – I didn’t forget to not vote for her. I forget about the technicality lol. But I think that was subconscious that I knew all three would keep me that I didn’t freak about it? Renee wasnt going to vote for me. I called her on the phone when I decided to make the move. I started pretty much crying to her on the phone about my pain to vote Jess. But that I had to do it. Lol… SO that made sure she didnt vote for me but go along with voting Jess. I did this because I KNEW it would be a big move that would mark my game. And it was epic. I didnt want to lose my goat/friend if I could avoid it. And this was a big move that could do that and keep the blame off me. Yay. Risky yes. But it worked right? I’m all about the risk for the bigger reward.

    26. So after playing the idol it turns into a game of Andrew Votes Out a Player. You or Renee. If he votes you out, he will have zero competition for the final immunity challenge, will win the challenge and take Jessica with him to the F2. How in the world did you convince him to keep you?
    – Lulz. Well I let him call me a fool. He thought I was an idiot and pretty much called me that for my “forgetting that Jess has my idol code”. It was exactly what I wanted to achieve by the idol move I made. Get him to ink I f—ed up and maintain our faux partnership.

    27. Were there any moments where you thought you slipped up in a conversation with Andrew that had shown your true intentions to eliminate him?
    – No. He was a paranoid bugger so he may have read into something though. The only thing I could think of would be my tribal answer about the doubler.

    28. In my mind, somebody from Upsa was going to win this game. Whether it be the numbers advantage pre-merge or when it got down to six players where challenge threats and idol holders needed to be taken out, I thought an Upsa member would win. And for me at Final Four where you guys targeted Andrew is where I thought Renee would win this game. Andrew loses immunity and he’s gone. At Final Three, Renee probably would’ve lasted longer than you and Jessica to claim immunity and take Jessica to Final Two. Do you agree? Does Renee win this season if Andrew loses the word search challenge?
    – I agree to a certain extent. She would have beat us in the challenges. Problem is… I don’t think people respected her game as much as I did and do. I think she was most def the most viable option to beat me though- and could have with how a one juror made his voting decisions.

    29. We’re off to the Final Immunity Challenge. It appears to be a contest for who can take Jessica with them to the Final Two. If you remember, you guys could not agree on a day and time for the challenge. Was that intentional to ensure nobody could meet at the same time? lol
    – No it wasn’t intentional. We were just so incorporative about that. Sorry.

    30. Andrew played Oath of Silence before you and Jessica. When he finished 4 hours and 27 minutes later I wanted to tell you and Jessica to not bother participating lol. Did he ever tell you that he lasted that long?
    – He didnt tell me he lasted that long. But he said he did well. And wanted me to drop early cause he was confident. Ego much?

    31. You as well as a couple of other previous people had issues with the challenge because of a poor Internet connection. Any recommendations you would make to ensure that doesn’t happen to Oath of Silence in the future?
    -Don’t do that challenge. You can’t have a challenge where a 3 second respond time is required when, even on fast connections, you may not even get the message for that long lol.

    32. The weight of Jessica’s hand + your keyboard + Andrew’s addiction to winning awarded him immunity. 99% of the time I would have assumed you would be eliminated. But because of Andrew’s willingness to protect you for three rounds, I knew there was suspense to this decision. Did you know he would take you to the end? And did Jessica try to tell him that you had been targeting him for nearly a month by this point?
    – Haha. I was always surprised by how well my game long manipulation of him worked. But this round was funny. I had made Jess promise to quit if Andrew wins final immunity, in exchange for my risking it and playing the idol on her. But once you told me she would lose her jury spot I adjusted. I said “WE have t win and I stand a better chance so let me go to the end with him”. And it worked. Andrew said he would take her if she said I was working against him. But I made her promise not to and just let him make the decision on his own, which I knew would be me to the end with him. Love you Jess

    33. Do you think Andrew knew that if he took you to the end that he would have a tough time beating you at Final Tribal Council? Or did he truly believe you would have been the easier opponent
    -I don’t think he thought I was easier persay. But I do think he failed to realize how much I played him and that he was not going to beat me. I think that’s a statement to the lack in social awareness. I have never known I was going to win in the finals… But this time I was 100% positive. I was just a matter of how much. I also succeeded in winning by a greater margin that 2- which was the amount of “friends” that were on the jury from before the game. Proving I didn’t win cause of that. That’s what I wanted.

    34. Andrew takes you to Final Two. Shocked he followed through?
    – Yes and no. I was shocked on the sense that it was a horrible decision. But I wasn’t shocked cause it was very much in line with how he had made decisions though the game when it concerned me.

    35. We have to address Final Tribal Council. We’ll get to a certain incident in a minute. What was your strategy for FTC? And do you think it succeeded in terms of earning jury votes?
    -I was just going to be 100% honest. And make sure I properly painted Andrews game. I wanted to create stark difference and show that I was the true beneficiary of the Me/Andrew situation. Yes I think it was successful. I don’t fully think I picked any vote up though. More just maintained? Did I lose votes because of it? Idk. I didn’t comprehend Vincent’s voting confessional so idk haha. And Ryan explained his “logic” to me. Which too didnt make a any sense. Using his own logic he should have voted for me factually. A lil part of me feels like he was looking for a reason to go against the tide and not vote for me since he enjoys trolling me. BUT I guess it doesn’t matter why he did vote for Andrew, that’s the jurors prerogative and they earned a spot to make a decision regardless of being a good one or not.

    36. By the way, did you have an overall strategy in this game? Or were you adjusting from round to round?
    – I had some overarching things I wanted to do. My manipulation of Andrew and getting me and Jess the furthest. But I adjusted round by round based on the circumstances. Every round I did what I did with the future plan in mind, but I wasn’t blinded by those plans and was willing to adjust them as I saw fit.

    37. Now let’s discuss Andrew’s grandmother incident. You were promoting the idea of advancing the game forward. How much do you think the incident was sincere before Andrew returned and how do you feel about it now? Do you think it affected the outcome of the game or would it have ended 7-2 regardless?
    – Oh I’m sure it was sincere. I prayed for his grandmother and hope things are still going good. But the absence of answering questions was not right. I can assure you he had enough time since he was on fb and could have taken 15 minutes a day and got them done faster. I tossed around the theory he felt defeated when he saw that i would likely win? idk. But it’s of no consequence. Would it have been closer if he didnt do that? Maybe. But as we saw Luke wanted to change post-game (because of stuff that had nothing to do with final tribal or how I played) and Ryan stated he may have switched to me and Vincent said he thought we both were deserving when looking at the blogs. If you saw people’s questions I think it would have remained pretty much the same. Maybe a little slippage to 6-3. Although no way to know.

    38. There’s one last thing I’d like to bring up. People who have the idol have finished 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 1st, 2nd, 8th, 2nd, 8th, 11th, 1st (Medallion of Power), 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and now with this season, 1st (you), 3rd (Jessica), 12th (Raz). Every winner except David has had an idol or MoP. In the televised version of Survivor, people with idols don’t win as frequently. What is it about holding an idol that helps a person win the game? Or is the fact that they have the smarts to get the idol and therefore have the smarts to win?
    -I don’t think it’s either. An idol can ruin your game. Ask Kristina Kell. And ask Jess who lost all credibility and showed her cards with not playing it right. I think it’s how you handle the idol. It’s a blessing and a curse. It can complicate the game in your mind and it creates an unbelievable worry. It’s adds a factor that you are concerned with looking like a fool for not playing it or looking like a fool for playing it at the wrong time. People right it off as making your game easier but it can DESTROY your game if your not smart. An idol is useless in the hands of an idiot.

    39. If you have any other thoughts somehow, please share.
    -Thanks! This game was a blast. It created alot of conflict but it was the biggest battle of a game I faced ever. Love it. I would say don’t make challenges where people have to know strange niche hobbies? It gives the ones who do know it an astronomical advantage. Oh and thanks to winning ur game I got my first survivor loss cause they wanted to finally get me out damn you Logan!!!! But seriously… Great game and I will always follow it

    On behalf of the production crew, we thank you for playing AND winning this game!

  • Clayton Spivey

    was subconscious that I knew all three would keep me that I didn’t freak about it? Renee wasnt going to vote for me. I called her on the phone when I decided to make the move. I started pretty much crying to her on the phone about my pain to vote Jess. But that I had to do it. Lol… SO that made sure she didnt vote for me but go along with voting Jess. I did this because I KNEW it would be a big move that would mark my game. And it was epic. I didnt want to lose my goat/friend if I could avoid it. And this was a big move that could do that and keep the blame off me. Yay. Risky yes. But it worked right? I’m all about the risk for the bigger reward.

    26. So after playing the idol it turns into a game of Andrew Votes Out a Player. You or Renee. If he votes you out, he will have zero competition for the final immunity challenge, will win the challenge and take Jessica with him to the F2. How in the world did you convince him to keep you?
    – Lulz. Well I let him call me a fool. He thought I was an idiot and pretty much called me that for my “forgetting that Jess has my idol code”. It was exactly what I wanted to achieve by the idol move I made. Get him to ink I f—ed up and maintain our faux partnership.

    27. Were there any moments where you thought you slipped up in a conversation with Andrew that had shown your true intentions to eliminate him?
    – No. He was a paranoid bugger so he may have read into something though. The only thing I could think of would be my tribal answer about the doubler.

    28. In my mind, somebody from Upsa was going to win this game. Whether it be the numbers advantage pre-merge or when it got down to six players where challenge threats and idol holders needed to be taken out, I thought an Upsa member would win. And for me at Final Four where you guys targeted Andrew is where I thought Renee would win this game. Andrew loses immunity and he’s gone. At Final Three, Renee probably would’ve lasted longer than you and Jessica to claim immunity and take Jessica to Final Two. Do you agree? Does Renee win this season if Andrew loses the word search challenge?
    – I agree to a certain extent. She would have beat us in the challenges. Problem is… I don’t think people respected her game as much as I did and do. I think she was most def the most viable option to beat me though- and could have with how a one juror made his voting decisions.

    29. We’re off to the Final Immunity Challenge. It appears to be a contest for who can take Jessica with them to the Final Two. If you remember, you guys could not agree on a day and time for the challenge. Was that intentional to ensure nobody could meet at the same time? lol
    – No it wasn’t intentional. We were just so incorporative about that. Sorry.

    30. Andrew played Oath of Silence before you and Jessica. When he finished 4 hours and 27 minutes later I wanted to tell you and Jessica to not bother participating lol. Did he ever tell you that he lasted that long?
    – He didnt tell me he lasted that long. But he said he did well. And wanted me to drop early cause he was confident. Ego much?

    31. You as well as a couple of other previous people had issues with the challenge because of a poor Internet connection. Any recommendations you would make to ensure that doesn’t happen to Oath of Silence in the future?
    -Don’t do that challenge. You can’t have a challenge where a 3 second respond time is required when, even on fast connections, you may not even get the message for that long lol.

    32. The weight of Jessica’s hand + your keyboard + Andrew’s addiction to winning awarded him immunity. 99% of the time I would have assumed you would be eliminated. But because of Andrew’s willingness to protect you for three rounds, I knew there was suspense to this decision. Did you know he would take you to the end? And did Jessica try to tell him that you had been targeting him for nearly a month by this point?
    – Haha. I was always surprised by how well my game long manipulation of him worked. But this round was funny. I had made Jess promise to quit if Andrew wins final immunity, in exchange for my risking it and playing the idol on her. But once you told me she would lose her jury spot I adjusted. I said “WE have t win and I stand a better chance so let me go to the end with him”. And it worked. Andrew said he would take her if she said I was working against him. But I made her promise not to and just let him make the decision on his own, which I knew would be me to the end with him. Love you Jess

    33. Do you think Andrew knew that if he took you to the end that he would have a tough time beating you at Final Tribal Council? Or did he truly believe you would have been the easier opponent
    -I don’t think he thought I was easier persay. But I do think he failed to realize how much I played him and that he was not going to beat me. I think that’s a statement to the lack in social awareness. I have never known I was going to win in the finals… But this time I was 100% positive. I was just a matter of how much. I also succeeded in winning by a greater margin that 2- which was the amount of “friends” that were on the jury from before the game. Proving I didn’t win cause of that. That’s what I wanted.

    34. Andrew takes you to Final Two. Shocked he followed through?
    – Yes and no. I was shocked on the sense that it was a horrible decision. But I wasn’t shocked cause it was very much in line with how he had made decisions though the game when it concerned me.

    35. We have to address Final Tribal Council. We’ll get to a certain incident in a minute. What was your strategy for FTC? And do you think it succeeded in terms of earning jury votes?
    -I was just going to be 100% honest. And make sure I properly painted Andrews game. I wanted to create stark difference and show that I was the true beneficiary of the Me/Andrew situation. Yes I think it was successful. I don’t fully think I picked any vote up though. More just maintained? Did I lose votes because of it? Idk. I didn’t comprehend Vincent’s voting confessional so idk haha. And Ryan explained his “logic” to me. Which too didnt make a any sense. Using his own logic he should have voted for me factually. A lil part of me feels like he was looking for a reason to go against the tide and not vote for me since he enjoys trolling me. BUT I guess it doesn’t matter why he did vote for Andrew, that’s the jurors prerogative and they earned a spot to make a decision regardless of being a good one or not.

    36. By the way, did you have an overall strategy in this game? Or were you adjusting from round to round?
    – I had some overarching things I wanted to do. My manipulation of Andrew and getting me and Jess the furthest. But I adjusted round by round based on the circumstances. Every round I did what I did with the future plan in mind, but I wasn’t blinded by those plans and was willing to adjust them as I saw fit.

    37. Now let’s discuss Andrew’s grandmother incident. You were promoting the idea of advancing the game forward. How much do you think the incident was sincere before Andrew returned and how do you feel about it now? Do you think it affected the outcome of the game or would it have ended 7-2 regardless?
    – Oh I’m sure it was sincere. I prayed for his grandmother and hope things are still going good. But the absence of answering questions was not right. I can assure you he had enough time since he was on fb and could have taken 15 minutes a day and got them done faster. I tossed around the theory he felt defeated when he saw that i would likely win? idk. But it’s of no consequence. Would it have been closer if he didnt do that? Maybe. But as we saw Luke wanted to change post-game (because of stuff that had nothing to do with final tribal or how I played) and Ryan stated he may have switched to me and Vincent said he thought we both were deserving when looking at the blogs. If you saw people’s questions I think it would have remained pretty much the same. Maybe a little slippage to 6-3. Although no way to know.

    38. There’s one last thing I’d like to bring up. People who have the idol have finished 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 1st, 2nd, 8th, 2nd, 8th, 11th, 1st (Medallion of Power), 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and now with this season, 1st (you), 3rd (Jessica), 12th (Raz). Every winner except David has had an idol or MoP. In the televised version of Survivor, people with idols don’t win as frequently. What is it about holding an idol that helps a person win the game? Or is the fact that they have the smarts to get the idol and therefore have the smarts to win?
    -I don’t think it’s either. An idol can ruin your game. Ask Kristina Kell. And ask Jess who lost all credibility and showed her cards with not playing it right. I think it’s how you handle the idol. It’s a blessing and a curse. It can complicate the game in your mind and it creates an unbelievable worry. It’s adds a factor that you are concerned with looking like a fool for not playing it or looking like a fool for playing it at the wrong time. People right it off as making your game easier but it can DESTROY your game if your not smart. An idol is useless in the hands of an idiot.

    39. If you have any other thoughts somehow, please share.
    -Thanks! This game was a blast. It created alot of conflict but it was the biggest battle of a game I faced ever. Love it. I would say don’t make challenges where people have to know strange niche hobbies? It gives the ones who do know it an astronomical advantage. Oh and thanks to winning ur game I got my first survivor loss cause they wanted to finally get me out damn you Logan!!!! But seriously… Great game and I will always follow it

Advertisements

Leave a Reply

Fill in your details below or click an icon to log in:

WordPress.com Logo

You are commenting using your WordPress.com account. Log Out / Change )

Twitter picture

You are commenting using your Twitter account. Log Out / Change )

Facebook photo

You are commenting using your Facebook account. Log Out / Change )

Google+ photo

You are commenting using your Google+ account. Log Out / Change )

Connecting to %s